0% found this document useful (0 votes)
590 views636 pages

Overhead Electric Distribution Manual

Uploaded by

Alvaro Diaz
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
590 views636 pages

Overhead Electric Distribution Manual

Uploaded by

Alvaro Diaz
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 636

OVERHEAD ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

JANUARY 2018 EDITION


Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SUMMARY OF CHANGES
January 1, 2018
OH-II-1 Miscellaneous Adders and Removal Plates
1. On page 4, under ANIMAL GUARD, added Animal Guard Plates
2. On page 7, under TRANSFORMERS, added BankComp Plates

OH-II-2 Poles
1. On page 17, created drawing for 37ft fiberglass (lighting only) pole.

OH-II-3 Conductor
1. No change.

OH-II-4 Bolts
1. No change.

OH-III-1 Sub-Structures
1. Removed P3 Plate.

OH-III-2 Vertical Primary


1. The following non-fiberglass and shielded construction plates have been removed: DA1, DA2,
DA3, DA4, DA5, DA6, DA7, DA7SL, DA8, DA18, DA20, DA21, DA22, DA1-5, DA2-5, DA4-5, DA5-
5, DA6-5, DA7-5, DA7SL-5, DA8-5, DA18-5, DA20-5, DA21-5, DA22-5, DB1, DB2, DB3, DB4,
DB5, DB6, DB7, DB7SL, DB8, DB18, DB20, DB21, DB22, DB1-5, DB2-5, DB4-5, DB5-5, DB6-5,
DB7-5, DB8-5, DB18-5, DB20-5, DB21-5, DB22-5, DC1, DC2, DC3, DC4, DC5, DC6, DC7,
DC7SL, DC8, DC18, DC20, DC21, DC22, DC1-5, DC2-5, DC4-5, DC5-5, DC6-5, DC7-5, DC8-5,
DC18-5, DC20-5, DC21-5, DC22-5
2. Added the following fiberglass construction plates: DA3F-5, DB3F-5, DC3F-5

OH-III-3 Horizontal Primary


1. The following shielded construction plates have been removed: T1, T2, T5, T6, T8, T20, T22,
VA20, VA22
2. Added Note 5 to detail the fiberglass crossarm usage.
3. Added Note 6 – “A single deadend fiberglass crossarm CXA FG 001 is included for deadends and
double-deadends.”
4. Added Note 7 – “For double circuit poles with no static wire, the crossarms should be installed at
the static and C phase positions.”
5. Changed all plates to include fiberglass crossarms instead of wood crossarms and associated
material.
6. All mounting hardware for fiberglass crossarms will use ¾” bolts.

OH-III-4 Aerial Cable


1. Removed the following from paragraph 3, under “INTRODUCTION”:
“The general application intent is to use aerial cable for one to three spans of single phase laterals
behind a fuse where trees are causing frequent outages and the trimming of those trees is
problematic due to the listed factors.”
Revised: January1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Page 1 of 3
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

OH-III-5 Contaminated Environment


1. Updated Note 6 – Added Broward Rd.

OH-III-6 Single Phase Standard


1. No change.

OH-IV-1 Regulators & Capacitors


1. Removed Note 5 – “No construction standards are shown at this time for voltage regulators. There
are a small number of these units on the JEA distribution system, but they are not installed on a
regular basis. A standard may be created in the future if any installations are forecasted.”

OH-IV-2-Transformers
1. The following non-fiberglass construction plates have been removed: RGA, RGB, RGC, WGA,
WGB, WGC, DGA, DGB, DGC
2. Neutral ground switch will be required on all closed delta banks.

OH-IV-3-Switching
1. Removed the following from paragraph 3, under “INTRODUCTION”:
“The identification plates GNLB and GNLBC shall be used to identify these switches as being load-
break”
2. Removed Note 10 – “The plate “SCADA” is used for special applications and is shown in this
section for reference only.”
3. Added AS-TSE & AS-TSH Plates

OH-IV-4-Riser Poles
1. The following non-fiberglass construction plates have been removed: DUA, DUB, DUC

OH-IV-5-UG Feeding OH
1. The following non-fiberglass construction plates have been removed: DUOAF, DUOBF, DUOCF

OH-IV-6-Primary Metering
1. Changed all plates to include fiberglass crossarms instead of wood crossarms and associated
material.

OH-IV-7-System Proctection Fusing


1. Remove Tables 3 & 4
2. On page 3, remove Note 2: “A “*” denotes single phase hydraulic reclosers taken over as part of
“Okee” takeover and are being temporarily used on JEA’s system. For coordination purposes,
ignore the existence of these reclosers.”
3. Added Note 6 (INTRODUCTION) - Do not install Sectionalizers on multiphase laterals (See
System Analysis).

OH-IV-8-System-Protection-Plating
1. Added Note 11 – “The ANTENNA plate has been added to the following plates: AR-TSE, AR-TSH”
2. Added Note 12 - “200QR fuses (FUSOH012) are only to be installed in 200A cutouts
(CUTOT007).”
3. Added Note 8 – “Add the suffix F for Fiberglass Construction. Examples: F1F, F11F, FCRSVF.”

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Page 2 of 3
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

4. Added Note 9 – “All the plates in the section can be plated as Fiberglass Construction or
Contaminated Environment simply by adding an F or C suffix.”
5. Created/changed pages 27-30 to include FCRSH and FCRSV with pictures.
6. Revised the ANTENNA plate on pages 21 and 22.
7. Created/changed pages 31-37 to include AR-TSE and AR-TSH.
8. Added DG-TSE & DG-TSH Plates

OH-V-1-Grounding
1. Updated Note 1 – “The staples on wood poles shall be 12 inches apart from the top of the pole to
the neutral.”
2. Updated Note 2 – “The staples on wood poles shall be 24-36 inches apart from the neutral to the
base of the pole.”
3. Added Note 3 – “Double staple the #4CU ground wire 12 inch above and 12 inch below the neutral.
Cut the ground wire 3 inches below the top double staple.”

OH-V-2-Guying
1. All GY3 plates – changed CLAPJ001 to CNNCP002
2. All GY7 plates – changed CLAPJ001 to CNNCP005

OH-V-3-Lighting
1. Changed all construction states to LED

OH-V-4-Secondary
1. The following construction plates have been removed: S1-1, SC1, SC2, SC4, SC5, SC8, CATV-1,
CATV-2

OH-V-5-Identification
1. Added Note 9 – “Aluminum pole street light address shall be mounted at eye level.”
2. Added Note 10 – “A tag holder is issued with each pole plate for the purpose of identifying the pole
address when the pole is installed. Adhesive for these tag holders is also issued with concrete
poles. Pole address identification comes with the pole installation.” This is also a note in the Poles
section.

Revised: January1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Page 3 of 3
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Listed below are the Sections and the Chapters that make-up the Overhead Distribution
Construction Standards.
SECTION / CHAPTER # OF PAGES
SECTION I. TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER I.1. TITLE PAGE.................................................................................... 1
CHAPTER I.2. SUMMARY OF CHANGES ............................................................. 4
CHAPTER I.3. TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................. 22
SECTION II. ENGINEERING
CHAPTER II.1. MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS AND REMOVAL PLATES ............... 11
CHAPTER II.2. POLES ............................................................................................ 17
CHAPTER II.3. CONDUCTORS ............................................................................... 97
CHAPTER II.4. BOLTS ............................................................................................ 37
SECTION III. PRIMARY
CHAPTER III.1. SUB-STRUCTURES ....................................................................... 28
CHAPTER III.2. VERTICAL PRIMARY ..................................................................... 47
CHAPTER III.3. HORIZONTAL PRIMARY ................................................................ 20
CHAPTER III.4. AERIAL CABLE .............................................................................. 35
CHAPTER III.5. CONTAMINATED ENVIRONMENT ................................................ 1
CHAPTER III.6. SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD ......................................................... 8
SECTION IV. EQUIPMENT
CHAPTER IV.1. REGULATORS & CAPACITORS ................................................... 18
CHAPTER IV.2. TRANSFORMERS .......................................................................... 40
CHAPTER IV.3. SWITCHING .................................................................................... 28
CHAPTER IV.4. RISER POLES................................................................................. 7
CHAPTER IV.5. UG FEEDING OH ............................................................................ 8
CHAPTER IV.6. PRIMARY METERING .................................................................... 17
CHAPTER IV.7. SYSTEM PROTECTION FUSING ................................................... 8
CHAPTER IV.8. SYSTEM PROTECTION PLATING ................................................. 40
SECTION V. SECONDARY SYSTEMS
CHAPTER V.1. GROUNDING .................................................................................. 12
CHAPTER V.2. GUYS & ANCHORS ........................................................................ 34
CHAPTER V.3. LIGHTING........................................................................................ 18
CHAPTER V.4. SECONDARY .................................................................................. 19
CHAPTER V.5. IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................ 13
SECTION VI. FIBER OPTIC CABLE
CHAPTER VI.1. FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS........................................................... 54
Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 1 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DETAILED LISTING
SECTION I. TABLE OF CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE
CHAPTER I.1. TITLE PAGE.................................................................................... 1
CHAPTER I.2. SUMMARY OF CHANGES ............................................................. 1 - 4
CHAPTER I.3. TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................. 1 - 20
SECTION II. ENGINEERING
PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE
CHAPTER II.1. MISCELANEOUS ADDERS AND REMOVAL PLATES ................. 1 - 10
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1
MISCELANEOUS ADDERS ..................................................................... 2 - 4
SEVERE CONDITIONS ........................................................................ 2
DEFINITION ......................................................................... 2
SEVC ................................................................................... 2
SEVF .................................................................................... 2
SEVG ................................................................................... 2
EVGA ................................................................................... 2
SEVP.................................................................................... 2
DEEPER................................................................................................ 2
JET ........................................................................................................ 2
LEAN ..................................................................................................... 2
DRILL-X................................................................................................. 2
DRILL-W................................................................................................ 2
DRILL-C ................................................................................................ 3
CUT ....................................................................................................... 3
ASPH .................................................................................................... 3
PATCH .................................................................................................. 3
OHSEED1 ............................................................................................. 3
OHSEED2 ............................................................................................. 3
OHSEED3 ............................................................................................. 3
ARM ...................................................................................................... 3
RUBUP .................................................................................................. 3
RUBDOWN ........................................................................................... 3
TRANS .................................................................................................. 4
LAMP .................................................................................................... 4
REFR .................................................................................................... 4
PHOTO.................................................................................................. 4
SPLICE.................................................................................................. 4
CUTBOLT.............................................................................................. 4

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 2 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


REMOVAL PLATES ................................................................................. 4 - 10
BRACKETS ............................................................................................4 - 5
PIN ........................................................................................4
POLETOP .............................................................................4
STANDOFF...........................................................................4
AERIAL .................................................................................4
EQUIP ...................................................................................4
CLUSTER .............................................................................5
DOWNLEAD .........................................................................5
OFFSET ................................................................................5
SWITCH ................................................................................5
SEC ......................................................................................5
SINGLE .................................................................................5
MULTI ...................................................................................5
A15-FOOT ............................................................................5
A12-FOOT ............................................................................5
A8-FOOT ..............................................................................5
INSULATORS ........................................................................................6
PRIINS ..................................................................................6
SECINS ................................................................................6
CROSSARMS ........................................................................................6
SARMDIST ...........................................................................6
DARMDIST ...........................................................................6
SARMTRAN ..........................................................................6
DARMTRAN..........................................................................6
SHIELD ..................................................................................................6
BAYONET .............................................................................6
SWITCHES, CUTOUTS, AND ARRESTERS ........................................6 - 7
GROUP .................................................................................6
HOOK ...................................................................................6
INLINE ..................................................................................6
BYPASS ...............................................................................6
CUTOUT ...............................................................................7
ARRESTER ..........................................................................7
IA ..........................................................................................7
TRANSFORMERS .................................................................................7
BANK10 ................................................................................7
BANK11 ................................................................................7
BANK20 ................................................................................7
BANK21 ................................................................................7
BANK30 ................................................................................7
BANK31 ................................................................................7
Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 3 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


STREETLIGHT FIXTURES ................................................................... 7 - 8
LUM7.................................................................................... 7
LUM20.................................................................................. 7
LUM25.................................................................................. 7
LUM40.................................................................................. 7
LUM40M............................................................................... 7
LUM17M............................................................................... 7
LUM17V ............................................................................... 7
OBSLUM .............................................................................. 8
MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE .......................................................... 8
DESHOE .............................................................................. 8
DEYE ................................................................................... 8
POLECON............................................................................ 8
HOUSECON ........................................................................ 8
TANGENT ............................................................................ 8
MIDSPAN ............................................................................. 8
NUMBER.............................................................................. 8
EYENUT............................................................................... 8
SMWEDGE .......................................................................... 8
LGWEDGE ........................................................................... 8
CLAMP ................................................................................. 8
POLE ANCHORS .................................................................................. 9
ANCHOR.............................................................................. 9
MANCHOR........................................................................... 9
A5FTEXT ............................................................................. 9
A7FTEXT ............................................................................. 9
ANCHEYE ............................................................................ 9
KEY ...................................................................................... 9
CUTANC .............................................................................. 9
POLE GUYS.......................................................................................... 9
SPAN ................................................................................... 9
DOWN3/8 ............................................................................. 9
DOWN7/16 ........................................................................... 9
SIDEWALK........................................................................... 9
STRAIN ................................................................................ 9
GUARD ................................................................................ 9
POLES AND POLE SUPPORTS........................................................... 10
PULLPOLES ........................................................................ 10
PULLPOLEH ........................................................................ 10
OTRUSS .............................................................................. 10

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 4 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


GROUNDING .........................................................................................10
RODREM ..............................................................................10
FULLGRD .............................................................................10
CONCGRD ...........................................................................10
WOODGRD ..........................................................................10
REGULATORS / CAPACITORS / RECLOSERS ...................................10
CAPBANK .............................................................................10
CAPCAN ...............................................................................10
CAPSW .................................................................................10
REG ......................................................................................10
RECL ....................................................................................10

CHAPTER II.2. POLES ............................................................................................ 1 - 16


INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1
POLE INSPECTION AND MANUFACTURER’S MARKINGS ................. 2
POLE INFORMATION .............................................................................. 3 - 4
POLE DRILLING DETAIL ........................................................................ 5 - 16
30’ CLASS 4 WOOD ..............................................................................5
35’ CLASS 4 WOOD ..............................................................................6
40’ CLASS 4 WOOD ..............................................................................7
45’ & 50’ CLASS 3 WOOD .....................................................................8
50’-65’ CLASS 1 OR 2 WOOD...............................................................9
30’ TYPE 1 CONCRETE ........................................................................10
35’ TYPE 1 CONCRETE ........................................................................11
35’ TYPE 2 CONCRETE ........................................................................12
40’ TYPE 3 CONCRETE ........................................................................13
45’ TYPE 3 CONCRETE ........................................................................14
50’ TYPE 3 OR H CONCRETE ..............................................................15
55’ AND TALLER TYPE H, LT, HT, & 80’-100’ XHT CONCRETE .........16

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 5 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER II.3. CONDUCTORS ............................................................................... 1 - 96
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1
NESC TABLE 232-1 ................................................................................. 2 - 3
NESC TABLE 232-1 FOOTNOTES .......................................................... 4 - 5
SAG AND TENSION DATA...................................................................... 6 - 96
SAG AND TENSION NOTES ................................................................ 6
556 ACSR PARAKEET ......................................................................... 7 - 11
636 AAC ORCHID ................................................................................. 12 - 16
336 AAC TULIP ..................................................................................... 17 - 21
4/0 AAAC ALLIANCE ............................................................................ 22 - 26
3/0 AAAC AMHERST ............................................................................ 27 - 31
1/0 AAAC AZUSA.................................................................................. 32 - 36
#2 AAAC AMES .................................................................................... 37 - 41
1/0 AAAC AZUSA AERIAL CABLE ....................................................... 42 - 46
#6 AL DUPLEX VIZSLA ........................................................................ 47 - 51
#2 AL DUPLEX SCHNAUZER .............................................................. 52 - 56
#2 AL TRIPLEX SOLASTER ................................................................. 57 - 61
1/0 AL TRIPLEX ECHINUS ................................................................... 62 - 66
#2 AL QUADRUPLEX BELGIAN ........................................................... 67 - 71
1/0 AL QUADRUPLEX SHETLAND ...................................................... 72 - 76
2/0 AL QUADRUPLEX THOROUGHBREAD ........................................ 77 - 81
4/0 AL QUADRUPLEX WALKING ......................................................... 82 - 86
2/0 AL PAP MESA VERDE ................................................................... 87 - 91
4/0 AL PAP VICKSBURG ...................................................................... 92 - 96

CHAPTER II.4. BOLTS............................................................................................. 1 - 37


INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1
PLATES .................................................................................................... 2 - 12
SAG AND TENSION NOTES ................................................................ 6
BA-1 ...................................................................................................... 2
BA-2 ...................................................................................................... 3
BA-3 ...................................................................................................... 4
BA-4 ...................................................................................................... 5
BA-5 ...................................................................................................... 6
BA-6 ...................................................................................................... 7
BA-7 ...................................................................................................... 8
BA-8 ...................................................................................................... 9
BA-9 ...................................................................................................... 10
BA-11 .................................................................................................... 11
BA-12 .................................................................................................... 12
CONSTRUCTION BOLT PLATE TABLES .............................................. 13 - 37

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 6 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


SECTION III. ENGINEERNG

CHAPTER III.1. SUB-STRUCTURES ....................................................................... 1 - 29


INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1
PLATES.................................................................................................... 2 - 28
DHLC .....................................................................................................2
P1...........................................................................................................3
P1-1 .......................................................................................................4
P1-2 .......................................................................................................5
P1-3 .......................................................................................................6
P1-4 .......................................................................................................7
P2...........................................................................................................8
P2-1 .......................................................................................................9
P2-2 .......................................................................................................10
P3...........................................................................................................11
P4...........................................................................................................12
P5...........................................................................................................13
P7...........................................................................................................14
P7-1 .......................................................................................................15
P8...........................................................................................................16
P8-1 .......................................................................................................17
P9...........................................................................................................18
SH1 ........................................................................................................19
SH2 ........................................................................................................20
SH3 ........................................................................................................21
SH4 ........................................................................................................22
SH5 ........................................................................................................23
SH6 ........................................................................................................24
SH8 ........................................................................................................25
SH20 ......................................................................................................26
SH21 ......................................................................................................27
SH30 ......................................................................................................28

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 7 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER III.2. VERTICAL PRIMARY ..................................................................... 1 - 123
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
ANGLE APPROXIMATION GUIDE ....................................................................... 2
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 3 - 122
DX1 ....................................................................................................... 3
DX2 ....................................................................................................... 4
DX3 ....................................................................................................... 5
DA1 ....................................................................................................... 6
DA1-5 .................................................................................................... 7
DA1F-5 .................................................................................................. 8
DA2 ....................................................................................................... 9
DA2-5 .................................................................................................... 10
DA2F-5 .................................................................................................. 11
DA3 ....................................................................................................... 12
DA3-5 .................................................................................................... 13
DA4 ....................................................................................................... 14
DA4-5 .................................................................................................... 15
DA4F-5 .................................................................................................. 16
DA5 ....................................................................................................... 17
DA5-5 .................................................................................................... 18
DA5F-5 .................................................................................................. 19
DA6 ....................................................................................................... 20
DA6-5 .................................................................................................... 21
DA6F-5 .................................................................................................. 22
DA6-6 .................................................................................................... 23
DA7SL ................................................................................................... 24
DA7SL-5 ................................................................................................ 25
DA7FSL-5.............................................................................................. 26
DA7 ....................................................................................................... 27
DA7-5 .................................................................................................... 28
DA7F-5 .................................................................................................. 29
DA8 ....................................................................................................... 30
DA8-5 .................................................................................................... 31
DA8F-5 .................................................................................................. 32
DA18 ..................................................................................................... 33
DA18-5 .................................................................................................. 34
DA18F-5 ................................................................................................ 35
DA20 ..................................................................................................... 36
DA20-5 .................................................................................................. 37
DA20F-5 ................................................................................................ 38
DA21 ..................................................................................................... 39
DA21-5 .................................................................................................. 40
Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 8 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


DA21F-5.................................................................................................41
DA22 ......................................................................................................42
DA22-5 ...................................................................................................43
DA22-5 ...................................................................................................44
DB1 ........................................................................................................45
DB1-5 .....................................................................................................46
DB1F-5...................................................................................................47
DB2 ........................................................................................................48
DB2-5 .....................................................................................................49
DB2F-5...................................................................................................50
DB3 ........................................................................................................51
DB3-5 .....................................................................................................52
DB4 ........................................................................................................53
DB4-5 .....................................................................................................54
DB4F-5...................................................................................................55
DB5 ........................................................................................................56
DB5-5 .....................................................................................................57
DB5F-5...................................................................................................58
DB6 ........................................................................................................59
DB6-5 .....................................................................................................60
DB6F-5...................................................................................................61
DB6-6 .....................................................................................................62
DB7SL....................................................................................................63
DB7SL-5 ................................................................................................64
DB7FSL-5 ..............................................................................................65
DB7 ........................................................................................................66
DB7-5 .....................................................................................................67
DB7F-5...................................................................................................68
DB8 ........................................................................................................69
DB8-5 .....................................................................................................70
DB8F-5...................................................................................................71
DB18 ......................................................................................................72
DB18-5 ...................................................................................................73
DB18F-5.................................................................................................74
DB20 ......................................................................................................75
DB20-5 ...................................................................................................76
DB20F-5.................................................................................................77
DB21 ......................................................................................................78
DB21-5 ...................................................................................................79
DB21F-5.................................................................................................80
DB22 ......................................................................................................81
DB22-5 ...................................................................................................82
Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 9 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


DB22F-5 ................................................................................................ 83
DC1 ....................................................................................................... 84
DC1-5 .................................................................................................... 85
DC1F-5 .................................................................................................. 86
DC2 ....................................................................................................... 87
DC2-5 .................................................................................................... 88
DC2F-5 .................................................................................................. 89
DC3 ....................................................................................................... 90
DC3-5 .................................................................................................... 91
DC4 ....................................................................................................... 92
DC4-5 .................................................................................................... 93
DC4F-5 .................................................................................................. 94
DC5 ....................................................................................................... 95
DC5-5 .................................................................................................... 96
DC5F-5 .................................................................................................. 97
DC6 ....................................................................................................... 98
DC6-5 .................................................................................................... 99
DC6F-5 .................................................................................................. 100
DC6-6 .................................................................................................... 101
DC7SL ................................................................................................... 102
DC7SL-5................................................................................................ 103
DC7FSL-5 ............................................................................................. 104
DC7 ....................................................................................................... 105
DC7-5 .................................................................................................... 106
DC7F-5 .................................................................................................. 107
DC8 ....................................................................................................... 108
DC8-5 .................................................................................................... 109
DC8F-5 .................................................................................................. 110
DC18 ..................................................................................................... 111
DC18-5 .................................................................................................. 112
DC18F-5 ................................................................................................ 113
DC20 ..................................................................................................... 114
DC20-5 .................................................................................................. 115
DC20F-5 ................................................................................................ 116
DC21 ..................................................................................................... 117
DC21-5 .................................................................................................. 118
DC21F-5 ................................................................................................ 119
DC22 ..................................................................................................... 120
DC22-5 .................................................................................................. 121
DC22F-5 ................................................................................................ 122

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 10 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER III.3. HORIZONTAL PRIMARY ................................................................ 1 - 28
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
CROSSARM DRILLING DETAIL .......................................................................... 2
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 3 - 28
T1 ...........................................................................................................3
T1-5........................................................................................................4
T2 ...........................................................................................................5
T2-5........................................................................................................6
T5 ...........................................................................................................7
T5-5........................................................................................................8
T6 ...........................................................................................................9
T6-5........................................................................................................10
T8 ...........................................................................................................11
T8-5........................................................................................................12
T20 .........................................................................................................13
T20-5......................................................................................................14
T22 .........................................................................................................15
T22-5......................................................................................................16
VA20 ......................................................................................................17
VA20-1 ...................................................................................................18
VA20-5 ...................................................................................................19
VA22 ......................................................................................................20
VA22-5 ...................................................................................................21
VB1-5 .....................................................................................................22
VB2-5 .....................................................................................................23
VB6-5 .....................................................................................................24
VB7-5 .....................................................................................................25
VB8-5 .....................................................................................................26
VB20-5 ...................................................................................................27
VB22-5 ...................................................................................................28

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 11 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER III.4. AERIAL CABLE .............................................................................. 1 - 32
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
CONSTRTUCTION GUIDELINES ......................................................................... 2
PLATES & TABLES .............................................................................................. 3 - 36
AE1 ....................................................................................................... 2
AE2 ....................................................................................................... 3
AE3 ....................................................................................................... 4
TANGENT TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – MUTLI-PHASES...................... 5
ANGLE - 10 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED ....................... 6
DHLC .................................................................................................... 7
SPACER CABLE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES.................................. 8 - 9
PLATES – FOR REFERENCE ONLY ................................................... 10 - 32
KA20-F .................................................................................................. 10
KA20-1F ................................................................................................ 11
KA22-F .................................................................................................. 12
KB1 ....................................................................................................... 13
KB1-1 .................................................................................................... 14
KB2 ....................................................................................................... 15
KB3 ....................................................................................................... 16
KB4 ....................................................................................................... 17
KB5 ....................................................................................................... 18
KB20 ..................................................................................................... 19 - 20
KB20-1 .................................................................................................. 21 - 22
KB22 ..................................................................................................... 23
KC1 ....................................................................................................... 24
KC1-1 .................................................................................................... 25
KC2 ....................................................................................................... 26
KC3 ....................................................................................................... 27
KC4 ....................................................................................................... 38
KC5 ....................................................................................................... 29
KC20 ..................................................................................................... 30 - 31
KC20-1 .................................................................................................. 32 - 33
KC22 ..................................................................................................... 34

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 12 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER III.5. CONTAMINATED ENVIRONMENT ................................................ 1
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1

CHAPTER III.6. SINGLE PHASE STANDARD ......................................................... 1 - 8


INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 2 - 8
SP1 ........................................................................................................2
SP2 ........................................................................................................3
SP3 ........................................................................................................4
SP4 ........................................................................................................5
DA4-5 .....................................................................................................6
DGA, RGA, WGA – DEAD END ............................................................7
DGA, RGA, WGA - TANGENT...............................................................8

SECTION IV. EQUIPMENT


PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE
CHAPTER IV.1. REGULATORS AND CAPACITORS .............................................. 1 - 17
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 2 - 17
YDC-6S ..................................................................................................2 - 3
YDC-12S ................................................................................................4 - 5
YDC-12SN .............................................................................................6 - 7
YRC-1.5 .................................................................................................8 - 9
YRC-3 ....................................................................................................10 - 11
YRC-6 ....................................................................................................12 - 13
REG2 .....................................................................................................14 - 15
REG4 .....................................................................................................16 - 17

CHAPTER IV.2. TRANSFORMERS .......................................................................... 1 - 58


INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1 - 2
JUMPER PIN LOCATION TABLE ........................................................... 3
TRANSFORMER WIRING DIAGRAMS ................................................... 4 - 9
SINGLE PHASE CONNECTION 120/240V, 1-PHASE ..........................4
OPEN WYE - OPEN DELTA, 120/208V, 3-PHASE ...............................5
UNGROUNDED WYE - DELTA 120/240V, 3-PHASE ...........................6
GROUNDED WYE - GROUNDED WYE, 120/208V, 3-PHASE .............7
GROUNDED WYE - GROUNDED WYE, 277/480V, 3-PHASE .............8
UNGROUNDED WYE - DELTA 120/240V, 3-PHASE ...........................9
PLATES.................................................................................................... 10 - 59
RGA .......................................................................................................10 - 11
RGAF .....................................................................................................12 - 13
Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 13 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


RGB ...................................................................................................... 14 - 15
RGBF .................................................................................................... 16 - 17
RGC ...................................................................................................... 18 - 19
RGCF .................................................................................................... 20 - 21
WGA ...................................................................................................... 22 - 23
WGAF ................................................................................................... 24 - 25
WGB ...................................................................................................... 26 - 27
WGBF ................................................................................................... 28 - 29
WGC ..................................................................................................... 30 - 31
WGCF ................................................................................................... 32 - 33
DGA ...................................................................................................... 34 - 35
DGAF .................................................................................................... 36 - 37
DGB ...................................................................................................... 38 - 39
DGBF .................................................................................................... 40 - 41
DGC ...................................................................................................... 42 - 43
DGCF .................................................................................................... 44 - 45
DGRA .................................................................................................... 46 - 47
DGRB .................................................................................................... 48 - 49
DGRC .................................................................................................... 50 - 51
LG2 ....................................................................................................... 52 – 55
UNGROUNDED CLOSED DELTA SWITCHING PROCEDURE .............. 56 – 58

CHAPTER IV.3. SWITCHING .................................................................................... 1 - 23


INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1 - 2
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 3 - 23
DS1-5 .................................................................................................... 3 - 4
DS1R-5.................................................................................................. 5 - 6
DS1RT-5 ............................................................................................... 7 - 8
DS2-5 .................................................................................................... 9 - 10
DS3-5 .................................................................................................... 11 - 12
DS5-5 .................................................................................................... 13 - 14
DS5R-5.................................................................................................. 15 - 16
DS5RT-5 ............................................................................................... 17 - 18
RS3-5 .................................................................................................... 19 - 20
SCADA .................................................................................................. 21 - 22
DS1S ..................................................................................................... 23

CHAPTER IV.4. RISER POLES................................................................................. 1- 7


INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 2 - 7
DUA (INCLUDES RUA AND WUA) ....................................................... 2

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 14 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


DUAF (INCLUDES RUAF AND WUAF) .................................................3
DUB (INCLUDES RUB AND WUB) .......................................................4
DUBF (INCLUDES RUBF AND WUBF) .................................................5
DUC (INCLUDES RUC AND WUC) .......................................................6
DUCF (INCLUDES RUCF AND WUCF) ................................................7

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 15 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CHAPTER IV.5. UG FEEDING OH ............................................................................ 1- 7


INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1 - 2
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 3 - 8
DUOA .................................................................................................... 3
DUOAF .................................................................................................. 4
DUOB .................................................................................................... 5
DUOBF .................................................................................................. 6
DUOC .................................................................................................... 7
DUOCF.................................................................................................. 8

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER IV.6. PRIMARY METERING .................................................................... 1 - 17
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 2 - 18
MD1 ....................................................................................................... 2 -5
MD2 ....................................................................................................... 6 - 9
MR1 ....................................................................................................... 10 - 13
MR2 ....................................................................................................... 14 - 17

CHAPTER IV.7. SYSTEM PROTECTION FUSING ................................................... 1 - 38


INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1
GROUP A - LATERAL FUSING ............................................................... 2 – 7
TABLE 1: OVERHEAD LATERAL & CABLE POLE FUSING (T-LINK) 3
26.4KV SYSTEM BEHIND STATION BREAKER
TABLE 2: UNDERGROUND LATERAL FUSING (E-LINK) ................. 3
26.4KV SYSTEM BEHIND STATION BREAKER
TABLE 3: OVERHEAD LATERAL & CABLE POLE FUSING (T-LINK) 4
TABLE 4: UNDERGROUND LATERAL FUSING (E-LINK) ................. 5
26.4KV SYSTEM- BEHIND RECLOSER
GROUP B - EQUIPMENT PROTECTION FUSING .................................. 6 – 9
TABLE 5: LINE CAPACITOR BANK FUSING ...................................... 7
TABLE 6: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 15.2/26.4kV............................ 7
TABLE 7: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 7.6/13.2kV.............................. 8
TABLE 8: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 13.2kV DELTA ....................... 8
TABLE 9: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 2.4/4.16kV.............................. 9
GROUP C – FUSE COORDINATION ....................................................... 10
TABLE 10: LATERAL FUSING OFF FUSED OH LATERALS.............. 10
TABLE 11: LATERAL FUSING OFF FUSED UG LATERALS.............. 10

CHAPTER IV.8. SYSTEM PROTECTION PLATES................................................... 1 - 17


INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 1

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 16 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PLATES.................................................................................................... 2 - 37
F1 ...........................................................................................................2
F2 ...........................................................................................................3
F3 ...........................................................................................................4
F5 ...........................................................................................................5
F5-1........................................................................................................6
F5-2........................................................................................................7
F6 ...........................................................................................................8
F7 ...........................................................................................................9
F8 ...........................................................................................................10
F9 ...........................................................................................................11
F10 .........................................................................................................12
F11 .........................................................................................................13
F11-H .....................................................................................................14
F11-S .....................................................................................................15
F11-SS ...................................................................................................16
FCRDA...................................................................................................17 - 20
ANTENNA ..............................................................................................21 - 22
FARS .....................................................................................................23 – 24
FBRS .....................................................................................................25 – 26
FCRSH...................................................................................................27 – 28
FCRSV ...................................................................................................29 – 30
AR-TSE ..................................................................................................31 – 34
AR-TSE ..................................................................................................35 – 37

SECTION V. SECONDARY SYSTEMS


PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE
CHAPTER V.1. GROUNDING .................................................................................. 1 - 12
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
GROUNDING DETAIL FOR HARDWARE ON CONCRETE POLES.................... 2
GROUND LOOP DETAIL FOR WOOD POLES .................................................... 2
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 3 - 12
G1C........................................................................................................3
G1W .......................................................................................................4
G3C........................................................................................................5
G3W .......................................................................................................6
G4C........................................................................................................7
G4W .......................................................................................................8
G6 ..........................................................................................................9
G7 ..........................................................................................................10
G8 ..........................................................................................................11
G9 ..........................................................................................................12

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 17 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER V.2. GUYS AND ANCHORS ................................................................... 1 - 34
I. DESIGN .................................................................................................... 1
II. GROUNDING............................................................................................ 2
III. MATERIAL AND USES ............................................................................ 3 - 3
A. GUY STRAND ....................................................................................... 1
B. STRAIN INSULATORS ......................................................................... 1
C. BOLTS .................................................................................................. 1 – 2
D. GUY ATTACHMENTS ........................................................................... 2
E. GUY ANCHORS.................................................................................... 2
TABLE 1: ANCHOR HOLDING STRENGRH.................................................................. 2
F. SECONDARY GUYS ............................................................................ 2
G. SIDEWALK GUYS................................................................................. 2
H. POLE KEYS .......................................................................................... 2
I. BOG SHOES ......................................................................................... 2
J. POLE BRACES ..................................................................................... 2
K. BUTT GUYS .......................................................................................... 3
L. PUSH POLES ....................................................................................... 3I
IV. PLACEMENT............................................................................................ 3
V. STRAIN POLES ....................................................................................... 4
VI. DOWNGUY ACNHOR PLACEMENT ....................................................... 4
TABLE 2: ANCHOR PLACEMENT ................................................................................. 4
TABLE 3: GUY AND SUPPORT PLATES ...................................................................... 5
VII. DOWNGUY REQUIREMENTS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION.............. 6 - 8
TABLE 4: SINGLE PHASES ........................................................................................... 6
TABLE 5: TWO PHASE .................................................................................................. 7
TABLE 6: THREE PHASE .............................................................................................. 8
VIII. SPANGUY & STUBGUY TABLES - VERTICAL ..................................... 9 - 11
CONSTRUCTION
TABLE 7: ONE & TWO PHASE – 1/0 OR SMALLER .................................................... 9
TABLE 8: THREE-PHASE – 1/0 OR SMALLER ............................................................ 10
TABLE 9: THREE PHASE – 2/0 TO 636KCM ................................................................ 10
TABLE 10: HORIZONTAL – 1/0 OR SMALLER ............................................................ 11
IX. DOWNGUY REQUIREMENTS – HORIZONTAL ..................................... 11 - 12
CONSTRUCTION
TABLE 11: HORIZONTAL –2/0 TO 636 KCM ................................................................................ 11
TABLE 12: 1/0 OR SMALLER & 2/0 TO 636KCM ......................................................................... 12
PLATES 13 - 34
GY3 ....................................................................................................... 13
GY3-A ................................................................................................... 14
GY3SPN ................................................................................................ 15
GY3BK .................................................................................................. 16
GY3MBK ............................................................................................... 17

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 18 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY3SW ..................................................................................................18
GY7 ........................................................................................................19
GY7-A ....................................................................................................20
GY7SPN ................................................................................................21
GY7BK ...................................................................................................22
GY7MBK ................................................................................................23
GY7SPL .................................................................................................24
GY7MR ..................................................................................................25
GYBOG-C ..............................................................................................26
GYBOG-W .............................................................................................27
GYBRACE-LD ........................................................................................28
GYBRACE-HD .......................................................................................29
GYBUTT-LD...........................................................................................30
GYBUTT-HD ..........................................................................................31
GYKEY-LD .............................................................................................32
GYKEY-HD ............................................................................................33
GYPUSH ................................................................................................34

CHAPTER V.3. LIGHTING........................................................................................ 1 - 18


INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1 -- 2
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 3 - 18
L1 ...........................................................................................................3
L1R ........................................................................................................4
L2 ...........................................................................................................5
L2R ........................................................................................................6
L3 ...........................................................................................................7
L3R ........................................................................................................8
L8R ........................................................................................................9
L9R ........................................................................................................10
LB1.........................................................................................................11
LB2.........................................................................................................12
LB3.........................................................................................................13
L13 .........................................................................................................14
FL1 .........................................................................................................15
FL2 .........................................................................................................16
FL3 .........................................................................................................17
FL4 .........................................................................................................18

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER V.4. SECONDARY .................................................................................. 1 - 20
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 2 - 20

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 19 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S1 .......................................................................................................... 2
S1-1 ....................................................................................................... 3
S4 .......................................................................................................... 4
S5 .......................................................................................................... 5
S6 .......................................................................................................... 6
S7 .......................................................................................................... 7
S8 .......................................................................................................... 8
S9 .......................................................................................................... 9
S10 ........................................................................................................ 10
S20 ........................................................................................................ 11
S21 ........................................................................................................ 12
SC1 ....................................................................................................... 13
SC2 ....................................................................................................... 14
SC4 ....................................................................................................... 15
SC5 ....................................................................................................... 16
SC8 ....................................................................................................... 17
CATV-1.................................................................................................. 18
CATV-2.................................................................................................. 19

PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE


CHAPTER V.5. IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................ 1 - 14
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... 1
PLATES ................................................................................................................. 2 - 14
VN ......................................................................................................... 2
VNC ....................................................................................................... 2
FN ......................................................................................................... 3
FNC ....................................................................................................... 3
CRN ...................................................................................................... 4
CRNC .................................................................................................... 4
GN ......................................................................................................... 5
GNC ...................................................................................................... 5
GNLB .................................................................................................... 6
GNLBC .................................................................................................. 6
SN ......................................................................................................... 7
SNC ....................................................................................................... 7
RN ......................................................................................................... 8
RNC ...................................................................................................... 8
CN ......................................................................................................... 9
CNC ...................................................................................................... 9
DBSH .................................................................................................... 10
DFS ....................................................................................................... 11
WARN ................................................................................................... 12
WARNC ................................................................................................. 12
Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 20 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CAUT .....................................................................................................13
CAUTC...................................................................................................13

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 21 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SECTION VI. FIBER OPTIC CABLE


PARAGRAPH / DESCRIPTION PAGE
CHAPTER VI.1. FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS ........................................................... 1 - 38
I. ENGINEERING ......................................................................................... 1
I.1. ENGINEERING DEFINITIONS.............................................................. 1
I.2. FIBER OPTIONS................................................................................... 1
II. JEA FIBER OPTIC CABLE STANDARDS............................................... 2 - 3
II.1. REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND FIBER CABLE: .................. 2
II.2. REQUIREMENTS FOR AERIAL FIBER CABLE: .................................. 2 - 3
III. JEA FIBER OPTIC AERIAL HARDWARE STANDARDS ....................... 3 - 4
IV. INSTALLATION ....................................................................................... 4 – 6
IV.1. PLANNING ............................................................................................ 4
IV.2. AERIAL FIBER OPTIC CABLE PULLING GUIDELINES ...................... 4 – 5
IV.3. JEA GUIDELINES FOR PULLING UNDERGROUND .......................... 5 - 6
FIBER OPTIC CABLE
V. SAFETY .................................................................................................... 6
VI. INSTALLATION LOCATIONS.................................................................. 6 - 7
PLATES 8 - 19
FO – A .............................................................................................................................................. 8
FO – ABD ......................................................................................................................................... 9
FO – D .............................................................................................................................................. 10
FO – DBD ......................................................................................................................................... 11
FO – T ............................................................................................................................................... 12
FO – TBD.......................................................................................................................................... 13
FO – TL............................................................................................................................................. 14
FO – TLBD ....................................................................................................................................... 15
FO – TP ............................................................................................................................................ 16
FO – TN ............................................................................................................................................ 17
FO – SB ............................................................................................................................................ 18
FO – CS ............................................................................................................................................ 19
VII. FREE-SPAN AERIAL ALL DIELECTRIC ................................................ 20 - 38
SELF-SUPPORTING FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION
M. GENERAL ............................................................................................. 20
N. PRECAUTIONS .................................................................................... 20 - 22
O. SAFETY ISSUES .................................................................................. 22 - 24
P. INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT............................................................... 24 - 27
Q. INSTALLATION METHODS .................................................................. 27 - 29
R. INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS.................................................... 29 - 32
S. CABLE SUPPORT HARDWARE .......................................................... 32 - 35
T. SAGGING AND TENSIONING .............................................................. 35 - 36
U. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION .................................................................... 36
V. RECORDS ............................................................................................ 37 -38

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. 2. - Page 22 of 22
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS AND REMOVAL


PLATES
INTRODUCTION
1. This section has been expanded to clarify the use of various “adder” plates and those used for
removal.
2. The removal plates were designed several years ago to improve the cost estimates for unit-
price construction. Until the removal plates were created, material was removed by placing a
construction standard in the removal column of the plating sheets used for project design. The
person responsible for plating the removal of material tried to select the construction standard
or plate that “best fit” the material being removed. In many cases, a construction standard did
not exist for many of the structures found in the field and therefore could not be accurately
plated for removal. Since the unit-price contractor was paid for items removed, many of the
cost estimates for unit-price construction were not very accurate due to this inconsistency with
plate removal.
3. In addition to plate removal, plates can also be relocated. However, conductor and streetlights
are the only plates that should be placed in the relocate column. When relocating conductor,
the “RC.” prefix should be used for the various conductors. These plates are to be placed in
the relocate column and are to be called for on a “per station” basis for each conductor. For
example: relocating three 1/0 triplex service drops from one structure to another would be
plated as RC.1/0T in the relocate column -- quantity 3. Special circumstances may require the
relocation of some equipment other than conductor or a streetlight. Other plates or items may
be placed in the relocate column, but must be approved by the affected service center
“Checker” before construction begins.
4. Adders and severe condition plates should not be used for additional time for temporary work.
For example: the plates RUBUP and RUBDOWN should only be used for projects calling for
the specific installation of line rubber. They should not be used to give additional time to a
crew for “temporary” work. The installation of line rubber and other temporary work has been
incorporated into the manhour standards for each plate. If a particular plate or group of plates
is consistently not allowing enough time to construct a particular standard, the responsible
standards engineer should be informed of the problem so that he or she can make the
necessary changes.
5. All adder plates are for time only, no material is issued with any of these plates.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 1 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS
SEVERE CONDITIONS
A severe condition will apply each time an independent operation such as setting a pole,
framing a pole, or hanging equipment (transformers, switches, etc.), requires a trip to the
structure. However, a particular Group severe adder can only be used once per station.
DEFINITION:
1) Terrain, marsh, or swamp not accessible to all-wheel drive vehicle or an
area which would require that equipment be “matted” into the jobsite, and
that such equipment is necessary to perform the construction of the unit or
plate.
2) Easements not accessible to trucks, where pole lines are along rear lot
lines and are inaccessible because of buildings, lawns, shrubs, fences,
etc., existing between the street and the pole line, and such equipment
would have been used to perform the construction unit or plate and
therefore other construction methods are employed.
3) An area where it is nearly impossible due to caving water and large
obstacles to perform required “item or plate” without extensive de-watering
equipment, sheet piling, road building, and progress is anticipated to be
slow due to no fault of the crew.
SEVC - Severe condition for conductor installation crew
SEVF - Severe condition for framing crew
SEVG - Severe condition for grounding crew
SEVGA - Severe condition for guying and anchoring crew
SEVP - Severe condition for crew setting pole
DEEPER
This adder is appropriate when poles are being installed at more than the normal setting depth
by any means necessary. It should be plated on a “per foot” basis.
JET
This adder is appropriate for increasing the setting depth of existing poles. It should be plated
on a “per foot” basis.
LEAN
This adder is appropriate where an existing pole is dislodged or displaced from its existing
position. It is also appropriate where an existing pole is leaned away from the line for removal
by others or for any other reason. It should be plated on a “per station” basis.
DRILL-X
This adder is appropriate where an additional hole must be drilled by the crew in a wood
crossarm. It should be plated on a “per hole” basis.
DRILL-W
This adder is appropriate where an additional hole must be drilled by the crew in a wood pole.
It should be plated on a “per hole” basis.
DRILL-C
This adder is appropriate where an additional hole must be drilled by the crew in a concrete
pole. It should be plated on a “per hole” basis.
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 2 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CUT
This adder is appropriate where a pole or crossarm may need to be cut or “shortened” as per
the request of the engineer. It is not to be used for convenience topping occasionally done to
facilitate other job operations. It should be plated on a “per each cut” basis.
ASPH
This adder is appropriate when a pole, anchor, or splice box is installed and cutting through
paving is required. Cutting pavement or concrete, and removal of debris from the job site are
included as part of the work required for this item. It should be plated on a “per square foot”
basis.
PATCH
This adder is appropriate where concrete, pavement, or asphalt must be repaired to original
condition due to previous construction of another plate. It should be plated on a “per square
foot” basis.
OHSEED1
This adder is appropriate where due to construction, property damage has occurred whether
private, commercial, City, State, or Federal. Damaged landscape, up to 100 square feet, is to
be restored to its original condition. It should be plated on a “per square foot” basis.
OHSEED2
This adder is appropriate where due to construction, property damage has occurred whether
private, commercial, City, State, or Federal. Damaged landscape, 101 to 500 square feet, is
to be restored to its original condition. It should be plated on a “per square foot” basis.
OHSEED3
This adder is appropriate where due to construction, property damage has occurred whether
private, commercial, City, State, or Federal. Damaged landscape, over 500 square feet, is to
be restored to its original condition. It should be plated on a “per square foot” basis.
ARM
This adder is appropriate where a crossarm must be bolted to an existing facility to provide
additional working clearance. It should be plated on a “per each arm” basis.
RUBUP
This adder is appropriate where line rubber is installed specifically for the protection of a
contractor working near JEA distribution lines that are energized. It should be plated on a “per
section” basis.
RUBDOWN
This adder is appropriate where line rubber is removed which was specifically installed for the
protection of a contractor working near JEA distribution lines that are energized. It should be
plated on a “per section” basis.
TRANS
This adder is appropriate where only a transformer is changed out or replaced and the existing
brackets, cutouts, arresters, etc. are still used. The transformer itself must be itemized. It
should be plated on a “per transformer” basis.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 3 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LAMP
This adder is appropriate where only a lamp is to be replaced in a streetlight fixture. The actual
lamp must be itemized to receive the material. It should be plated on a “per lamp” basis.
REFR
This adder is appropriate where only a refractor is to be replaced on a streetlight fixture. The
actual refractor must be itemized to receive the material. It should be plated on a “per refractor”
basis.
PHOTO
This adder is appropriate where only a photocontrol is to be replaced on a streetlight fixture.
The actual photocontrol must be itemized to receive the material. It should be plated on a “per
control” basis.
SPLICE
This adder is appropriate where a conductor must be spliced to extend or continue the
conductor and the splice itself is not part of another construction standard plated at the same
station. It should be plated on a “per splice” basis. This is a labor plate only.
CUTBOLT
This adder is appropriate where it is anticipated that certain bolts will need to be cut by the
const. crew and then cold galvanized. It should be plated on a “per bolt” basis.

ANIMAL GUARDS
Note: Each plate includes #4 insulated tap wire, a fiberglass bracket, and animal guards
for transformer(s), cutout(s) and/or arrester(s).
AG-ARR
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a distribution class arrester. It
should be plated on a “per arrester” basis.
AG-TX1
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a single-phase transformer.
AG-TX2
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a two-phase transformer bank.
AG-TX3
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a three-phase transformer bank.
AG-FUSE
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a fuse cutout. It should be
plated on a “per fuse” basis.
AG-RSR1
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a single-phase riser cable.
AG-RSR2
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a two-phase riser cable.
AG-RSR3
This adder is appropriate where an animal guard is needed for a three-phase riser cable.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 4 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

REMOVAL PLATES
BRACKETS
PIN
This plate is used for removing the pins used to mount primary or secondary insulators
on crossarms. It should be plated on a “per pin” basis.
POLETOP
This plate is used for removing the bracket that allowed the installation of a pin or post
type insulator on the top of a distribution pole. It should be plated on a “per bracket”
basis.
STANDOFF
This plate is used for removing the standoff bracket used to mount post insulators for
vertical construction. It should be plated on a “per bracket” basis.
AERIAL
This plate is used for removing the various brackets used with aerial cable. It also
includes the removal of all spacers for one span. It should be plated on a “per bracket”
basis.
EQUIP
This plate is used for removing brackets used for supporting cable terminations or
“Potheads”. It should be plated on a “per bracket” basis.
CLUSTER
This plate is used for removing the cluster bracket used to install the current and
potential transformers on primary meter structures. It should be plated on a “per
bracket” basis.
DOWNLEAD
This plate is used for removing the fiberglass downlead standoff bracket that was
used years ago to standoff the ground wire away from the pole in the area of the
primary. It should be plated on a “per bracket” basis.
OFFSET
This plate is used for removing a bracket that was used for offset deadending on a
pole. It is to be plated on a “per bracket” basis.
SWITCH
This plate is used for removing the various brackets used for mounting cutouts (single,
tri-mount, and crossarm), hook disconnect switches (vertical const.), bypass switches
(vertical const.), and even those used for arresters since most are used to install fuse
cutouts also. It should be plated on a “per bracket” basis.
SEC
This plate is used for removing the clevis type bracket used to mount secondary spool
insulators to the pole. It is also used to remove a “rack” for mounting secondary spool
insulators. In both cases, each assembly is to be considered one assembly or
bracket. However, the insulators are separate units and will be discussed later in this
section. It should be plated on a “per bracket” basis.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 5 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SINGLE
This plate is used to remove the brackets used to move the transformers further from
the pole when banking two or three units. Each bracket is considered a single
bracket. For example: A two transformer bank requires two brackets and a three
transformer bank requires three brackets. It should be plated on a “per bracket” basis.
MULTI
This plate is used to remove the unitized mounting bracket that was used in the past
to mount multiple transformers in a bank configuration. One bracket was used to
mount two and three transformer banks. It should be plated on a “per bracket” basis.
A15-FOOT
This plate is used to remove 15 foot truss-type streetlight brackets. It should be plated
on a “per bracket” basis.
A12-FOOT
This plate is used to remove 12 foot truss-type streetlight brackets. It should be plated
on a “per bracket” basis.
A8-FOOT
This plate is used to remove 8 foot eliptical type streetlight brackets. It should be
plated on a “per bracket” basis.
INSULATORS
PRIINS
This plate is used to remove primary insulators from 4kV to 69kV. It should be plated
on a “per insulator assembly” basis. This covers three bell-type insulators.
SECINS
This plate is used to remove secondary insulators of all types. A rack of three
secondary insulators would require the removal of three insulators and not just one.
It should be called for on a “per insulator” basis.
CROSSARMS
SARMDIST
This plate is used for removal of a single distribution crossarm up to ten feet in length
including braces. It should be plated on a “per crossarm” basis.
DARMDIST
This plate is used for removal of a double set of distribution crossarms up to ten feet
in length including braces. It should be plated on a “per set” basis.
SARMTRAN
This plate is used for removal of a single transmission crossarm up to fifteen feet in
length including braces. It should be plated on a “per crossarm” basis.
DARMTRAN
This plate is used for removal of a double set of transmission crossarms up to fifteen
feet in length including braces. It should be plated on a “per set” basis.
SHIELD
BAYONET
This plate is for the removal of all sizes of bayonets used to support the shield wire.
It should be plated on a “per bayonet” basis.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 6 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SWITCHES, CUTOUTS, AND ARRESTERS


GROUP
This plate is used to remove a group-operated switch, vertical or horizontal mount. It
includes the switch, switch handle, operating pipe, idler brackets, and any other
material supplied with the switch itself. It should be plated on a “per switch” basis.
Older units that were not totally unitized are still considered one switch.
HOOK
This plate is used to remove a hook disconnect switch of any voltage class. Three
switches on a three-phase structure are considered as three separate units. It should
be plated on a “per switch” basis.
INLINE
This plate is used to remove a hook disconnect switch that is “in-line” with the primary
conductor of any voltage class. It should be plated on a “per switch” basis.
BYPASS
This plate is used to remove a bypass switch of any voltage class. Three switches
on a three-phase structure are considered as three separate units. It should be plated
on a “per switch” basis.
CUTOUT
This plate is used to remove a fuse cutout or “Jack box” of any voltage class or BIL.
It should be plated on a “per cutout” basis.
ARRESTER
This plate is used to remove a distribution class arrester or the new riser pole type
arrester used on underground risers. It should be plated on a “per arrester” basis.
IA
This plate is used to remove a intermediate class arrester that in the past was used
on underground feeder risers. It should be plated on a “per arrester” basis.
TRANSFORMERS
BANKCOMP10
This plate is used to remove cutout, arrester, and a single-phase transformer up to
and including 75kVA. It should be plated on a “per transformer” basis.
BANKCOMP11
This plate is used to remove cutout, arrester, and a single-phase transformer over
75kVA and up to and including 250kVA. It should be plated on a “per transformer”
basis.
BANKCOMP20
This plate is used to remove cutouts, arresters, and a two-phase transformer bank
with the largest transformer up to and including 75kVA. It should be plated on a “per
bank” basis.
BANKCOMP21
This plate is used to remove cutouts, arresters, and a two-phase transformer bank
with the largest transformer over 75kVA and up to and including 250kVA. It should
be plated on a “per bank” basis.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 7 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BANKCOMP30
This plate is used to remove cutouts, arresters, and a three-phase transformer bank
with the largest transformer up to and including 75kVA. It should be plated on a “per
bank” basis.
BANKCOMP31
This plate is used to remove cutouts, arresters, and a three-phase transformer bank
with the largest transformer over 75kVA and up to and including 250kVA. It should
be plated on a “per bank” basis.
STREETLIGHT FIXTURES
Removal of street lights/area lights should be plated according to the wattage and voltage of
the fixture. The following removal plates for street light fixtures should be plated on a “per-
fixture” basis.
LUM7 – 70W HPS
LUM20 – 200W HPS
LUM25 – 250W HPS
LUM40 – 400W HPS
LUM40M – 400W MH
LUM17M – 175W MH
LUM17V – 175W MV
OBSLUM
This plate is used for removing obstruction lights near areas with nearby air traffic. It
should be plated on a “per assembly” basis. Two obstruction lights make-up one
assembly.
MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE
DESHOE
This plate is used to remove a primary, neutral, or secondary deadend, not including
the insulator which would be a separate removal item. It should be plated on a “per
deadend” basis.
DEYE
This plate is used to remove a double eyebolt (S6). It should be plated on a “per
eyebolt” basis.
POLECON
This plate is used to remove a connection at the pole or (S20). It should be plated on
a “per connection” basis.
HOUSECON
This plate is used to remove the connection at the house or a (S21). It should be
plated on a “per connection” basis.
TANGENT
This plate is used to remove a neutral or secondary tangent assembly or (S7). It
should be plated on a “per tangent” basis.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 8 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MIDSPAN
This plate is used to remove secondary mid-span taps or (J16). It should be plated
on a “per tap” basis.
NUMBER
This plate is used for removing equipment identification tags. It should be plated on
a “per tag” basis.
EYENUT
This plate is used for removing eyenuts not part of any other removal plate. It should
be plated on a “per eyenut” basis.
SMWEDGE
This plate is used to remove the smaller wedge clamp with a range from #6 to #2
messengers that are not part of any other removal plate. It should be plated on a “per
clamp” basis.
LGWEDGE
This plate is used to remove the larger wedge clamp with a range from 1/0 to 4/0
messengers that are not part of any other removal plate. It should be plated on a “per
clamp” basis.
CLAMP
This plate is used to remove hot-line clamps or (DHLC). It should be plated on a “per
clamp” basis.
POLE ANCHORS
ANCHOR
This plate is used to remove all single-helix anchors. It should be plated on a “per
anchor” basis.
MANCHOR
This plate is used to remove all multi-helix anchors in addition to the Manta-Ray
anchor. It should be plated on a “per anchor” basis.
A5FTEXT
This plate is used for removing anchor extensions up to and including 5 feet. It should
be plated on a “per extension” basis.
A7FTEXT
This plate is used for removing anchor extensions 7 feet and longer. It should be
plated on a “per extension” basis.
ANCHEYE
This plate is used for removing the anchor eye section used with multi-helix anchoring
systems. It should be plated on a “per eye” basis.
KEY
This plate is used for removing pole keys used for anchoring. It should be plated on
a “per key” basis.
CUTANC
This plate is used to cut and remove guy anchor a minimum of 12 inches below
existing grade and backfill the hole.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 9 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE GUYS
SPAN
This plate is used for removing span guys of all sizes. It should be plated on a “per
guy” basis.
DOWN3/8
This plate is used for removing 3/8” guy strand. It should be plated on a “per guy”
basis.
DOWN7/16
This plate is used for removing 7/16” guy strand. It should be plated on a “per guy”
basis.
SIDEWALK
This plate is used for removing the guy strand and standoff pipe used on a sidewalk
guy. It should be plated on a “per guy” basis.
STRAIN
This plate is used for removing fiberglass strain insulators used with the various guy
plates. It should be plated on a “per insulator” basis.
GUARD
This plate is used to remove the PVC or metal guy guard used to make downguys
more visible. It should be plated on a “per guard” basis.
poles and pole supports
POLES AND SUPPORTS
PULLPOLES
This plate is used to remove clear wood poles (no attachments) from soft surfaces
(sod, etc.). These poles shall not be returned to stock.
PULLOPLEH
This plate is used to remove clear poles (no attachments) from hard surfaces (asphalt,
concrete, etc.). These poles shall not be returned to stock.
OTRUSS
This plate is used for the removal of Osmose pole supports. The supports shall be
returned to JEA.
GROUNDING
RODREM
This plate is used to remove a single 8 foot ground rod or the number of rods in
addition to the 3 rods used on a “full” ground. It should be plated on a “per rod” basis.
FULLGRD
This plate is used to remove a “full” ground which constitutes three rods. It should be
plated on a “per ground” basis.
CONCGRD
This plate is used to remove a non-equipment ground for a concrete pole. It should
be plated on a “per ground” basis.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 10 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WOODGRD
This plate is used to remove a non-equipment ground for a wood pole. It should be
plated on a “per ground” basis.
CAPBANK
This plate is used to remove an entire capacitor bank, including all brackets, oil
switches, of any size. It should be plated on a “per bank” basis.
CAPCAN
This plate is used to remove an individual capacitor can of any size. It should be
plated on a “per can” basis.
CAPSW
This plate is used to remove an individual oil switch used on a capacitor bank.
Switches are normally included with the removal plate “CAPBANK”. It should be
plated on a “per switch” basis.
REG
This plate is used to remove a voltage regulator. It should be plated on a “per
regulator” basis.
RECL
This plate is used to remove a three-phase recloser or sectionalizer. It includes the
mounting bracket, control panel, and the control cable. It should be plated on a “per
unit” basis.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

MISCELLANEOUS ADDERS & REMOVAL PLATES


II. 1. - Page 11 of 11
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLES
INTRODUCTION
1. The JEA integrated standards outlined on the following pages depend on strict adherence to
these guidelines. Construction varying from these standards must be covered in NOTED
FORM on the drawing by the design engineer.
2. Concrete and wood poles are predrilled in accordance with the pole drilling details of this
Section. However, some holes will have to be drilled in the field and will require the engineer
to call for either the plate DRILL-W or DRILL-C if he or she is aware of the extra holes to be
drilled.
3. Equipment attachment locations called for on a construction standard or the following drilling
details are denoted by the hole number at which the bolt will be placed.
4. Birthmark location on the pole varies with length and type. Larger poles may have two
birthmarks -- if the pole is set extra deep, at least one birthmark will still be visible for
identification. Unless special circumstances prevail, always set every pole with the birthmark
facing the street (roadside). Split the angle on curves.
5. If concrete poles are set deeper than their normal setting depth, the crew installing the pole
shall attach piece of #4 CU to the pole grounding loop to make it accessible from the
groundline.
6. Poles shall be raked such that the side opposite to the face on which the load is applied shall
be 90 degrees or perpendicular to the ground as shown.
7. Poles shall be oriented so that the unbalanced force bisects the conductor angle perpendicular
to the load bearing face of the pole.
8. The split bolt assembly (SH30) is included in the 45 to 65 foot wood pole plates and should be
installed in hole 7.
9. Additional washers, connectors, and #4 bare copper are issued with the concrete pole plates
to be used for grounding purposes (See hardware grounding detail in the GROUNDING
Section).
10. Unless otherwise stated, holes shown on the pole drilling details are in inches from the tip or
the bottom of the pole roof. Holes are 1 inch in diameter on concrete poles and 7/8 of an inch
in diameter on wood poles. Pole drilling details are not to scale.
11. A tag holder is issued with each pole plate for the purpose of identifying the pole address when
the pole is installed. Adhesive for these tag holders is also issued with concrete poles.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 1 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE INSPECTION AND MANUFACTURER’S MARKINGS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 2 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE INFORMATION
POLE SETTING DEPTHS
LENGTH (FT) WOOD POLE CONCRETE POLE
30 5’-6” 6’-0”
35 6’-0” 6’-6”
40 6’-0” 7’-0”
45 6’-6” 7’-6”
50 7’-0” 8’-0”
55 7’-6” 8’-6”
60 8’-0” 9’-0”
65 8’-6” 10’-0”
70 9’-0” 11’-0”
75 9’-6” 12’-0”

WEIGHTS OF CCA TREATED WOOD POLES (IN POUNDS)


LENGTH CLASS 1 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 4
30 1,224 1,068 924 798
35 1,572 1,368 1,182 1,026
40 1,956 1,692 1,470 1,272
45 2,358 2,046 1,770 1,536
50 3,029 2,626 2,275 1,976
55 3,530 3,062 2,652 2,301
60 4,069 3,523 3,055 2,646
65 4,622 4,004 3,471 3,016
70 5,207 4,518 3,913 --
75 5,816 5,051 4,375 --
80 6,455 5,597 4,849 --
85 7,124 6,169 5,350 --
90 7,807 6,760 5,863 --

TIP DIMENSIONS OF WOOD POLES (IN INCHES)


DIMENSION CLASS 1 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 4
MIN. TIP DIA. 8.6 8.0 7.3 6.7
MIN. CIRCUMFERENCE 27 25 23 21

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 3 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE INFORMATION – CONTINUED


DIMENSIONS OF WOOD POLES SIX FEET FROM BUTT (DIAMETER IN INCHES)
POLE LENGTH CLASS 1 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 4
30 11.6 10.8 10.2 9.4
35 12.4 11.6 10.8 10.0
40 13.1 12.3 11.5 10.7
45 13.7 12.9 11.9 10.3
50 14.3 13.4 12.4 11.6
55 14.8 13.8 12.9 12.1
60 15.3 14.3 13.4 12.4
65 15.8 14.8 13.8 12.9
70 16.2 15.3 14.3 13.2
75 16.7 15.6 14.6 --
80 17.2 16.1 15.0 --
85 17.5 16.4 15.3 --
90 17.8 16.9 15.6 --

APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS OF CONCRETE POLES (IN POUNDS)


AND DIMENSIONS (INCHES SQUARE)
POLE LENGTH CLASS OR TYPE WEIGHT (LBS.) TIP DIMENSION BUTT DIMENSION
30 1 1,340 4 8.86
35 1 1,820 4 9.67
35 2 2,360 6 11.67
40 3 2,900 6 12.48
45 3 3,510 6 13.29
50 3 4,050 6.5 14.60
50 H 8,100 9 17.10
55 H 9,500 9 17.91
55 LT 18,100 13.25 22.16
55 HT 18,100 13.25 22.16
60 H 11,060 9 18.72
60 LT 20,400 13.25 22.97
60 HT 20,400 13.25 22.97
65 LT 22,900 13.25 23.78
65 HT 22,900 13.25 23.78
70 HT 25,100 13.25 24.59
75 HT 27,500 13.25 25.40
80 HT 30,000 13.25 26.21
80 XHT 37,375 16.55 29.51
85 HT 32,600 13.25 27.02
85 XHT 40,775 16.55 30.32
90 HT 35,600 13.25 27.83
90 XHT 44,275 16.55 31.13
95 HT 38,900 13.25 28.64
95 XHT 47,875 16.55 31.94
100 HT 42,100 13.25 29.45
100 XHT 51,475 16.55 32.75
105 HT 45,500 13.25 30.26
110 HT 49,000 13.25 31.07

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 4 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

30 FOOT WOOD POLE - CLASS 4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 5 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

35 FOOT WOOD POLE - CLASS 4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 6 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

40 FOOT WOOD POLE - CLASS 4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 7 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

45 & 50 FOOT WOOD POLE - CLASS 3

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 8 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

50 THRU 65 FOOT WOOD POLE - CLASS 1 OR 2

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 9 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

30 FOOT CONCRETE POLE - TYPE 1

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 10 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

35 FOOT CONCRETE POLE - TYPE 1

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 11 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

35 FOOT CONCRETE POLE - TYPE 2

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 12 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

40 FOOT CONCRETE POLE - TYPE 3 (FOR LIGHTING ONLY)

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 13 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

45 FOOT CONCRETE POLE - TYPE 3

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 14 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

50 FOOT CONCRETE POLE - TYPE 3 OR H

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 15 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

POLE DRILLING DETAIL

55 FT AND TALLER CONCRETE POLE - TYPE H, LT, HT & 80-100 FT XHT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

POLES
II. 2. - Page 16 of 16
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONDUCTOR
INTRODUCTION
1. In order to ensure safety, certain minimum clearances shall be maintained between various
circuits of an overhead distribution system. Proper clearances from joint-use utilities, railroads,
buildings, and other objects shall always be maintained. The standard adopted by JEA is the
National Electric Safety Code.
2. Table 232-1 and Footnotes contained in this section reprinted with permission from Table 232-
1, “Vertical Clearance of Wires, Conductors, and Cables Above Ground, Roadway, Rail, or
Water Surfaces” Copyright © 2006 IEEE All Rights Reserved, published in the 2007 National
Electric Safety Code (NESC); this table references Rules 232B1, 232C1a, and 232D4;
Copyright © 2006 IEEE All Rights Reserved, by IEEE. The IEEE disclaims any responsibility
or liability resulting from the placement and use in the described manner.
3. The information given by the following table and its footnotes are intended to cover the most
common situations. If site conditions arise which are not covered in this section, refer to
Section 23 of the 2007 NESC for more specific information.
4. For more detailed information concerning the types of conductors used by JEA, the associated
connectors and splices, and various other conductor related material, refer to the Master
Material Catalog.
5. Transition spans from vertical construction to horizontal construction or the reverse shall be
limited to 200 feet.
6. Sag & Tension data is provided for the various size conductors used by JEA. The most
common temperatures and ruling spans were used for the tables, but other criteria may be
provided if requested. The data in the tables were calculated by Alcoa’s SAG 10 software,
with certain assumed values for variables based upon the geographical location, temperature,
and wind speed.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 1 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

2007 NESC TABLE 232-1


ft
Table 232-1
Vertical Clearance of Wires, Conductors, and Cables Above Ground,
Roadway, Rail, or Water Surfaces25
(Voltages are phase to ground for effectively grounded circuits and those other circuits where all ground faults are
cleared by promptly de-energizing the faulted section, both initially and following subsequent breaker operations. See
the definitions section for voltages of other systems.
See Rules 232B1, 232C1a, and 232D4.)
Insulated
communication Trolley and electrified
conductors and Supply railroad contact
cable; cables over conductors and
messengers; 750 V associated span or
overhead Noninsulated meeting messenger wires
Open supply
shield/surge- communication Rules 230C2
conductors,
protection wires; conductors; or 230C3;
over 750 V to 22
Nature of surface supply cables of open supply
grounded guys; kV; ungrounded
underneath wires, 0 to 750 V conductors,
conductors, or cables ungrounded meeting Rules 0 to 750 V3;
guys exposed
guys exposed to to 750 V to 22 Over
230C2 or ungrounded
0 to 300 V11, 15; kV14 (ft) 0 to 750 V 750 V
230C3 guys
neutral to to 22 kV
(ft) exposed to
ground to
conductors over 300 V to
(ft) ground
meeting Rule 750 V14(ft)
(ft)
230E1; supply
cables meeting
Rule 230C1 (ft)
Where wires, conductors, or cables cross over or overhang
1. Track rails of railroads
(except electrified
railroads using overhead 23.5 24.0 24.5 26.5 22.04 22.04
trolley conductors)2, 16
2. Roads, streets, and
other areas subject to 15.5 16.0 16.5 18.5 18.05 20.05
truck traffic 23
3. Driveways, parking lots,
15.57,13 16.07,13 16.57 18.5 18.05 20.05
and alleys23
4. Other land traversed by
vehicles, such as
cultivated, grazing, 15.5 16.0 16.5 18.5 – –
forest, orchards, etc. 26
5. Spaces and ways
subject to pedestrians or 9.5 12.08 12.58 14.5 16.0 18.0
restricted traffic only 9
6. Water areas not suitable
for sailboating or where
sailboating is 14.0 14.5 15.0 17.0 – –
prohibited21

From Table 232-1. Vertical Clearance of Wires, Conductors, and Cables Above Ground, Roadway, Rail, or Water
Surfaces, published in the 2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC); Copyright © 2006, IEEE. All rights reserved.
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 2 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

2007 NESC TABLE 232-1 – CONTINUED


ft
Table 232-1 (Continued)
Vertical Clearance of Wires, Conductors, and Cables Above Ground,
Roadway, Rail, or Water Surfaces25
(Voltages are phase to ground for effectively grounded circuits and those other circuits where all ground faults are
cleared by promptly de-energizing the faulted section, both initially and following subsequent breaker operations. See
the definitions section for voltages of other systems.
See Rules 232B1, 232C1a, and 232D4.)

Insulated
Supply Trolley and
communication
cables over electrified railroad
conductors and cable;
750 V contact conductors
messengers; surge- Noninsulated Open supply
meeting and associated
protection wires; communication conductors,
Rules 230C2 span or messenger
grounded guys; conductors; over 750 V
or 230C3; wires
Nature of surface ungrounded guys supply cables to 22 kV;
open supply
underneath wires, exposed to 0 to 300V of 0 to 750 V ungrounded
conductors,
conductors, or cables 11,15; neutral meeting Rules guys
0 to 750 V; Over
conductors meeting 230C2 or exposed to
ungrounded 0 to 750 V 750 V
Rule 230C3 750 V to
guys to to 22
230E1; supply (ft) 22kV 14 (ft)
exposed to ground kV to
cables meeting Rule
over 300 V to (ft) ground
230C1
750 V 14 (ft) (ft)
(ft)
7. Water areas suitable for
sailboating including
lakes, ponds,
reservoirs, tidal waters,
rivers, streams, and
canals with an
unobstructed surface
area of 7, 18, 19, 20, 21
Less than 20 acres 17.5 18.0 18.5 20.5 – –
Over 20 to 200 acres 25.5 26.0 26.5 28.5 – –
Over 200 to 2000 acres 31.5 32.0 32.5 34.5 – –
Over 2000 acres 37.5 38.0 38.5 40.5 – –
8. Established boat ramps
and associated rigging
Clearance above ground shall be 5 ft greater than in 7 above, for the type of water areas served by the
areas; areas posted
launching site
with sign(s) for rigging
or launching sail boats
Where wires, conductors, or cables run along and within the limits of highways
or other road rights-of-way but do not overhang the roadway
9. Roads, streets, or alleys 15.524 16.0 16.5 18.5 18.05 20.05
10. Roads where it is
unlikely that vehicles
13.510,12 14.010 14.510 16.5 18.05 20.05
will be crossing under
the line

From Table 232-1. Vertical Clearance of Wires, Conductors, and Cables Above Ground, Roadway, Rail, or Water
Surfaces, published in the 2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC); Copyright © 2006, IEEE.
All rights reserved.
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 3 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

2007 NESC TABLE 232-1 (FOOTNOTES)


1Where subways, tunnels, or bridges require it, less clearance above ground or rails than required by Table 232-
1 may be used locally. The trolley and electrified railroad contact conductor should be graded very gradually from the
regular construction down to the reduced elevation.
2For wires, conductors, or cables crossing over mine, logging, and similar railways that handle only cars lower than
standard freight cars, the clearance may be reduced by an amount equal to the difference in height between the highest
loaded car handled and 20 ft, but the clearance shall not be reduced below that required for street crossings.
3Does not include neutral conductors meeting Rule 230E1
4In communities where 21 ft has been established, this clearance may be continued if carefully maintained. The
elevation of the contact conductor should be the same in the crossing and next adjacent spans. (See Rule 225D2 for
conditions that must be met where uniform height above rail is impractical.)
5In communities where 16 ft has been established for trolley and electrified railroad contact conductors 0 to 750 V
to ground, or 18 ft for trolley and electrified railroad contact conductors exceeding 750 V, or where local conditions make
it impractical to obtain the clearance given in the table, these reduced clearances may be used if carefully maintained.
6This footnote not used in this edition.
7Where the height of a residential building does not permit its service drop(s) to meet these values, the
clearances over residential driveways only may be reduced to the following:
(feet)
a) Insulated supply service drops limited to 300 V to ground 12.5
b) Insulated drip loops of supply service drops limited to 300 V to ground 10.5
c) Supply service drops limited to 150 V to ground and meeting Rules 230C1 or 230C3 12.0
d) Drip loops only of service drops limited to 150 V to ground and meeting
Rules 230C1 or 230C3 10.0
e) Insulated communication service drops 11.5
7Where the height of a residential building does not permit its service drop(s) to meet these values, the
clearances may be reduced to the following:
(feet)
a) Insulated supply service drops limited to 300 V to ground 10.5
b) Insulated drip loops of supply service drops limited to 300 V to ground 10.5
c) Supply service drops limited to 150 V to ground and meeting Rules 230C1 or 230C3 10.0
d) Drip loops only of supply service drops limited to 150 V to ground and meeting
Rules 230C1 or 230C3 10.0
9Spaces and ways subject to pedestrians or restricted traffic only are those areas where riders on horses or other
large animals, vehicles, or other mobile units exceeding a total height of 8 ft are prohibited by regulation or permanent
terrain configurations, or are otherwise not normally encountered nor reasonably anticipated.
10Where a supply or communication line along a road is located relative to fences, ditches, embankments, etc., so
that the ground under the line would not be expected to be traveled except by pedestrians, the clearances may be
reduced to the following values:
(feet)
1) Insulated communication conductor and communication cables. 9.5
2) Conductors of other communication circuits 9.5
3) Supply cables of any voltage meeting Rule 230C1, supply cables limited to 150 V
to ground meeting Rules 230C2 or 230C3, and neutral conductors meeting Rule 230E1 9.5
4) Insulated supply conductors limited to 300 V to ground 12.5
5) Guys 9.5

From Table 232-1. Vertical Clearance of Wires, Conductors, and Cables Above Ground, Roadway, Rail, or Water
Surfaces, published in the 2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC); Copyright © 2006, IEEE. All rights reserved.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 4 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

2007 NESC TABLE 232-1 (FOOTNOTES) – CONTINUED


11No clearance from ground is required for anchor guys not crossing tracks, rails, streets, driveways, roads or
pathways.
12This clearance may be reduced to 13 ft for communication conductors and guys.
13Where this construction crosses over or runs along alleys, driveways, or parking lots not subject to truck
traffic this clearance may be reduced to 15 ft.
14Ungrounded guys and ungrounded portions of span guys between guy insulators shall have clearances
based on the highest voltage to which they may be exposed due to a slack conductor or guy.
15Anchor guys insulated in accordance with Rule 279 may have the same clearance as grounded guys.
16Adjacent to tunnels and overhead bridges that restrict the height of loaded rail cars to less than 20 ft, these
clearances may be reduced by the difference between the highest loaded rail car handled and 20 ft, if
mutually agreed to by the parties at interest.
17For controlled impoundments, the surface area and corresponding clearances shall be based upon the
design high-water level.
18For uncontrolled water flow areas, the surface area shall be that enclosed by its annual high-water mark.
Clearances shall be based on the normal flood level; if available, the 10-year flood level may be assumed
as the normal flood level.
19The clearance over rivers, streams, and canals shall be based upon the largest surface area of any 1-mi-
long segment that includes the crossing. The clearance over a canal, river, or stream normally used to
provide access for sailboats to a larger body of water shall be the same as that required for the larger
body of water.
20Where an overwater obstruction restricts vessel height to less than the applicable reference height given in
Table 232-3, the required clearance may be reduced by the difference between the reference height and
the overwater obstruction height, except that the reduced clearance shall be not less than that required
for the surface area on the line-crossing side of the obstruction.
21Where the US Army Corps of Engineers, or the state, or surrogate thereof has issued a crossing permit,
clearances of that permit shall govern.
22See Rule 234I for the required horizontal and diagonal clearances to rail cars.
23For the purpose of this Rule, trucks are defined as any vehicle exceeding 8 ft in height. Areas not subject
to truck traffic are areas where truck traffic is not normally encountered nor reasonably anticipated.
24Communication cables and conductors may have a clearance of 15 ft where poles are back of curbs or
other deterrents to vehicular traffic.
25The clearance values shown in this table are computed by adding the applicable Mechanical and Electrical
(M&E) value of Table A-1 to the applicable Reference Component of Table A-2a of Appendix A.
26When designing a line to accommodate oversized vehicles, these clearance values shall be increased by
the difference between the known height of the oversized vehicle and 14 ft.

From Table 232-1. Vertical Clearance of Wires, Conductors, and Cables Above Ground, Roadway, Rail, or Water
Surfaces, published in the 2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC); Copyright © 2006, IEEE. All rights reserved.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 5 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION NOTES

1) The first row in each sag chart is a Light Loading condition based on 9 lb/ft².

2) * This is the tension limit that became the limiting factor in this design.

3) For clearance calculations, the final sag at 200°F should be used.

4) The limits on conductor tensions per the 2007 NESC are as follows:

1. In the light loading district, the conductor's initial tensions shall not exceed 60 percent of its rated breaking
strength at 30°F without ice and with a horizontal wind pressure of 9 lb/ft² (59 mph wind).

2. In all districts, the conductor's initial tension at 60°F without ice and wind shall not exceed 35 percent of the
rated breaking strength.

3. In all districts, the conductor's final tension at 60°F without ice and wind shall not exceed 25 percent of the
rated breaking strength.

However, the following tables are bound by the Alcoa design limits which are more stringent than the standard
NESC limits:

1. In the light loading district, the conductor's initial tensions shall not exceed 50 percent of its rated breaking
strength at 30°F without ice and and with a horizontal wind pressure of 9 lb/ft² (59 mph wind).

2. In all districts, the conductor's initial tension at 30°F without ice and wind shall not exceed 33 percent of the
rated breaking strength.

3. In all districts, the conductor's final tension at 30°F without ice and wind shall not exceed 25 percent of the
rated breaking strength.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 6 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Bare Aluminum Conductor, Steel Reinforced - 556 Parakeet 24/7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 19,800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6639 0.44 4927 0.59
30 6593* 0.31 4817 0.42
35 6402 0.31 4548 0.44
40 6209 0.32 4282 0.47
45 6012 0.34 4018 0.50
50 5814 0.35 3759 0.54
55 5613 0.36 3504 0.58
60 5410 0.37 3254 0.62
65 5204 0.39 3012 0.67
70 4997 0.40 2779 0.73
75 4788 0.42 2556 0.79
80 4577 0.44 2347 0.86
85 4365 0.46 2151 0.94
90 4151 0.49 1973 1.02
95 3936 0.51 1811 1.11
200 1122 1.80 1106 1.52

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6673 0.78 4977 1.05
30 6593* 0.54 4791 0.75
35 6404 0.56 4532 0.79
40 6213 0.58 4277 0.84
45 6019 0.60 4026 0.89
50 5823 0.62 3781 0.95
55 5626 0.64 3543 1.01
60 5426 0.66 3312 1.08
65 5225 0.69 3091 1.16
70 5022 0.71 2880 1.24
75 4818 0.74 2681 1.34
80 4614 0.78 2496 1.44
85 4408 0.81 2324 1.54
90 4203 0.85 2167 1.66
95 3997 0.90 2024 1.77
200 1306 2.75 1289 2.78

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 7 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Bare Aluminum Conductor, Steel Reinforced - 556 Parakeet 24/7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 19,800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6715 1.21 5041 1.62
30 6593* 0.85 4767 1.18
35 6407 0.87 4520 1.24
40 6218 0.90 4278 1.31
45 6027 0.93 4042 1.39
50 5835 0.96 3813 1.47
55 5641 0.99 3592 1.56
60 5446 1.03 3380 1.66
65 5250 1.07 3178 1.76
70 505 1.11 2988 1.88
75 4856 1.15 2809 1.99
80 4658 1.20 2642 2.12
85 4460 1.26 2489 2.25
90 4264 1.31 2347 2.39
95 4069 1.38 2218 2.53
200 1476 3.80 1456 3.85

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6764 1.73 5115 2.29
30 6593* 1.22 4748 1.70
35 6410 1.26 4514 1.79
40 6224 1.30 4286 1.88
45 6037 1.34 4066 1.98
50 5849 1.38 3853 2.09
55 5660 1.43 3649 2.21
60 5470 1.47 3455 2.34
65 5279 1.53 3270 2.47
70 5089 1.59 3097 2.61
75 4898 1.65 2935 2.75
80 4708 1.71 2784 2.90
85 4519 1.79 2643 3.05
90 4332 1.86 2514 3.21
95 4146 1.95 2395 3.37
200 1675 4.82 1612 5.01

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 8 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Bare Aluminum Conductor, Steel Reinforced - 556 Parakeet 24/7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 19,800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6818 2.34 5198 3.07
30 6593* 1.67 4737 2.32
35 6413 1.71 4516 2.43
40 6231 1.76 4303 2.55
45 6048 1.82 4097 2.68
50 5865 1.87 3900 2.82
55 5681 1.93 3712 2.96
60 5496 2.00 3533 3.11
65 5312 2.07 3364 3.26
70 5128 2.14 3206 3.43
75 4944 2.22 3057 3.59
80 4762 2.31 2918 3.76
85 4582 2.40 2789 3.94
90 4403 2.49 2669 4.12
95 4228 2.60 2558 4.29
200 1879 5.85 1757 6.26

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6876 3.03 5288 3.94
30 6593* 2.18 4733 3.03
35 6417 2.24 4526 3.17
40 6239 2.30 4327 3.32
45 6061 2.37 4136 3.47
50 5882 2.44 3953 3.63
55 5703 2.51 3779 3.80
60 5525 2.60 3614 3.97
65 5346 2.68 3459 4.15
70 5169 2.77 3312 4.33
75 4993 2.87 3175 4.52
80 4819 2.98 3046 4.71
85 4647 3.09 2926 4.90
90 4478 3.20 2815 5.10
95 4312 3.33 2710 5.30
200 2069 6.94 1895 7.58

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 9 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Bare Aluminum Conductor, Steel Reinforced - 556 Parakeet 24/7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 19,800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6938 3.80 5382 4.90
30 6593* 2.75 4738 3.83
35 6421 2.83 4544 4.00
40 6247 2.91 4358 4.17
45 6074 2.99 4180 4.34
50 5900 3.08 4010 4.53
55 5727 3.17 3849 4.72
60 5555 3.27 3696 4.91
65 5383 3.37 3552 5.11
70 5213 3.48 3416 5.32
75 5044 3.60 3289 5.52
80 4878 3.72 3169 5.73
85 4714 3.85 3056 5.94
90 4553 3.99 2951 6.16
95 4395 4.13 2853 6.37
200 2249 8.08 2025 8.98

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 7002 4.65 5479 5.95
30 6593* 3.40 4749 4.72
35 6425 3.49 4568 4.91
40 6256 3.58 4394 5.10
45 6088 3.68 4228 5.30
50 5920 3.79 4070 5.51
55 5752 3.90 3920 5.72
60 5586 4.01 3778 5.93
65 5421 4.14 3644 6.15
70 5257 4.26 3517 6.38
75 5096 4.40 3398 6.60
80 4937 4.54 3285 6.83
85 4781 4.69 3179 7.05
90 4628 4.84 3080 7.28
95 4478 5.01 2986 7.51
200 2418 9.28 2149 10.45

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 10 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Bare Aluminum Conductor, Steel Reinforced - 556 Parakeet 24/7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 19,800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 7067 5.58 5577 7.07
30 6593* 4.11 4767 5.69
35 6429 4.22 4597 5.90
40 6266 4.33 4435 6.12
45 6102 4.44 4280 6.34
50 5940 4.57 4133 6.57
55 5778 4.69 3992 6.80
60 5618 4.83 3860 7.03
65 5459 4.97 3734 7.27
70 5302 5.12 3615 7.51
75 5148 5.27 3503 7.75
80 4996 5.43 3396 7.99
85 4847 5.60 3296 8.23
90 4702 5.77 3202 8.48
95 4560 5.95 3113 8.72
200 2579 10.53 2267 11.99

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 7134 6.58 5676 8.27
30 6593* 4.90 4789 6.74
35 6434 5.02 4630 6.97
40 6275 5.14 4479 7.21
45 6117 5.28 4334 7.45
50 5960 5.42 4196 7.70
55 5804 5.56 4064 7.95
60 5650 5.71 3940 8.20
65 5498 5.87 3821 8.45
70 5347 6.04 3709 8.71
75 5200 6.21 3603 8.97
80 5055 6.39 3503 9.22
85 4913 6.57 3408 9.48
90 4774 6.76 3317 9.74
95 4639 6.96 3232 10.00
200 2731 11.84 2380 13.60

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 11 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 636 Orchid, 37 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 11,400 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3893 0.69 3015 0.90
30 3796* 0.44 2795 0.60
35 3619 0.46 2561 0.66
40 3440 0.49 2336 0.72
45 3260 0.52 2122 0.79
50 3079 0.55 1921 0.87
55 2897 0.58 1737 0.97
60 2715 0.62 1572 1.07
65 2534 0.66 1426 1.18
70 2355 0.71 1299 1.29
75 2180 0.77 1190 1.41
80 2010 0.84 1097 1.53
85 1847 0.91 1017 1.65
90 1693 0.99 950 1.77
95 1550 1.08 891 1.89
200 529 3.18 450 3.74

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3958 1.21 3070 1.57
30 3796* 0.79 2721 1.10
35 3624 0.82 2511 1.19
40 3451 0.87 2313 1.29
45 3278 0.91 2129 1.40
50 3104 0.96 1960 1.52
55 2932 1.02 1806 1.65
60 2761 1.08 1669 1.79
65 2592 1.15 1547 1.93
70 2428 1.23 1440 2.07
75 2268 1.32 1346 2.22
80 2115 1.41 1263 2.36
85 1971 1.52 1191 2.51
90 1835 1.63 1127 2.65
95 1709 1.75 1071 2.79
200 688 4.35 585 5.12

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 12 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 636 Orchid, 37 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 11,400 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4032 1.86 3147 2.39
30 3796* 1.23 2672 1.75
35 3630 1.29 2488 1.88
40 3464 1.35 2316 2.01
45 3298 1.41 2158 2.16
50 3134 1.49 2014 2.32
55 2971 1.57 1883 2.48
60 2812 1.66 1766 2.64
65 2656 1.76 1661 2.81
70 2505 1.86 1567 2.98
75 2360 1.98 1483 3.15
80 2221 2.10 1408 3.31
85 2091 2.23 1341 3.48
90 1969 2.37 1281 3.64
95 1855 2.52 1227 3.81
200 839 5.57 713 6.57

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4111 2.63 3237 3.34
30 3796* 1.77 2648 2.54
35 3637 1.85 2487 2.70
40 3478 1.93 2338 2.87
45 3321 2.02 2201 3.05
50 3165 2.12 2076 3.24
55 3013 2.23 1963 3.42
60 2865 2.35 1860 3.61
65 2721 2.47 1767 3.80
70 2582 2.60 1683 3.99
75 2449 2.74 1607 4.18
80 2323 2.89 1538 4.37
85 2204 3.05 1476 4.56
90 2093 3.21 1419 4.74
95 1989 3.38 1367 4.92
200 982 6.86 834 8.09

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 13 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 636 Orchid, 37 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 11,400 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4193 3.51 3334 4.42
30 3796* 2.41 2644 3.46
35 3644 2.51 2503 3.65
40 3493 2.62 2372 3.86
45 3344 2.73 2252 4.06
50 3198 2.86 2142 4.27
55 3056 2.99 2042 4.48
60 2918 3.13 1950 4.69
65 2785 3.28 1866 4.90
70 2657 3.44 1790 5.11
75 2535 3.61 1720 5.32
80 2419 3.78 1656 5.53
85 2310 3.96 1597 5.73
90 2207 4.14 1543 5.93
95 2111 4.33 1493 6.13
200 1118 8.20 949 9.67

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4276 4.50 3433 5.61
30 3796* 3.15 2654 4.50
35 3651 3.27 2529 4.72
40 3508 3.40 2414 4.95
45 3368 3.55 2307 5.18
50 3232 3.70 2209 5.41
55 3099 3.85 2119 5.64
60 2971 4.02 2036 5.87
65 2847 4.20 1959 6.10
70 2729 4.38 1889 6.33
75 2616 4.57 1824 6.56
80 2509 4.76 1764 6.78
85 2408 4.96 1708 7.00
90 2313 5.17 1657 7.22
95 2223 5.38 1609 7.43
200 1246 9.61 1059 11.32

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 14 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 636 Orchid, 37 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 11,400 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4357 5.59 3533 6.90
30 3796* 3.98 2673 5.66
35 3659 4.13 2562 5.90
40 3524 4.29 2459 6.15
45 3392 4.46 2363 6.40
50 3264 4.63 2275 6.65
55 3141 4.81 2193 6.90
60 3021 5.01 2117 7.15
65 2906 5.20 2046 7.40
70 2796 5.41 1981 7.64
75 2692 5.62 1920 7.88
80 2593 5.83 1864 8.12
85 2499 6.05 1811 8.36
90 2410 6.28 1762 8.59
95 2326 6.50 1716 8.83
200 1368 11.08 1164 13.05

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4437 6.78 3630 8.29
30 3796* 4.92 2699 6.92
35 3666 5.09 2599 7.19
40 3539 5.27 2506 7.45
45 3416 5.47 2419 7.72
50 3296 5.66 2338 7.99
55 3180 5.87 2263 8.26
60 3069 6.08 2193 8.52
65 2962 6.30 2128 8.78
70 2860 6.53 2067 9.04
75 2763 6.76 2010 9.30
80 2670 6.99 1956 9.56
85 2582 7.23 1906 9.81
90 2499 7.47 1859 10.06
95 2420 7.72 1815 10.30
200 1483 12.63 1263 14.84

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 15 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 636 Orchid, 37 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 11,400 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4513 8.06 3725 9.77
30 3796* 5.95 2729 8.28
35 3674 6.15 2638 8.57
40 3554 6.36 2553 8.85
45 3439 6.57 2474 9.14
50 3326 6.79 2400 9.42
55 3218 7.02 2330 9.70
60 3114 7.25 2265 9.98
65 3015 7.50 2204 10.26
70 2919 7.74 2147 10.53
75 2829 7.99 2093 10.81
80 2742 8.24 2042 11.08
85 2659 8.50 1995 11.34
90 2581 8.76 1949 11.61
95 2507 9.02 1907 11.87
200 1592 14.23 1359 16.70

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 4587 9.44 3817 11.36
30 3796* 7.08 2761 9.74
35 3681 7.30 2678 10.05
40 3569 7.53 2600 10.35
45 3460 7.77 2527 10.65
50 3355 8.01 2459 10.95
55 3254 8.26 2394 11.24
60 3157 8.52 2333 11.54
65 3064 8.78 2276 11.83
70 2975 9.04 2222 12.12
75 2890 9.31 2171 12.40
80 2808 9.58 2123 12.68
85 2731 9.85 2077 12.96
90 2657 10.13 2034 13.24
95 2587 10.40 1993 13.52
200 1695 15.91 1449 18.63

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 16 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 336 Tulip, 19 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6150 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2147 0.84 1605 1.12
30 2048* 0.43 1371 0.65
35 1946 0.46 1245 0.71
40 1844 0.48 1126 0.79
45 1741 0.51 1015 0.88
50 1638 0.54 915 0.97
55 1535 0.58 825 1.08
60 1433 0.62 746 1.19
65 1332 0.67 678 1.31
70 1233 0.72 621 1.43
75 1136 0.78 572 1.55
80 1044 0.85 531 1.68
85 956 0.93 495 1.80
90 875 1.02 465 1.91
95 800 1.11 439 2.03
200 278 3.20 232 3.84

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2210 1.45 1675 1.91
30 2048* 0.77 1324 1.19
35 1949 0.81 1215 1.30
40 1850 0.85 1115 1.42
45 1751 0.90 1023 1.55
50 1653 0.96 941 1.68
55 1556 1.02 868 1.82
60 1460 1.08 804 1.97
65 1366 1.16 748 2.11
70 1275 1.24 699 2.26
75 1187 1.33 656 2.41
80 1105 1.43 619 2.56
85 1027 1.54 586 2.70
90 954 1.66 557 2.84
95 888 1.78 531 2.98
200 362 4.38 302 5.25

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 17 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 336 Tulip, 19 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6150 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2279 2.20 1756 2.85
30 2048* 1.21 1300 1.90
35 1953 1.26 1207 2.05
40 1858 1.33 1122 2.20
45 1763 1.40 1046 2.36
50 1670 1.48 977 2.53
55 1579 1.56 915 2.70
60 1489 1.66 861 2.87
65 1403 1.76 812 3.04
70 1319 1.87 769 3.21
75 1240 1.99 731 3.38
80 1165 2.12 696 3.55
85 1094 2.26 665 3.71
90 1029 2.40 638 3.88
95 969 2.55 613 4.03
200 441 5.61 368 6.74

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2351 3.07 1840 3.92
30 2048* 1.74 1294 2.75
35 1957 1.82 1215 2.93
40 1866 1.91 1142 3.11
45 1777 2.00 1077 3.30
50 1689 2.11 1017 3.50
55 1603 2.22 964 3.69
60 1520 2.34 916 3.89
65 1440 2.47 873 4.08
70 1363 2.61 833 4.27
75 1291 2.76 798 4.46
80 1222 2.91 766 4.65
85 1158 3.07 737 4.83
90 1098 3.24 710 5.01
95 1043 3.41 686 5.19
200 517 6.89 431 8.29

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 18 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 336 Tulip, 19 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6150 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2423 4.05 1925 5.11
30 2048* 2.36 1300 3.72
35 1961 2.47 1232 3.93
40 1875 2.58 1169 4.14
45 1790 2.70 1111 4.36
50 1708 2.83 1059 4.57
55 1628 2.97 1012 4.79
60 1551 3.12 968 5.00
65 1477 3.28 929 5.22
70 1406 3.44 893 5.43
75 1339 3.61 860 5.63
80 1276 3.79 830 5.84
85 1217 3.98 802 6.04
90 1162 4.17 777 6.24
95 1111 4.36 753 6.44
200 589 8.24 490 9.91

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2493 5.15 2009 6.39
30 2048* 3.09 1315 4.81
35 1965 3.22 1254 5.04
40 1884 3.36 1198 5.28
45 1804 3.50 1147 5.51
50 1727 3.66 1100 5.75
55 1653 3.83 1058 5.98
60 1581 4.00 1018 6.22
65 1512 4.18 982 6.45
70 1447 4.37 948 6.67
75 1385 4.57 917 6.90
80 1327 4.77 889 7.12
85 1272 4.97 862 7.34
90 1221 5.18 838 7.56
95 1173 5.40 815 7.77
200 657 9.65 548 11.59

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 19 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 336 Tulip, 19 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6150 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2562 6.34 2090 7.78
30 2048* 3.91 1333 6.00
35 1970 4.06 1279 6.26
40 1893 4.23 1229 6.51
45 1818 4.40 1183 6.77
50 1746 4.58 1141 7.02
55 1677 4.77 1101 7.27
60 1610 4.97 1065 7.52
65 1546 5.18 1031 7.77
70 1486 5.39 1000 8.01
75 1428 5.61 971 8.25
80 1374 5.83 944 8.49
85 1323 6.05 918 8.73
90 1274 6.28 895 8.96
95 1229 6.51 873 9.19
200 722 11.12 602 13.34

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2628 7.63 2168 9.26
30 2048* 4.82 1355 7.30
35 1974 5.01 1306 7.57
40 1902 5.20 1261 7.84
45 1832 5.39 1219 8.11
50 1765 5.60 1180 8.38
55 1700 5.81 1143 8.65
60 1637 6.04 1109 8.92
65 1578 6.26 1078 9.18
70 1522 6.50 1048 9.44
75 1468 6.73 1021 9.70
80 1417 6.97 995 9.95
85 1369 7.22 970 10.20
90 1324 7.47 948 10.45
95 1282 7.72 926 10.69
200 783 12.66 655 15.16

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 20 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Conductor - 336 Tulip, 19 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6150 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2692 9.02 2243 10.83
30 2048* 5.84 1377 8.69
35 1978 6.04 1333 8.98
40 1910 6.26 1292 9.27
45 1845 6.48 1253 9.55
50 1782 6.71 1217 9.84
55 1721 6.95 1183 10.12
60 1663 7.19 1151 10.40
65 1608 7.44 1121 10.68
70 1555 7.69 1093 10.95
75 1505 7.95 1067 11.22
80 1457 8.21 1042 11.49
85 1412 8.47 1019 11.75
90 1370 8.73 997 12.01
95 1330 9.00 976 12.27
200 841 14.26 705 17.04

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2752 10.50 2315 12.49
30 2048* 6.95 1400 10.17
35 1982 7.18 1360 10.47
40 1919 7.42 1322 10.78
45 1857 7.66 1286 11.08
50 1798 7.91 1252 11.38
55 1742 8.17 1220 11.68
60 1688 8.44 1191 11.97
65 1636 8.70 1162 12.26
70 1586 8.97 1136 12.55
75 1539 9.25 1111 12.83
80 1495 9.53 1087 13.11
85 1452 9.81 1065 13.39
90 1412 10.09 1043 13.67
95 1374 10.37 1023 13.94
200 896 15.93 753 18.99

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 21 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 4/0 Alliance, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2769 0.54 2216 0.67
30 2730 0.24 2140* 0.30
35 2638 0.25 2029 0.32
40 2547 0.26 1918 0.34
45 2456 0.27 1808 0.36
50 2366 0.28 1698 0.38
55 2275 0.29 1589 0.41
60 2185 0.30 1481 0.44
65 2095 0.31 1375 0.47
70 2006 0.33 1270 0.51
75 1917 0.34 1166 0.56
80 1828 0.36 1066 0.61
85 1741 0.37 969 0.67
90 1654 0.39 877 0.74
95 1568 0.42 791 0.83
200 352 1.85 215 3.05

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2802 0.95 2268 1.17
30 2733 0.42 2140* 0.54
35 2643 0.44 2031 0.57
40 2552 0.45 1922 0.60
45 2462 0.47 1814 0.64
50 2372 0.49 1707 0.68
55 2282 0.51 1601 0.72
60 2193 0.53 1496 0.78
65 2104 0.55 1394 0.83
70 2016 0.58 1294 0.90
75 1928 0.60 1197 0.97
80 1841 0.63 1103 1.05
85 1755 0.66 1014 1.14
90 1670 0.69 930 1.25
95 1586 0.73 852 1.36
200 432 2.69 280 4.15

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 22 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 4/0 Alliance, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2841 1.46 2327 1.79
30 2738 0.66 2140* 0.85
35 2648 0.68 2033 0.89
40 2558 0.71 1926 0.94
45 2468 0.73 1821 1.00
50 2379 0.76 1717 1.06
55 2290 0.79 1615 1.12
60 2202 0.82 1514 1.20
65 2114 0.86 1416 1.28
70 2027 0.89 1322 1.37
75 1941 0.93 1230 1.47
80 1855 0.98 1143 1.59
85 1771 1.02 1060 1.71
90 1688 1.07 983 1.84
95 1606 1.13 912 1.99
200 506 3.58 344 5.29

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2885 2.07 2391 2.50
30 2741 0.95 2140* 1.22
35 2652 0.98 2035 1.28
40 2563 1.02 1931 1.35
45 2475 1.05 1829 1.43
50 2387 1.09 1728 1.51
55 2299 1.14 1630 1.60
60 2212 1.18 1534 1.70
65 2125 1.23 1441 1.81
70 2040 1.28 1351 1.93
75 1955 1.34 1265 2.06
80 1872 1.39 1184 2.21
85 1789 1.46 1107 2.36
90 1708 1.53 1036 2.52
95 1629 1.60 969 2.69
200 575 4.55 404 6.47

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 23 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 4/0 Alliance, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2933 2.78 2457 3.32
30 2744 1.29 2140* 1.66
35 2656 1.34 2038 1.74
40 2568 1.38 1937 1.83
45 2481 1.43 1838 1.93
50 2394 1.48 1741 2.04
55 2307 1.54 1647 2.16
60 2222 1.60 1555 2.28
65 2137 1.66 1467 2.42
70 2053 1.73 1382 2.57
75 1970 1.80 1301 2.73
80 1888 1.88 1225 2.90
85 1808 1.97 1153 3.08
90 1729 2.05 1086 3.27
95 1652 2.15 1025 3.47
200 640 5.56 463 7.70

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2982 3.57 2525 4.21
30 2747 1.69 2140* 2.17
35 2659 1.74 2041 2.27
40 2573 1.80 1943 2.39
45 2486 1.87 1848 2.51
50 2401 1.93 1754 2.65
55 2316 2.00 1664 2.79
60 2231 2.08 1577 2.94
65 2148 2.16 1493 3.11
70 2066 2.25 1413 3.28
75 1985 2.34 1337 3.47
80 1906 2.44 1265 3.67
85 1827 2.54 1198 3.88
90 1751 2.65 1135 4.09
95 1677 2.77 1077 4.31
200 701 6.63 519 8.97

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 24 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 4/0 Alliance, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3033 4.44 2593 5.19
30 2747 2.14 2140* 2.74
35 2661 2.21 2044 2.87
40 2576 2.28 1949 3.01
45 2491 2.36 1858 3.16
50 2406 2.44 1768 3.32
55 2323 2.53 1682 3.49
60 2241 2.62 1599 3.67
65 2159 2.72 1520 3.87
70 2079 2.83 1444 4.07
75 2000 2.94 1372 4.28
80 1923 3.06 1304 4.50
85 1847 3.18 1241 4.74
90 1773 3.31 1181 4.97
95 1701 3.45 1126 5.22
200 758 7.76 573 10.28

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3084 5.39 2661 6.25
30 2747 2.64 2140* 3.39
35 2662 2.72 2047 3.54
40 2578 2.81 1956 3.71
45 2494 2.91 1868 3.88
50 2411 3.01 1783 4.07
55 2330 3.11 1700 4.27
60 2249 3.22 1621 4.47
65 2169 3.34 1546 4.69
70 2091 3.47 1474 4.92
75 2014 3.60 1406 5.16
80 1939 3.74 1342 5.41
85 1866 3.89 1282 5.66
90 1794 4.04 1225 5.92
95 1725 4.21 1173 6.19
200 813 8.93 625 11.64

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 25 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 4/0 Alliance, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3135 6.42 2727 7.38
30 2745 3.20 2140* 4.10
35 2661 3.30 2050 4.28
40 2579 3.40 1963 4.47
45 2497 3.51 1878 4.67
50 2415 3.63 1797 4.88
55 2335 3.76 1718 5.11
60 2256 3.89 1643 5.34
65 2179 4.03 1571 5.59
70 2103 4.17 1503 5.84
75 2028 4.33 1439 6.10
80 1955 4.49 1378 6.37
85 1884 4.66 1321 6.65
90 1815 4.84 1267 6.93
95 1748 5.02 1217 7.22
200 865 10.16 675 13.04

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3186 7.52 2792 8.58
30 2741 3.81 2140* 4.88
35 2659 3.93 2054 5.09
40 2578 4.05 1970 5.30
45 2498 4.18 1889 5.53
50 2418 4.32 1811 5.77
55 2340 4.46 1736 6.02
60 2263 4.61 1664 6.28
65 2188 4.77 1596 6.54
70 2113 4.94 1531 6.82
75 2041 5.12 1470 7.11
80 1970 5.30 1412 7.40
85 1902 5.49 1358 7.70
90 1835 5.69 1307 8.00
95 1770 5.90 1259 8.30
200 915 11.43 723 14.48

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 26 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 3/0 Amherst, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6790 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2206 0.60 1774 0.74
30 2165 0.24 1697* 0.30
35 2093 0.25 1609 0.32
40 2021 0.26 1522 0.34
45 1949 0.27 1434 0.36
50 1877 0.28 1347 0.38
55 1805 0.29 1261 0.41
60 1733 0.30 1175 0.44
65 1662 0.31 1091 0.47
70 1591 0.33 1007 0.51
75 1521 0.34 926 0.56
80 1451 0.36 846 0.61
85 1381 0.37 769 0.67
90 1313 0.39 696 0.74
95 1244 0.42 628 0.82
200 280 1.85 170 3.05

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2238 1.05 1825 1.29
30 2168 0.42 1698* 0.54
35 2097 0.44 1611 0.57
40 2025 0.45 1524 0.60
45 1953 0.47 1439 0.64
50 1882 0.49 1354 0.68
55 1811 0.51 1270 0.72
60 1740 0.53 1187 0.77
65 1669 0.55 1106 0.83
70 1599 0.58 1027 0.90
75 1530 0.60 950 0.97
80 1461 0.63 875 1.05
85 1392 0.66 804 1.14
90 1325 0.69 738 1.25
95 1258 0.73 676 1.36
200 343 2.68 222 4.14

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 27 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 3/0 Amherst, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6790 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2276 1.61 1882 1.95
30 2172 0.66 1698* 0.85
35 2100 0.68 1612 0.89
40 2029 0.71 1528 0.94
45 1958 0.73 1444 1.00
50 1888 0.76 1362 1.06
55 1817 0.79 1281 1.12
60 1747 0.82 1201 1.20
65 1677 0.86 1124 1.28
70 1608 0.89 1049 1.37
75 1540 0.93 976 1.47
80 1472 0.98 907 1.59
85 1405 1.02 841 1.71
90 1339 1.07 780 1.84
95 1275 1.13 724 1.99
200 402 3.58 273 5.29

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2318 2.28 1943 2.72
30 2175 0.95 1698* 1.22
35 2104 0.98 1614 1.28
40 2033 1.02 1532 1.35
45 1963 1.05 1451 1.43
50 1893 1.09 1371 1.51
55 1824 1.14 1293 1.60
60 1755 1.18 1217 1.70
65 1686 1.23 1143 1.81
70 1618 1.28 1072 1.93
75 1551 1.33 1004 2.06
80 1485 1.39 940 2.20
85 1420 1.46 879 2.36
90 1355 1.53 822 2.52
95 1292 1.60 769 2.69
200 456 4.54 321 6.47

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 28 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 3/0 Amherst, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6790 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2364 3.04 2005 3.58
30 2177 1.29 1698* 1.66
35 2107 1.34 1616 1.74
40 2037 1.38 1536 1.83
45 1968 1.43 1458 1.93
50 1899 1.48 1381 2.04
55 1831 1.54 1306 2.16
60 1763 1.60 1234 2.28
65 1695 1.66 1164 2.42
70 1629 1.73 1097 2.57
75 1563 1.80 1033 2.73
80 1498 1.88 972 2.90
85 1435 1.96 915 3.08
90 1372 2.05 862 3.27
95 1311 2.15 813 3.47
200 507 5.56 367 7.70

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2411 3.89 2069 4.54
30 2179 1.69 1698* 2.17
35 2110 1.74 1619 2.27
40 2041 1.80 1541 2.39
45 1972 1.87 1466 2.51
50 1904 1.93 1392 2.64
55 1837 2.00 1320 2.79
60 1770 2.08 1251 2.94
65 1704 2.16 1185 3.11
70 1639 2.25 1121 3.28
75 1575 2.34 1061 3.47
80 1512 2.43 1004 3.67
85 1450 2.54 951 3.87
90 1389 2.65 901 4.09
95 1330 2.77 854 4.31
200 556 6.63 412 8.96

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 29 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 3/0 Amherst, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6790 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2459 4.83 2132 5.57
30 2179 2.14 1698* 2.74
35 2111 2.21 1621 2.87
40 2043 2.28 1546 3.01
45 1976 2.36 1474 3.16
50 1909 2.44 1403 3.32
55 1843 2.53 1335 3.49
60 1778 2.62 1269 3.67
65 1713 2.72 1206 3.86
70 1649 2.82 1146 4.07
75 1587 2.94 1089 4.28
80 1525 3.05 1035 4.50
85 1465 3.18 984 4.73
90 1407 3.31 937 4.97
95 1350 3.45 894 5.22
200 602 7.75 454 10.28

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2508 5.85 2195 6.69
30 2179 2.64 1697* 3.39
35 2112 2.72 1624 3.54
40 2045 2.81 1552 3.71
45 1979 2.91 1482 3.88
50 1913 3.01 1414 4.07
55 1848 3.11 1349 4.26
60 1784 3.22 1286 4.47
65 1721 3.34 1226 4.69
70 1659 3.47 1169 4.92
75 1598 3.60 1115 5.16
80 1539 3.74 1065 5.40
85 1480 3.89 1017 5.66
90 1424 4.04 972 5.92
95 1368 4.20 931 6.18
200 645 8.93 496 11.63

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 30 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 3/0 Amherst, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 6790 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2556 6.94 2256 7.87
30 2177 3.20 1697* 4.10
35 2111 3.30 1626 4.28
40 2045 3.40 1557 4.47
45 1980 3.51 1490 4.67
50 1916 3.63 1425 4.88
55 1853 3.76 1363 5.11
60 1790 3.89 1303 5.34
65 1729 4.03 1247 5.58
70 1668 4.17 1193 5.84
75 1609 4.33 1141 6.10
80 1551 4.49 1093 6.37
85 1495 4.66 1048 6.65
90 1440 4.83 1005 6.93
95 1387 5.02 965 7.21
200 687 10.15 535 13.03

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2604 8.11 2316 9.13
30 2175 3.81 1697* 4.88
35 2110 3.93 1629 5.08
40 2045 4.05 1563 5.30
45 1981 4.18 1498 5.53
50 1918 4.32 1436 5.77
55 1856 4.46 1377 6.02
60 1795 4.61 1320 6.27
65 1735 4.77 1266 6.54
70 1677 4.94 1215 6.82
75 1619 5.12 1166 7.10
80 1563 5.30 1120 7.40
85 1509 5.49 1077 7.69
90 1456 5.69 1037 8.00
95 1404 5.90 998 8.30
200 726 11.43 574 14.48

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 31 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6639 0.44 4927 0.59
30 6593* 0.31 4817 0.42
35 6402 0.31 4548 0.44
40 6209 0.32 4282 0.47
45 6012 0.34 4018 0.50
50 5814 0.35 3759 0.54
55 5613 0.36 3504 0.58
60 5410 0.37 3254 0.62
65 5204 0.39 3012 0.67
70 4997 0.40 2779 0.73
75 4788 0.42 2556 0.79
80 4577 0.44 2347 0.86
85 4365 0.46 2151 0.94
90 4151 0.49 1973 1.02
95 3936 0.51 1811 1.11
200 1122 1.80 1106 1.52

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6673 0.78 4977 1.05
30 6593* 0.54 4791 0.75
35 6404 0.56 4532 0.79
40 6213 0.58 4277 0.84
45 6019 0.60 4026 0.89
50 5823 0.62 3781 0.95
55 5626 0.64 3543 1.01
60 5426 0.66 3312 1.08
65 5225 0.69 3091 1.16
70 5022 0.71 2880 1.24
75 4818 0.74 2681 1.34
80 4614 0.78 2496 1.44
85 4408 0.81 2324 1.54
90 4203 0.85 2167 1.66
95 3997 0.90 2024 1.77
200 1306 2.75 1289 2.78

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 32 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6715 1.21 5041 1.62
30 6593* 0.85 4767 1.18
35 6407 0.87 4520 1.24
40 6218 0.90 4278 1.31
45 6027 0.93 4042 1.39
50 5835 0.96 3813 1.47
55 5641 0.99 3592 1.56
60 5446 1.03 3380 1.66
65 5250 1.07 3178 1.76
70 505 1.11 2988 1.88
75 4856 1.15 2809 1.99
80 4658 1.20 2642 2.12
85 4460 1.26 2489 2.25
90 4264 1.31 2347 2.39
95 4069 1.38 2218 2.53
200 1476 3.80 1456 3.85

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6764 1.73 5115 2.29
30 6593* 1.22 4748 1.70
35 6410 1.26 4514 1.79
40 6224 1.30 4286 1.88
45 6037 1.34 4066 1.98
50 5849 1.38 3853 2.09
55 5660 1.43 3649 2.21
60 5470 1.47 3455 2.34
65 5279 1.53 3270 2.47
70 5089 1.59 3097 2.61
75 4898 1.65 2935 2.75
80 4708 1.71 2784 2.90
85 4519 1.79 2643 3.05
90 4332 1.86 2514 3.21
95 4146 1.95 2395 3.37
200 1675 4.82 1612 5.01

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 33 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6818 2.34 5198 3.07
30 6593* 1.67 4737 2.32
35 6413 1.71 4516 2.43
40 6231 1.76 4303 2.55
45 6048 1.82 4097 2.68
50 5865 1.87 3900 2.82
55 5681 1.93 3712 2.96
60 5496 2.00 3533 3.11
65 5312 2.07 3364 3.26
70 5128 2.14 3206 3.43
75 4944 2.22 3057 3.59
80 4762 2.31 2918 3.76
85 4582 2.40 2789 3.94
90 4403 2.49 2669 4.12
95 4228 2.60 2558 4.29
200 1879 5.85 1757 6.26

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6876 3.03 5288 3.94
30 6593* 2.18 4733 3.03
35 6417 2.24 4526 3.17
40 6239 2.30 4327 3.32
45 6061 2.37 4136 3.47
50 5882 2.44 3953 3.63
55 5703 2.51 3779 3.80
60 5525 2.60 3614 3.97
65 5346 2.68 3459 4.15
70 5169 2.77 3312 4.33
75 4993 2.87 3175 4.52
80 4819 2.98 3046 4.71
85 4647 3.09 2926 4.90
90 4478 3.20 2815 5.10
95 4312 3.33 2710 5.30
200 2069 6.94 1895 7.58

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 34 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 6938 3.80 5382 4.90
30 6593* 2.75 4738 3.83
35 6421 2.83 4544 4.00
40 6247 2.91 4358 4.17
45 6074 2.99 4180 4.34
50 5900 3.08 4010 4.53
55 5727 3.17 3849 4.72
60 5555 3.27 3696 4.91
65 5383 3.37 3552 5.11
70 5213 3.48 3416 5.32
75 5044 3.60 3289 5.52
80 4878 3.72 3169 5.73
85 4714 3.85 3056 5.94
90 4553 3.99 2951 6.16
95 4395 4.13 2853 6.37
200 2249 8.08 2025 8.98

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 7002 4.65 5479 5.95
30 6593* 3.40 4749 4.72
35 6425 3.49 4568 4.91
40 6256 3.58 4394 5.10
45 6088 3.68 4228 5.30
50 5920 3.79 4070 5.51
55 5752 3.90 3920 5.72
60 5586 4.01 3778 5.93
65 5421 4.14 3644 6.15
70 5257 4.26 3517 6.38
75 5096 4.40 3398 6.60
80 4937 4.54 3285 6.83
85 4781 4.69 3179 7.05
90 4628 4.84 3080 7.28
95 4478 5.01 2986 7.51
200 2418 9.28 2149 10.45

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 35 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 7067 5.58 5577 7.07
30 6593* 4.11 4767 5.69
35 6429 4.22 4597 5.90
40 6266 4.33 4435 6.12
45 6102 4.44 4280 6.34
50 5940 4.57 4133 6.57
55 5778 4.69 3992 6.80
60 5618 4.83 3860 7.03
65 5459 4.97 3734 7.27
70 5302 5.12 3615 7.51
75 5148 5.27 3503 7.75
80 4996 5.43 3396 7.99
85 4847 5.60 3296 8.23
90 4702 5.77 3202 8.48
95 4560 5.95 3113 8.72
200 2579 10.53 2267 11.99

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 7134 6.58 5676 8.27
30 6593* 4.90 4789 6.74
35 6434 5.02 4630 6.97
40 6275 5.14 4479 7.21
45 6117 5.28 4334 7.45
50 5960 5.42 4196 7.70
55 5804 5.56 4064 7.95
60 5650 5.71 3940 8.20
65 5498 5.87 3821 8.45
70 5347 6.04 3709 8.71
75 5200 6.21 3603 8.97
80 5055 6.39 3503 9.22
85 4913 6.57 3408 9.48
90 4774 6.76 3317 9.74
95 4639 6.96 3232 10.00
200 2731 11.84 2380 13.60

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 36 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - #2 Ames, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 935 0.90 772 1.09
30 896 0.23 700* 0.29
35 867 0.24 665 0.31
40 839 0.24 630 0.33
45 810 0.25 596 0.34
50 781 0.26 561 0.37
55 753 0.27 527 0.39
60 725 0.28 493 0.42
65 696 0.29 459 0.45
70 668 0.31 425 0.48
75 640 0.32 393 0.52
80 612 0.34 360 0.57
85 584 0.35 329 0.62
90 557 0.37 299 0.69
95 529 0.39 270 0.76
200 120 1.71 69 2.98

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 963 1.55 814 1.83
30 897 0.41 700* 0.52
35 868 0.42 666 0.55
40 840 0.43 631 0.58
45 811 0.45 597 0.61
50 783 0.47 563 0.65
55 755 0.48 530 0.69
60 727 0.50 497 0.73
65 699 0.52 464 0.79
70 671 0.54 432 0.84
75 643 0.57 401 0.91
80 615 0.59 371 0.99
85 588 0.62 341 1.07
90 561 0.65 314 1.16
95 534 0.68 288 1.27
200 146 2.51 90 4.06

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 37 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - #2 Ames, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 995 2.34 859 2.71
30 898 0.64 700* 0.81
35 869 0.66 666 0.86
40 841 0.68 632 0.90
45 813 0.70 599 0.95
50 785 0.73 566 1.01
55 757 0.75 534 1.07
60 729 0.78 502 1.14
65 701 0.81 470 1.21
70 674 0.85 440 1.30
75 646 0.88 410 1.39
80 619 0.92 382 1.49
85 592 0.96 355 1.61
90 566 1.01 329 1.73
95 539 1.06 305 1.87
200 169 3.38 110 5.18

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1028 3.26 904 3.71
30 899 0.91 700* 1.17
35 871 0.94 667 1.23
40 843 0.97 634 1.30
45 815 1.01 601 1.37
50 787 1.04 569 1.44
55 759 1.08 538 1.53
60 732 1.12 507 1.62
65 704 1.17 477 1.72
70 677 1.21 448 1.83
75 650 1.26 420 1.95
80 623 1.32 394 2.09
85 597 1.38 368 2.23
90 571 1.44 345 2.38
95 546 1.51 322 2.55
200 191 4.31 130 6.34

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 38 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - #2 Ames, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1063 4.30 949 4.81
30 899 1.24 700* 1.60
35 872 1.28 668 1.67
40 844 1.32 636 1.76
45 816 1.37 604 1.85
50 789 1.42 573 1.95
55 761 1.47 543 2.06
60 734 1.52 513 2.18
65 707 1.58 485 2.31
70 681 1.64 457 2.45
75 654 1.71 431 2.60
80 628 1.78 406 2.76
85 602 1.86 382 2.93
90 577 1.94 360 3.11
95 552 2.02 339 3.30
200 211 5.30 149 7.54

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1099 5.43 993 6.01
30 900 1.62 700* 2.09
35 872 1.67 668 2.18
40 845 1.73 637 2.29
45 818 1.79 607 2.41
50 791 1.85 577 2.53
55 764 1.91 548 2.67
60 737 1.98 520 2.81
65 710 2.06 492 2.97
70 684 2.13 466 3.13
75 658 2.22 441 3.31
80 633 2.31 418 3.50
85 608 2.40 395 3.70
90 583 2.50 374 3.90
95 559 2.61 355 4.12
200 230 6.35 166 8.79

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 39 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - #2 Ames, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1134 6.66 1037 7.29
30 900 2.05 700* 2.64
35 873 2.12 669 2.76
40 846 2.18 639 2.89
45 819 2.26 610 3.03
50 792 2.33 581 3.18
55 766 2.41 553 3.34
60 740 2.50 526 3.51
65 714 2.59 500 3.70
70 688 2.69 475 3.89
75 663 2.79 452 4.09
80 638 2.90 429 4.31
85 613 3.01 408 4.53
90 589 3.14 388 4.76
95 566 3.27 370 5.00
200 249 7.44 184 10.08

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1169 7.97 1079 8.64
30 900 2.54 700* 3.26
35 873 2.61 670 3.40
40 846 2.70 641 3.56
45 820 2.78 613 3.72
50 794 2.87 585 3.90
55 768 2.97 558 4.09
60 742 3.08 533 4.28
65 716 3.18 508 4.49
70 691 3.30 484 4.71
75 667 3.42 462 4.94
80 642 3.55 441 5.18
85 619 3.69 421 5.43
90 595 3.83 402 5.68
95 573 3.98 384 5.94
200 266 8.59 200 11.42

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 40 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - #2 Ames, 7 strand
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1204 9.37 1120 10.08
30 899 3.07 700* 3.94
35 873 3.16 671 4.11
40 847 3.26 643 4.29
45 821 3.36 616 4.48
50 795 3.47 589 4.69
55 769 3.59 564 4.90
60 744 3.71 539 5.12
65 719 3.84 516 5.36
70 695 3.97 493 5.60
75 671 4.12 472 5.85
80 647 4.27 452 6.12
85 624 4.43 433 6.39
90 601 4.59 415 6.66
95 579 4.77 398 6.94
200 283 9.79 216 12.80

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1238 10.85 1160 11.58
30 898 3.66 700* 4.69
35 872 3.77 672 4.89
40 847 3.88 645 5.09
45 821 4.00 619 5.31
50 796 4.13 593 5.54
55 771 4.26 569 5.78
60 746 4.41 545 6.03
65 722 4.55 523 6.28
70 698 4.71 502 6.55
75 674 4.87 481 6.83
80 651 5.05 462 7.11
85 629 5.23 444 7.40
90 607 5.41 427 7.70
95 586 5.61 411 8.00
200 298 11.03 232 14.22

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 41 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand, Aerial Cable (Tree Wire)
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1600 1.64 1375 1.90
30 1433 0.83 1115* 1.07
35 1391 0.86 1069 1.12
40 1349 0.88 1024 1.16
45 1307 0.91 980 1.22
50 1266 0.94 938 1.27
55 1225 0.97 897 1.33
60 1185 1.01 858 1.39
65 1145 1.04 821 1.45
70 1106 1.08 785 1.52
75 1068 1.12 751 1.59
80 1030 1.16 718 1.66
85 993 1.20 688 1.73
90 957 1.25 659 1.81
95 922 1.29 633 1.89
200 449 2.66 343 3.49

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1682 2.77 1483 3.14
30 1424 1.49 1115* 1.90
35 1385 1.53 1075 1.97
40 1345 1.58 1036 2.05
45 1307 1.62 998 2.13
50 1269 1.67 962 2.21
55 1231 1.72 927 2.29
60 1194 1.78 894 2.37
65 1158 1.83 862 2.46
70 1122 1.89 832 2.55
75 1088 1.95 804 2.64
80 1054 2.01 776 2.73
85 1021 2.08 751 2.83
90 989 2.14 726 2.92
95 958 2.21 703 3.02
200 535 3.97 429 4.96

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 42 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand, Aerial Cable (Tree Wire)
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1758 4.14 1581 4.60
30 1408 2.35 1115* 2.97
35 1371 2.42 1080 3.07
40 1335 2.48 1047 3.17
45 1300 2.55 1015 3.27
50 1265 2.62 984 3.37
55 1231 2.69 954 3.48
60 1198 2.77 926 3.58
65 1165 2.84 899 3.69
70 1134 2.92 873 3.80
75 1103 3.01 849 3.91
80 1073 3.09 825 4.02
85 1044 3.18 803 4.13
90 1015 3.27 782 4.24
95 988 3.36 762 4.36
200 608 5.46 503 6.61

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1827 5.74 1668 6.28
30 1386 3.44 1115* 4.28
35 1353 3.53 1085 4.40
40 1321 3.62 1057 4.52
45 1289 3.70 1029 4.64
50 1257 3.80 1003 4.76
55 1227 3.89 977 4.89
60 1197 3.99 953 5.01
65 1168 4.09 930 5.14
70 1140 4.19 908 5.26
75 1113 4.29 886 5.39
80 1087 4.39 866 5.52
85 1061 4.50 847 5.64
90 1036 4.61 828 5.77
95 1012 4.72 810 5.90
200 670 7.14 568 8.43

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 43 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand, Aerial Cable (Tree Wire)
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1888 7.56 1746 8.18
30 1362 4.77 1115* 5.83
35 1332 4.88 1089 5.97
40 1303 4.99 1065 6.11
45 1275 5.10 1041 6.25
50 1247 5.21 1019 6.38
55 1220 5.33 997 6.53
60 1194 5.45 976 6.67
65 1168 5.56 956 6.81
70 1144 5.68 936 6.95
75 1120 5.81 918 7.09
80 1097 5.93 900 7.23
85 1074 6.05 883 7.37
90 1052 6.18 867 7.51
95 1031 6.31 851 7.65
200 723 9.02 626 10.43

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1943 9.60 1815 10.28
30 1336 6.35 1115* 7.62
35 1310 6.48 1093 7.77
40 1284 6.61 1072 7.93
45 1260 6.74 1052 8.08
50 1235 6.88 1032 8.23
55 1212 7.01 1013 8.39
60 1189 7.15 995 8.54
65 1166 7.28 978 8.70
70 1145 7.42 961 8.85
75 1124 7.56 944 9.00
80 1104 7.70 929 9.16
85 1084 7.84 913 9.31
90 1065 7.98 899 9.46
95 1046 8.12 885 9.61
200 768 11.09 676 12.61

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 44 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand, Aerial Cable (Tree Wire)
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1991 11.87 1876 12.60
30 1312 8.20 1115* 9.65
35 1289 8.34 1096 9.82
40 1266 8.49 1078 9.98
45 1245 8.64 1060 10.15
50 1224 8.79 1043 10.32
55 1203 8.94 1027 10.48
60 1183 9.09 1011 10.65
65 1163 9.25 996 10.81
70 1145 9.40 981 10.98
75 1126 9.55 966 11.14
80 1108 9.71 953 11.31
85 1091 9.86 939 11.47
90 1074 10.02 926 11.63
95 1058 10.17 913 11.79
200 807 13.36 720 14.99

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2034 14.35 1930 15.13
30 1289 10.30 1115* 11.92
35 1269 10.46 1099 12.10
40 1250 10.63 1083 12.28
45 1231 10.79 1068 12.45
50 1212 10.96 1053 12.63
55 1194 11.12 1038 12.81
60 1177 11.29 1024 12.98
65 1160 11.45 1011 13.16
70 1143 11.62 998 13.33
75 1127 11.79 985 13.50
80 1112 11.95 973 13.68
85 1097 12.12 961 13.85
90 1082 12.29 949 14.02
95 1067 12.45 938 14.19
200 840 15.85 759 17.57

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 45 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


All Aluminum Alloy Conductor - 1/0 Azusa, 7 strand, Aerial Cable (Tree Wire)
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460 lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2072 17.06 1978 17.87
30 1269 12.67 1115.* 14.43
35 1252 12.85 1101 14.62
40 1235 13.02 1087 14.81
45 1218 13.20 1074 14.99
50 1202 13.38 1061 15.18
55 1186 13.56 1048 15.36
60 1171 13.73 1036 15.55
65 1156 13.91 1024 15.73
70 1142 14.09 1012 15.91
75 1128 14.27 1001 16.10
80 1114 14.44 990 16.28
85 1101 14.62 979 16.46
90 1088 14.80 968 16.64
95 1075 14.97 958 16.82
200 869 18.55 793 20.36

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2105 20.00 2021 20.84
30 1251 15.30 1115* 17.19
35 1236 15.49 1103 17.38
40 1221 15.68 1090 17.58
45 1207 15.87 1079 17.77
50 1193 16.06 1067 17.96
55 1179 16.24 1056 18.16
60 1166 16.43 1045 18.35
65 1153 16.62 1034 18.54
70 1140 16.81 1024 18.73
75 1128 16.99 1014 18.92
80 1115 17.18 1004 19.11
85 1104 17.37 994 19.29
90 1092 17.55 985 19.48
95 1081 17.74 976 19.67
200 895 21.47 823 23.36

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 46 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #6 al duplex Vizsla
Rated Breaking Strength: 1100lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 472 2.42 440 2.60
30 357 0.54 277* 0.69
35 346 0.55 265 0.72
40 335 0.57 252 0.76
45 324 0.59 240 0.80
50 313 0.61 227 0.84
55 302 0.63 216 0.89
60 291 0.66 204 0.94
65 281 0.68 193 0.99
70 270 0.71 182 1.05
75 260 0.74 171 1.12
80 250 0.77 161 1.19
85 239 0.80 152 1.26
90 229 0.83 143 1.34
95 220 0.87 135 1.42
200 84 2.27 59 3.23

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 521 3.90 499 4.08
30 357 0.95 278* 1.23
35 346 0.98 266 1.28
40 336 1.01 254 1.34
45 325 1.05 242 1.40
50 315 1.08 231 1.47
55 304 1.12 220 1.54
60 294 1.16 210 1.62
65 284 1.20 200 1.70
70 274 1.24 190 1.79
75 264 1.29 181 1.88
80 254 1.34 172 1.97
85 244 1.39 164 2.07
90 235 1.45 156 2.18
95 226 1.51 149 2.28
200 102 3.35 76 4.51
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 47 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #6 al duplex Vizsla
Rated Breaking Strength: 1100lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555* 5.73 543 5.86
30 334 1.59 261 2.04
35 324 1.64 250 2.12
40 314 1.69 240 2.21
45 304 1.75 230 2.31
50 294 1.81 220 2.41
55 285 1.87 211 2.52
60 275 1.93 202 2.63
65 266 2.00 194 2.74
70 257 2.07 186 2.86
75 248 2.14 179 2.98
80 239 2.22 172 3.10
85 231 2.30 165 3.22
90 222 2.39 159 3.35
95 215 2.48 153 3.48
200 111 4.80 88 6.06

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555* 8.26 555 8.26
30 253 3.02 204 3.76
35 245 3.12 197 3.89
40 237 3.23 190 4.03
45 230 3.33 183 4.18
50 222 3.44 177 4.32
55 215 3.56 172 4.47
60 209 3.67 166 4.61
65 202 3.79 161 4.76
70 196 3.91 156 4.91
75 190 4.03 152 5.05
80 184 4.16 147 5.20
85 179 4.29 143 5.35
90 173 4.42 140 5.49
95 168 4.55 136 5.64
200 105 7.28 92 8.39
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 48 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #6 al duplex Vizsla
Rated Breaking Strength: 1100lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555* 11.26 555 11.26
30 191 5.46 158 6.59
35 186 5.61 154 6.76
40 181 5.75 151 6.92
45 177 5.90 147 7.08
50 172 6.05 144 7.23
55 168 6.20 141 7.39
60 164 6.35 138 7.55
65 161 6.49 136 7.70
70 157 6.64 133 7.86
75 154 6.79 130 8.01
80 150 6.94 128 8.16
85 147 7.09 126 8.31
90 144 7.24 123 8.46
95 141 7.38 121 8.61
200 102 10.25 92 11.39

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555* 14.74 555 14.74
30 155 8.80 135 10.09
35 152 8.96 133 10.25
40 150 9.12 131 10.41
45 147 9.28 129 10.57
50 145 9.44 127 10.73
55 142 9.59 125 10.88
60 140 9.75 124 11.04
65 138 9.90 122 11.19
70 136 10.06 120 11.34
75 134 10.21 119 11.49
80 132 10.36 117 11.64
85 130 10.51 116 11.79
90 128 10.66 115 11.93
95 126 10.81 113 12.08
200 100 13.70 92 14.87
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 49 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #6 al duplex Vizsla
Rated Breaking Strength: 1100lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555* 18.69 555 18.69
30 135 12.77 123 14.10
35 134 12.93 121 14.25
40 132 13.09 120 14.41
45 131 13.25 119 14.56
50 129 13.40 118 14.71
55 128 13.56 116 14.86
60 126 13.71 115 15.01
65 125 13.86 114 15.16
70 123 14.02 113 15.31
75 122 14.17 112 15.46
80 121 14.32 111 15.60
85 120 14.47 110 15.75
90 118 14.61 109 15.89
95 117 14.76 108 16.03
200 98 17.64 92 18.82

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555* 23.12 555 23.12
30 124 17.26 115 18.58
35 123 17.41 114 18.73
40 122 17.57 113 18.88
45 121 17.72 113 19.03
50 120 17.87 112 19.18
55 119 18.02 111 19.33
60 118 18.17 110 19.47
65 117 18.32 109 19.62
70 116 18.47 108 19.77
75 115 18.62 108 19.91
80 114 18.77 107 20.05
85 113 18.91 106 20.19
90 112 19.06 105 20.34
95 112 19.20 105 20.48
200 97 22.07 92 23.26
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 50 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #6 al duplex Vizsla
Rated Breaking Strength: 1100lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555.* 28.05 555 28.05
30 117 22.23 110 23.55
35 116 22.38 110 23.70
40 115 22.53 109 23.84
45 114 22.68 108 23.99
50 114 22.83 108 24.13
55 113 22.98 107 24.28
60 112 23.13 106 24.42
65 112 23.28 106 24.56
70 111 23.42 105 24.71
75 110 23.57 105 24.85
80 110 23.71 104 24.99
85 109 23.86 103 25.13
90 108 24.00 103 25.27
95 108 24.14 102 25.41
200 96 26.99 93 28.18

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Conductor Temp (°F) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 555* 33.47 555 33.47
30 112 27.70 107 29.00
35 111 27.85 106 29.15
40 111 28.00 106 29.29
45 110 28.14 105 29.44
50 109 28.29 105 29.58
55 109 28.43 104 29.72
60 108 28.58 104 29.86
65 108 28.72 103 30.00
70 107 28.87 103 30.14
75 107 29.01 102 30.28
80 106 29.15 102 30.42
85 106 29.29 102 30.56
90 105 29.43 101 30.70
95 105 29.57 101 30.83
200 96 32.40 93 33.60
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 51 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al duplex Schnauzer
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1009 1.62 874 1.87
30 904 0.49 700* 0.63
35 880 0.50 672 0.66
40 857 0.52 643 0.69
45 833 0.53 615 0.72
50 809 0.55 588 0.75
55 785 0.56 560 0.79
60 762 0.58 534 0.83
65 738 0.60 507 0.87
70 714 0.62 481 0.92
75 691 0.64 456 0.97
80 668 0.66 432 1.02
85 645 0.69 409 1.08
90 621 0.71 386 1.14
95 599 0.74 365 1.21
200 235 1.88 148 2.99

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1068 2.72 953 3.04
30 904 0.87 700* 1.12
35 881 0.89 673 1.17
40 857 0.92 646 1.22
45 834 0.94 620 1.27
50 811 0.97 594 1.32
55 788 1.00 568 1.38
60 765 1.03 544 1.44
65 742 1.06 519 1.51
70 719 1.09 496 1.58
75 696 1.13 473 1.66
80 674 1.16 452 1.74
85 652 1.20 431 1.82
90 630 1.25 411 1.91
95 608 1.29 392 2.00
200 273 2.88 187 4.21

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 52 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al duplex Schnauzer
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1128 4.02 1030 4.40
30 903 1.36 700* 1.75
35 880 1.39 674 1.82
40 857 1.43 649 1.89
45 835 1.47 625 1.96
50 812 1.51 601 2.04
55 790 1.55 577 2.13
60 768 1.60 554 2.21
65 745 1.65 532 2.30
70 724 1.70 511 2.40
75 702 1.75 491 2.50
80 680 1.80 471 2.61
85 659 1.86 452 2.71
90 638 1.92 434 2.83
95 618 1.99 417 2.94
200 307 4.00 222 5.53

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1186 5.50 1104 5.92
30 900 1.96 700* 2.52
35 878 2.01 676 2.61
40 856 2.06 653 2.71
45 834 2.12 630 2.81
50 813 2.17 608 2.91
55 791 2.23 586 3.02
60 770 2.30 565 3.13
65 748 2.36 545 3.24
70 727 2.43 526 3.36
75 707 2.50 507 3.48
80 686 2.57 490 3.61
85 666 2.65 473 3.74
90 647 2.73 456 3.87
95 627 2.82 441 4.01
200 338 5.23 255 6.95
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 53 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al duplex Schnauzer
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1243 7.15 1173 7.58
30 896 2.68 700* 3.44
35 875 2.75 678 3.55
40 854 2.82 656 3.67
45 833 2.89 635 3.79
50 812 2.96 615 3.91
55 791 3.04 595 4.04
60 771 3.12 576 4.18
65 750 3.20 557 4.32
70 731 3.29 540 4.46
75 711 3.38 523 4.60
80 692 3.48 507 4.75
85 673 3.57 491 4.90
90 654 3.68 477 5.05
95 636 3.78 462 5.21
200 366 6.57 285 8.47

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1297 8.96 1238 9.39
30 891 3.53 700* 4.49
35 870 3.61 679 4.63
40 850 3.70 659 4.77
45 830 3.79 640 4.91
50 810 3.88 621 5.06
55 790 3.98 603 5.21
60 771 4.08 586 5.37
65 752 4.18 569 5.52
70 733 4.29 553 5.69
75 714 4.40 537 5.85
80 696 4.51 523 6.02
85 679 4.63 508 6.18
90 661 4.75 495 6.35
95 644 4.88 482 6.53
200 392 8.03 312 10.09
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 54 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al duplex Schnauzer
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1348 10.92 1300 11.32
30 885 4.50 700* 5.68
35 865 4.60 681 5.84
40 845 4.70 663 6.00
45 826 4.81 645 6.17
50 807 4.93 628 6.34
55 789 5.04 611 6.51
60 770 5.16 595 6.69
65 752 5.29 580 6.86
70 734 5.42 565 7.04
75 717 5.55 551 7.23
80 700 5.68 537 7.41
85 683 5.82 524 7.59
90 667 5.96 512 7.78
95 651 6.11 500 7.97
200 415 9.60 337 11.82

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1396 13.02 1358 13.38
30 877 5.60 700* 7.02
35 858 5.72 683 7.20
40 840 5.85 666 7.38
45 822 5.98 649 7.57
50 804 6.11 634 7.75
55 786 6.25 618 7.95
60 769 6.39 604 8.14
65 752 6.53 590 8.33
70 735 6.68 576 8.53
75 719 6.83 563 8.73
80 703 6.99 550 8.93
85 688 7.14 538 9.13
90 672 7.30 527 9.33
95 658 7.47 516 9.54
200 436 11.28 361 13.66
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 55 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al duplex Schnauzer
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 15.71 1375 16.00
30 800 7.43 652 9.12
35 783 7.59 637 9.33
40 767 7.75 623 9.54
45 751 7.91 610 9.75
50 736 8.08 597 9.96
55 720 8.25 585 10.17
60 706 8.42 573 10.39
65 691 8.60 561 10.60
70 677 8.78 550 10.82
75 663 8.96 539 11.03
80 650 9.15 529 11.25
85 637 9.33 519 11.47
90 624 9.52 509 11.68
95 612 9.71 500 11.90
200 430 13.87 368 16.21

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 18.72 1385 18.92
30 724 9.77 606 11.68
35 710 9.96 594 11.91
40 697 10.15 583 12.14
45 684 10.35 573 12.37
50 671 10.55 562 12.60
55 658 10.75 552 12.83
60 646 10.95 543 13.05
65 634 11.16 533 13.28
70 623 11.36 524 13.51
75 612 11.57 516 13.74
80 601 11.78 507 13.97
85 591 11.99 499 14.19
90 581 12.20 492 14.42
95 571 12.41 484 14.64
200 422 16.81 372 19.09
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 56 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al triplex Solaster
Rated Breaking Strength: 1760lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 732 2.51 671 2.74
30 563 1.07 440* 1.37
35 547 1.11 424 1.43
40 531 1.14 408 1.48
45 516 1.17 393 1.54
50 501 1.21 378 1.60
55 486 1.25 364 1.66
60 471 1.28 351 1.72
65 456 1.33 338 1.79
70 442 1.37 326 1.86
75 428 1.41 314 1.93
80 415 1.46 303 2.00
85 401 1.51 293 2.07
90 389 1.56 283 2.14
95 376 1.61 274 2.21
200 206 2.93 164 3.69

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 795 4.11 747 4.38
30 555 1.94 440* 2.45
35 540 1.99 427 2.52
40 526 2.04 414 2.60
45 512 2.10 401 2.68
50 499 2.16 389 2.76
55 486 2.21 378 2.85
60 473 2.28 367 2.93
65 460 2.34 357 3.02
70 448 2.40 347 3.11
75 436 2.47 337 3.19
80 424 2.54 328 3.28
85 413 2.61 319 3.37
90 402 2.68 311 3.46
95 391 2.75 303 3.55
200 243 4.43 202 5.33

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 57 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al triplex Solaster
Rated Breaking Strength: 1760lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 851 6.00 812 6.30
30 543 3.10 440* 3.82
35 531 3.17 429 3.92
40 518 3.24 418 4.02
45 506 3.32 408 4.12
50 495 3.40 398 4.22
55 483 3.48 389 4.32
60 472 3.56 380 4.43
65 461 3.65 372 4.53
70 451 3.73 363 4.63
75 441 3.82 355 4.74
80 431 3.91 348 4.84
85 421 3.99 341 4.94
90 412 4.08 334 5.05
95 403 4.18 327 5.15
200 274 6.16 234 7.20

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 880* 8.37 851 8.66
30 502 4.82 421 5.76
35 492 4.92 412 5.88
40 482 5.02 404 6.00
45 473 5.12 397 6.11
50 464 5.23 389 6.23
55 455 5.33 382 6.35
60 446 5.43 375 6.46
65 437 5.54 368 6.58
70 429 5.64 362 6.70
75 421 5.75 356 6.81
80 414 5.86 350 6.93
85 406 5.97 344 7.04
90 399 6.07 339 7.16
95 392 6.18 334 7.27
200 288 8.42 255 9.53
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 58 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al triplex Solaster
Rated Breaking Strength: 1760lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 880* 11.41 861 11.67
30 440 7.50 385 8.57
35 433 7.62 380 8.70
40 426 7.74 374 8.83
45 420 7.87 369 8.95
50 413 7.99 364 9.08
55 407 8.11 359 9.20
60 401 8.23 354 9.33
65 396 8.35 350 9.45
70 390 8.47 345 9.58
75 385 8.59 341 9.70
80 379 8.71 337 9.82
85 374 8.83 332 9.94
90 369 8.95 329 10.07
95 364 9.07 325 10.19
200 289 11.46 264 12.56

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 880* 14.93 866 15.17
30 398 10.84 361 11.95
35 394 10.97 358 12.08
40 389 11.10 354 12.22
45 385 11.23 350 12.35
50 380 11.35 346 12.48
55 376 11.48 343 12.61
60 372 11.61 339 12.73
65 368 11.74 336 12.86
70 364 11.87 333 12.99
75 360 11.99 330 13.12
80 357 12.12 327 13.24
85 353 12.25 324 13.37
90 349 12.37 321 13.49
95 346 12.50 318 13.62
200 289 14.99 270 16.07
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 59 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al triplex Solaster
Rated Breaking Strength: 1760lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 880* 18.94 870 19.15
30 371 14.74 345 15.87
35 368 14.88 342 16.00
40 365 15.01 340 16.14
45 362 15.14 337 16.27
50 358 15.28 334 16.40
55 355 15.41 332 16.53
60 352 15.54 329 16.66
65 350 15.67 327 16.79
70 347 15.80 324 16.92
75 344 15.93 322 17.05
80 341 16.06 319 17.18
85 339 16.19 317 17.30
90 336 16.32 315 17.43
95 333 16.44 313 17.56
200 289 18.99 274 20.06

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 880* 23.43 873 23.63
30 353 19.19 334 20.31
35 350 19.32 332 20.44
40 348 19.46 329 20.58
45 346 19.59 327 20.71
50 343 19.72 325 20.84
55 341 19.86 323 20.97
60 339 19.99 321 21.10
65 337 20.12 319 21.23
70 335 20.25 318 21.36
75 333 20.38 316 21.49
80 330 20.51 314 21.62
85 328 20.64 312 21.75
90 326 20.77 310 21.88
95 324 20.90 308 22.00
200 289 23.49 277 24.55
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 60 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 al triplex Solaster
Rated Breaking Strength: 1760lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 880* 28.42 874 28.61
30 340 24.15 325 25.27
35 338 24.29 324 25.40
40 336 24.42 322 25.53
45 335 24.56 320 25.66
50 333 24.69 319 25.80
55 331 24.82 317 25.93
60 329 24.95 316 26.06
65 328 25.09 314 26.19
70 326 25.22 313 26.32
75 324 25.35 311 26.45
80 323 25.48 310 26.58
85 321 25.61 308 26.71
90 320 25.74 307 26.83
95 318 25.87 305 26.96
200 290 28.48 279 29.54

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 880* 33.92 876 34.09
30 331 29.63 319 30.74
35 329 29.77 318 30.87
40 328 29.90 317 31.00
45 326 30.04 315 31.13
50 325 30.17 314 31.27
55 324 30.30 313 31.40
60 322 30.43 311 31.53
65 321 30.57 310 31.66
70 320 30.70 309 31.79
75 318 30.83 308 31.92
80 317 30.96 306 32.05
85 316 31.09 305 32.18
90 314 31.22 304 32.30
95 313 31.35 303 32.43
200 290 33.98 281 35.03
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 61 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al triplex Echinus
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1088 2.19 972 2.46
30 895 1.08 700* 1.38
35 870 1.11 674 1.43
40 845 1.14 649 1.49
45 821 1.18 625 1.54
50 796 1.21 602 1.60
55 773 1.25 580 1.67
60 749 1.29 558 1.73
65 726 1.33 538 1.79
70 703 1.37 519 1.86
75 681 1.42 500 1.93
80 660 1.46 483 2.00
85 639 1.51 466 2.07
90 618 1.56 451 2.14
95 599 1.61 436 2.22
200 329 2.94 262 3.69

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1163 3.65 1065 3.99
30 882 1.95 700* 2.45
35 859 2.00 679 2.53
40 837 2.05 658 2.61
45 815 2.11 638 2.69
50 794 2.16 620 2.77
55 773 2.22 601 2.85
60 752 2.28 584 2.94
65 732 2.34 568 3.03
70 712 2.41 552 3.11
75 693 2.48 537 3.20
80 675 2.54 522 3.29
85 657 2.61 509 3.38
90 640 2.68 496 3.47
95 623 2.76 483 3.56
200 388 4.43 323 5.34

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 62 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al triplex Echinus
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1230 5.40 1146 5.79
30 864 3.11 700* 3.83
35 844 3.18 683 3.93
40 824 3.25 666 4.03
45 805 3.33 650 4.13
50 787 3.41 634 4.23
55 768 3.49 619 4.33
60 751 3.57 605 4.44
65 734 3.66 591 4.54
70 717 3.74 578 4.64
75 701 3.83 566 4.75
80 685 3.92 554 4.85
85 670 4.01 542 4.95
90 655 4.10 531 5.06
95 641 4.19 520 5.16
200 436 6.17 373 7.21

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1287 7.43 1216 7.87
30 843 4.58 700* 5.52
35 826 4.68 686 5.64
40 809 4.77 672 5.75
45 793 4.87 659 5.87
50 777 4.97 646 5.99
55 762 5.07 634 6.10
60 747 5.17 622 6.22
65 733 5.28 610 6.34
70 719 5.38 599 6.46
75 705 5.48 589 6.57
80 692 5.59 578 6.69
85 679 5.69 569 6.80
90 667 5.80 559 6.92
95 655 5.91 550 7.04
200 475 8.16 416 9.32
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 63 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al triplex Echinus
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1337 9.75 1276 10.22
30 823 6.39 700* 7.52
35 809 6.51 688 7.65
40 795 6.62 677 7.78
45 781 6.74 666 7.91
50 768 6.85 655 8.04
55 755 6.97 645 8.17
60 743 7.09 635 8.30
65 730 7.21 625 8.43
70 719 7.33 616 8.55
75 707 7.45 607 8.68
80 696 7.57 598 8.81
85 685 7.69 590 8.94
90 675 7.81 582 9.06
95 664 7.93 574 9.19
200 507 10.41 453 11.67

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1380 12.34 1328 12.83
30 805 8.54 700* 9.83
35 793 8.67 690 9.97
40 782 8.80 681 10.11
45 770 8.93 671 10.25
50 759 9.06 662 10.39
55 748 9.19 654 10.53
60 738 9.33 645 10.67
65 727 9.46 637 10.81
70 718 9.59 629 10.94
75 708 9.72 622 11.08
80 698 9.85 614 11.22
85 689 9.99 607 11.35
90 680 10.12 600 11.49
95 672 10.25 593 11.62
200 534 12.93 483 14.29
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 64 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al triplex Echinus
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 15.42 1357 15.92
30 771 11.30 686 12.70
35 761 11.44 679 12.85
40 752 11.58 671 13.00
45 743 11.73 663 13.15
50 734 11.87 656 13.29
55 726 12.01 649 13.44
60 717 12.15 642 13.58
65 709 12.30 636 13.73
70 701 12.44 629 13.87
75 693 12.58 623 14.02
80 685 12.72 616 14.16
85 678 12.86 610 14.30
90 671 13.00 604 14.44
95 664 13.14 599 14.58
200 547 15.97 503 17.38

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 19.06 1365 19.56
30 729 14.78 664 16.24
35 721 14.93 658 16.39
40 714 15.08 652 16.54
45 707 15.23 646 16.69
50 700 15.38 640 16.85
55 694 15.53 635 17.00
60 687 15.68 629 17.14
65 681 15.83 624 17.29
70 674 15.98 619 17.44
75 668 16.13 613 17.59
80 662 16.27 608 17.74
85 657 16.42 604 17.88
90 651 16.57 599 18.03
95 645 16.71 594 18.17
200 550 19.64 514 21.05
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 65 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al triplex Echinus
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 23.11 1371 23.60
30 697 18.72 647 20.20
35 692 18.87 642 20.36
40 686 19.03 637 20.51
45 681 19.18 632 20.66
50 675 19.34 628 20.82
55 670 19.49 623 20.97
60 665 19.64 619 21.12
65 660 19.79 615 21.27
70 655 19.95 610 21.42
75 650 20.10 606 21.57
80 645 20.25 602 21.72
85 640 20.40 598 21.87
90 636 20.55 594 22.02
95 631 20.70 590 22.17
200 553 23.69 522 25.12

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 27.55 1376 28.04
30 674 23.09 633 24.58
35 669 23.25 630 24.74
40 665 23.40 626 24.90
45 661 23.56 622 25.05
50 656 23.72 618 25.21
55 652 23.87 614 25.36
60 648 24.03 611 25.51
65 644 24.18 607 25.67
70 640 24.34 604 25.82
75 636 24.49 600 25.97
80 632 24.64 597 26.12
85 628 24.79 594 26.27
90 624 24.95 590 26.42
95 621 25.10 587 26.57
200 555 28.15 529 29.57
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 66 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 quadruplex Belgian
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET

INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1088 2.19 972 2.46
30 895 1.08 700* 1.38
35 870 1.11 674 1.43
40 845 1.14 649 1.49
45 821 1.18 625 1.54
50 796 1.21 602 1.60
55 773 1.25 580 1.67
60 749 1.29 558 1.73
65 726 1.33 538 1.79
70 703 1.37 519 1.86
75 681 1.42 500 1.93
80 660 1.46 483 2.00
85 639 1.51 466 2.07
90 618 1.56 451 2.14
95 599 1.61 436 2.22
200 329 2.94 262 3.69

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1163 0.37 1065 3.99
30 882 1.95 700* 2.45
35 859 2.00 679 2.53
40 837 2.05 658 2.61
45 815 2.11 638 2.69
50 794 2.16 620 2.77
55 773 2.22 601 2.85
60 752 2.28 584 2.94
65 732 2.34 568 3.03
70 712 2.41 552 3.11
75 693 2.48 537 3.20
80 675 2.54 522 3.29
85 657 2.61 509 3.38
90 640 2.68 496 3.47
95 623 2.76 483 3.56
200 388 4.43 323 5.34

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 67 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 quadruplex Belgian
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1230 5.40 1146 5.79
30 864 3.11 700* 3.83
35 844 3.18 683 3.93
40 824 3.25 666 4.03
45 805 3.33 650 4.13
50 787 3.41 634 4.23
55 768 3.49 619 4.33
60 751 3.57 605 4.44
65 734 3.66 591 4.54
70 717 3.74 578 4.64
75 701 3.83 566 4.75
80 685 3.92 554 4.85
85 670 4.01 542 4.95
90 655 4.10 531 5.06
95 641 4.19 520 5.16
200 436 6.17 373 7.21

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1287 7.43 1216 7.87
30 843 4.58 700* 5.52
35 826 4.68 686 5.64
40 809 4.77 672 5.75
45 793 4.87 659 5.87
50 777 4.97 646 5.99
55 762 5.07 634 6.10
60 747 5.17 622 6.22
65 733 5.28 610 6.34
70 719 5.38 599 6.46
75 705 5.48 589 6.57
80 692 5.59 578 6.69
85 679 5.69 569 6.80
90 667 5.80 559 6.92
95 655 5.91 550 7.04
200 475 8.16 416 9.32
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 68 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 quadruplex Belgian
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1337 9.75 1276 10.22
30 823 6.39 700.* 7.52
35 809 6.51 688 7.65
40 795 6.62 677 7.78
45 781 6.74 666 7.91
50 768 6.85 655 8.04
55 755 6.97 645 8.17
60 743 7.09 635 8.30
65 730 7.21 625 8.43
70 719 7.33 616 8.55
75 707 7.45 607 8.68
80 696 7.57 598 8.81
85 685 7.69 590 8.94
90 675 7.81 582 9.06
95 664 7.93 574 9.19
200 507 10.41 453 11.67

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1380 12.34 1328 12.83
30 805 8.54 700* 9.83
35 793 8.67 690 9.97
40 782 8.80 681 10.11
45 770 8.93 671 10.25
50 759 9.06 662 10.39
55 748 9.19 654 10.53
60 738 9.33 645 10.67
65 727 9.46 637 10.81
70 718 9.59 629 10.94
75 708 9.72 622 11.08
80 698 9.85 614 11.22
85 689 9.99 607 11.35
90 680 10.12 600 11.49
95 672 10.25 593 11.62
200 534 12.93 483 14.29
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 69 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 quadruplex Belgian
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 15.42 1357 15.92
30 771 11.30 686 12.70
35 761 11.44 679 12.85
40 752 11.58 671 13.00
45 743 11.73 663 13.15
50 734 11.87 656 13.29
55 726 12.01 649 13.44
60 717 12.15 642 13.58
65 709 12.30 636 13.73
70 701 12.44 629 13.87
75 693 12.58 623 14.02
80 685 12.72 616 14.16
85 678 12.86 610 14.30
90 671 13.00 604 14.44
95 664 13.14 599 14.58
200 547 15.97 503 17.38

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 19.06 1365 19.56
30 729 14.78 664 16.24
35 721 14.93 658 16.39
40 714 15.08 652 16.54
45 707 15.23 646 16.69
50 700 15.38 640 16.85
55 694 15.53 635 17.00
60 687 15.68 629 17.14
65 681 15.83 624 17.29
70 674 15.98 619 17.44
75 668 16.13 613 17.59
80 662 16.27 608 17.74
85 657 16.42 604 17.88
90 651 16.57 599 18.03
95 645 16.71 594 18.17
200 550 19.64 514 21.05
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 70 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - #2 quadruplex Belgian
Rated Breaking Strength: 2800lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 23.11 1371 23.60
30 697 18.72 647 20.20
35 692 18.87 642 20.36
40 686 19.03 637 20.51
45 681 19.18 632 20.66
50 675 19.34 628 20.82
55 670 19.49 623 20.97
60 665 19.64 619 21.12
65 660 19.79 615 21.27
70 655 19.95 610 21.42
75 650 20.10 606 21.57
80 645 20.25 602 21.72
85 640 20.40 598 21.87
90 636 20.55 594 22.02
95 631 20.70 590 22.17
200 553 23.69 522 25.12

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1400* 27.55 1376 28.04
30 674 23.09 633 24.58
35 669 23.25 630 24.74
40 665 23.40 626 24.90
45 661 23.56 622 25.05
50 656 23.72 618 25.21
55 652 23.87 614 25.36
60 648 24.03 611 25.51
65 644 24.18 607 25.67
70 640 24.34 604 25.82
75 636 24.49 600 25.97
80 632 24.64 597 26.12
85 628 24.79 594 26.27
90 624 24.95 590 26.42
95 621 25.10 587 26.57
200 555 28.15 529 29.57
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 71 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al quadruplex Shetland
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET

INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1615 1.81 1394 2.10
30 1428 1.03 1115* 1.32
35 1387 1.06 1073 1.37
40 1347 1.09 1032 1.42
45 1308 1.12 993 1.48
50 1268 1.16 955 1.54
55 1230 1.19 918 1.60
60 1192 1.23 883 1.66
65 1155 1.27 850 1.73
70 1118 1.31 818 1.80
75 1082 1.36 788 1.86
80 1047 1.40 760 1.93
85 1013 1.45 733 2.01
90 980 1.50 707 2.08
95 948 1.55 683 2.15
200 510 2.88 404 3.65

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1693 3.07 1500 3.47
30 1410 1.85 1115* 2.34
35 1373 1.90 1080 2.42
40 1336 1.95 1046 2.50
45 1301 2.01 1013 2.58
50 1266 2.06 982 2.66
55 1231 2.12 952 2.74
60 1198 2.18 924 2.83
65 1165 2.24 896 2.92
70 1133 2.31 870 3.00
75 1102 2.37 845 3.09
80 1072 2.44 822 3.18
85 1042 2.51 799 3.27
90 1014 2.58 778 3.36
95 986 2.65 758 3.45
200 603 4.34 498 5.26

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 72 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al quadruplex Shetland
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1762 4.61 1593 5.11
30 1383 2.95 1115* 3.66
35 1350 3.02 1086 3.76
40 1318 3.10 1058 3.86
45 1287 3.17 1031 3.96
50 1256 3.25 1005 4.06
55 1226 3.33 981 4.16
60 1197 3.41 957 4.27
65 1169 3.49 934 4.37
70 1141 3.58 912 4.48
75 1114 3.66 892 4.58
80 1088 3.75 872 4.69
85 1063 3.84 853 4.79
90 1039 3.93 834 4.90
95 1016 4.02 817 5.00
200 679 6.03 578 7.09

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1822 6.43 1672 7.01
30 1352 4.35 1115* 5.28
35 1323 4.44 1091 5.39
40 1296 4.54 1068 5.51
45 1269 4.63 1046 5.63
50 1242 4.73 1024 5.75
55 1217 4.83 1004 5.86
60 1192 4.93 984 5.98
65 1168 5.04 965 6.10
70 1144 5.14 946 6.22
75 1122 5.24 929 6.34
80 1100 5.35 912 6.46
85 1078 5.46 895 6.57
90 1058 5.56 880 6.69
95 1038 5.67 865 6.81
200 741 7.95 646 9.14
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 73 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al quadruplex Shetland
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1872 8.52 1740 9.18
30 1321 6.06 1115* 7.18
35 1297 6.17 1095 7.32
40 1273 6.29 1076 7.45
45 1250 6.40 1057 7.58
50 1228 6.52 1039 7.71
55 1206 6.64 1022 7.84
60 1185 6.76 1005 7.97
65 1165 6.88 989 8.10
70 1145 7.00 973 8.24
75 1126 7.12 958 8.37
80 1107 7.24 944 8.50
85 1089 7.36 930 8.62
90 1071 7.48 916 8.75
95 1054 7.60 903 8.88
200 793 10.13 704 11.42

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1915 10.89 1798 11.61
30 1292 8.10 1115* 9.39
35 1272 8.23 1098 9.53
40 1252 8.36 1082 9.68
45 1233 8.49 1067 9.82
50 1214 8.62 1051 9.96
55 1196 8.75 1037 10.10
60 1178 8.89 1022 10.25
65 1161 9.02 1009 10.39
70 1144 9.15 995 10.53
75 1127 9.29 982 10.67
80 1111 9.42 970 10.81
85 1096 9.56 958 10.95
90 1081 9.69 946 11.08
95 1066 9.82 934 11.22
200 836 12.56 753 13.95
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 74 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al quadruplex Shetland
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1952 13.54 1848 14.31
30 1267 10.45 1115* 11.89
35 1250 10.60 1101 12.05
40 1234 10.74 1087 12.20
45 1217 10.89 1074 12.35
50 1201 11.03 1061 12.50
55 1186 11.18 1049 12.65
60 1171 11.32 1036 12.80
65 1156 11.47 1025 12.95
70 1142 11.61 1013 13.10
75 1128 11.76 1002 13.25
80 1114 11.90 991 13.40
85 1101 12.05 980 13.55
90 1088 12.19 970 13.69
95 1075 12.34 960 13.84
200 872 15.25 796 16.73

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1983 16.47 1891 17.28
30 1246 13.14 1115* 14.70
35 1232 13.30 1103 14.86
40 1217 13.45 1091 15.02
45 1204 13.61 1080 15.18
50 1190 13.76 1069 15.34
55 1177 13.92 1058 15.49
60 1164 14.07 1048 15.65
65 1152 14.23 1037 15.81
70 1139 14.38 1027 15.96
75 1128 14.53 1018 16.12
80 1116 14.69 1008 16.27
85 1104 14.84 999 16.43
90 1093 14.99 990 16.58
95 1082 15.14 981 16.73
200 902 18.22 832 19.77
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 75 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 1/0 al quadruplex Shetland
Rated Breaking Strength: 4460lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2010 19.68 1927 20.53
30 1228 16.15 1115* 17.80
35 1216 16.31 1105 17.97
40 1204 16.47 1095 18.13
45 1192 16.64 1085 18.30
50 1181 16.80 1075 18.46
55 1169 16.96 1066 18.63
60 1158 17.13 1057 18.79
65 1148 17.29 1048 18.95
70 1137 17.45 1039 19.12
75 1127 17.61 1031 19.28
80 1117 17.77 1022 19.44
85 1107 17.93 1014 19.60
90 1097 18.09 1006 19.76
95 1088 18.25 998 19.91
200 927 21.46 863 23.08

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2033 23.19 1959 24.07
30 1213 19.47 1115* 21.21
35 1203 19.64 1106 21.38
40 1192 19.81 1097 21.55
45 1182 19.98 1089 21.72
50 1172 20.15 1081 21.89
55 1163 20.32 1072 22.06
60 1153 20.49 1064 22.23
65 1144 20.66 1057 22.40
70 1135 20.83 1049 22.56
75 1126 21.00 1041 22.73
80 1117 21.16 1034 22.89
85 1109 21.33 1027 23.06
90 1100 21.49 1020 23.22
95 1092 21.66 1013 23.39
200 949 24.98 890 26.66
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 76 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al quadruplex Thoroughbred
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET

INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1921 1.72 1644 2.01
30 1722 1.05 1348* 1.34
35 1672 1.08 1296 1.40
40 1622 1.12 1245 1.45
45 1573 1.15 1197 1.51
50 1524 1.19 1151 1.57
55 1476 1.23 1106 1.64
60 1429 1.27 1064 1.70
65 1383 1.31 1023 1.77
70 1338 1.35 985 1.84
75 1294 1.40 948 1.91
80 1251 1.45 914 1.98
85 1210 1.50 882 2.05
90 1170 1.55 851 2.13
95 1131 1.60 822 2.20
200 612 2.96 490 3.70

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2001 2.94 1757 3.35
30 1699 1.89 1347* 2.39
35 1653 1.95 1305 2.47
40 1608 2.00 1263 2.55
45 1564 2.06 1224 2.63
50 1521 2.12 1186 2.71
55 1479 2.18 1150 2.80
60 1438 2.24 1115 2.89
65 1398 2.30 1082 2.97
70 1359 2.37 1051 3.06
75 1321 2.44 1021 3.15
80 1284 2.51 992 3.24
85 1248 2.58 965 3.34
90 1214 2.65 940 3.43
95 1181 2.73 915 3.52
200 726 4.44 606 5.33

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 77 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al quadruplex Thoroughbred
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2070 4.44 1854 4.96
30 1664 3.02 1347* 3.73
35 1624 3.10 1312 3.83
40 1585 3.17 1278 3.93
45 1546 3.25 1246 4.04
50 1509 3.33 1215 4.14
55 1473 3.41 1185 4.25
60 1437 3.50 1157 4.35
65 1403 3.58 1129 4.46
70 1370 3.67 1103 4.56
75 1338 3.76 1078 4.67
80 1306 3.85 1055 4.77
85 1276 3.94 1032 4.88
90 1247 4.03 1010 4.98
95 1219 4.13 989 5.09
200 819 6.15 703 7.17

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2127 6.23 1937 6.84
30 1625 4.46 1348* 5.38
35 1591 4.55 1319 5.50
40 1557 4.65 1291 5.61
45 1525 4.75 1264 5.73
50 1493 4.85 1238 5.85
55 1462 4.95 1214 5.97
60 1432 5.06 1190 6.09
65 1403 5.16 1167 6.21
70 1375 5.27 1145 6.33
75 1348 5.38 1124 6.45
80 1321 5.48 1104 6.57
85 1296 5.59 1084 6.69
90 1271 5.70 1066 6.81
95 1247 5.81 1048 6.92
200 896 8.10 786 9.25
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 78 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al quadruplex Thoroughbred
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2175 8.29 2007 8.99
30 1587 6.21 1348* 7.32
35 1558 6.33 1324 7.46
40 1530 6.45 1301 7.59
45 1502 6.57 1278 7.72
50 1476 6.69 1257 7.85
55 1450 6.81 1236 7.99
60 1425 6.93 1216 8.12
65 1400 7.05 1197 8.25
70 1376 7.17 1179 8.38
75 1353 7.29 1161 8.51
80 1331 7.41 1143 8.64
85 1310 7.54 1126 8.77
90 1289 7.66 1110 8.90
95 1268 7.78 1095 9.03
200 959 10.31 857 11.56

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2215 10.65 2066 11.42
30 1553 8.30 1348* 9.57
35 1528 8.43 1328 9.72
40 1505 8.57 1308 9.86
45 1482 8.70 1290 10.00
50 1459 8.84 1272 10.15
55 1437 8.97 1254 10.29
60 1416 9.11 1237 10.43
65 1396 9.24 1221 10.57
70 1376 9.38 1205 10.71
75 1356 9.51 1190 10.85
80 1337 9.64 1175 10.99
85 1319 9.78 1160 11.13
90 1301 9.91 1146 11.27
95 1284 10.05 1132 11.41
200 1012 12.78 917 14.12
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 79 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al quadruplex Thoroughbred
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2248 13.29 2116 14.13
30 1523 10.72 1347* 12.13
35 1502 10.87 1331 12.28
40 1483 11.01 1315 12.43
45 1463 11.16 1299 12.58
50 1444 11.31 1284 12.73
55 1426 11.45 1269 12.88
60 1408 11.60 1254 13.03
65 1391 11.74 1240 13.18
70 1374 11.89 1226 13.33
75 1358 12.03 1213 13.48
80 1342 12.18 1200 13.63
85 1326 12.32 1188 13.77
90 1311 12.47 1175 13.92
95 1296 12.61 1163 14.06
200 1055 15.52 968 16.94

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2275 16.22 2158 17.11
30 1497 13.47 1348* 14.98
35 1480 13.63 1333 15.14
40 1464 13.78 1320 15.30
45 1448 13.94 1306 15.46
50 1432 14.09 1293 15.62
55 1416 14.25 1280 15.78
60 1401 14.40 1268 15.93
65 1386 14.56 1256 16.09
70 1372 14.71 1244 16.25
75 1358 14.87 1232 16.40
80 1344 15.02 1221 16.55
85 1331 15.17 1210 16.71
90 1318 15.33 1199 16.86
95 1305 15.48 1189 17.01
200 1092 18.54 1012 20.03
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 80 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al quadruplex Thoroughbred
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2298 19.45 2194 20.39
30 1476 16.55 1348* 18.15
35 1462 16.71 1335 18.31
40 1448 16.88 1324 18.48
45 1434 17.04 1312 18.64
50 1421 17.20 1301 18.81
55 1408 17.36 1290 18.97
60 1395 17.53 1279 19.13
65 1382 17.69 1268 19.30
70 1370 17.85 1258 19.46
75 1358 18.01 1248 19.62
80 1346 18.17 1238 19.78
85 1334 18.33 1228 19.93
90 1323 18.49 1219 20.09
95 1312 18.65 1209 20.25
200 1123 21.83 1050 23.39

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2318 22.98 2224 23.96
30 1459 19.95 1348* 21.62
35 1447 20.12 1337 21.79
40 1435 20.29 1327 21.96
45 1423 20.46 1317 22.13
50 1412 20.63 1307 22.30
55 1400 20.80 1297 22.47
60 1389 20.96 1288 22.64
65 1378 21.13 1279 22.80
70 1368 21.30 1270 22.97
75 1357 21.46 1261 23.13
80 1347 21.63 1252 23.30
85 1337 21.79 1243 23.46
90 1327 21.96 1235 23.62
95 1317 22.12 1227 23.78
200 1149 25.42 1082 27.03
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 81 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al quadruplex Walking
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET

INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2934 1.48 2447 1.77
30 2738 1.01 2140* 1.29
35 2657 1.04 2056 1.35
40 2577 1.07 1975 1.40
45 2498 1.11 1896 1.46
50 2420 1.14 1821 1.52
55 2343 1.18 1748 1.58
60 2267 1.22 1679 1.65
65 2193 1.26 1613 1.71
70 2121 1.30 1551 1.78
75 2050 1.35 1492 1.85
80 1981 1.40 1436 1.93
85 1913 1.45 1383 2.00
90 1848 1.50 1333 2.08
95 1785 1.55 1287 2.15
200 949 2.92 756 3.67

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3012 2.56 2573 2.99
30 2705 1.82 2140* 2.30
35 2631 1.87 2070 2.38
40 2558 1.92 2002 2.46
45 2487 1.98 1937 2.54
50 2417 2.03 1875 2.62
55 2349 2.09 1816 2.71
60 2282 2.15 1759 2.80
65 2217 2.22 1706 2.88
70 2154 2.28 1654 2.97
75 2092 2.35 1605 3.07
80 2032 2.42 1559 3.16
85 1975 2.49 1515 3.25
90 1919 2.56 1473 3.34
95 1865 2.64 1434 3.43
200 1128 4.37 936 5.27

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 82 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al quadruplex Walking
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3076 3.91 2684 4.49
30 2654 2.90 2140* 3.59
35 2589 2.97 2082 3.69
40 2525 3.04 2026 3.79
45 2462 3.12 1973 3.90
50 2401 3.20 1922 4.00
55 2341 3.28 1873 4.11
60 2284 3.37 1826 4.21
65 2228 3.45 1781 4.32
70 2173 3.54 1738 4.43
75 2120 3.63 1697 4.53
80 2069 3.72 1658 4.64
85 2020 3.81 1621 4.75
90 1972 3.90 1585 4.85
95 1926 3.99 1551 4.96
200 1276 6.04 1090 7.08

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3127 5.55 2778 6.24
30 2595 4.27 2140* 5.18
35 2539 4.36 2092 5.29
40 2483 4.46 2046 5.41
45 2429 4.56 2002 5.53
50 2377 4.66 1959 5.66
55 2326 4.76 1918 5.78
60 2277 4.86 1879 5.90
65 2229 4.97 1841 6.02
70 2182 5.07 1805 6.14
75 2138 5.18 1770 6.26
80 2094 5.29 1737 6.38
85 2052 5.40 1705 6.50
90 2011 5.51 1674 6.62
95 1972 5.62 1645 6.74
200 1398 7.94 1221 9.10
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 83 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al quadruplex Walking
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3166 7.46 2858 8.27
30 2536 5.94 2140* 7.05
35 2488 6.06 2100 7.18
40 2441 6.18 2062 7.32
45 2395 6.30 2025 7.45
50 2351 6.41 1989 7.59
55 2308 6.54 1955 7.72
60 2266 6.66 1922 7.85
65 2225 6.78 1890 7.99
70 2186 6.90 1859 8.12
75 2148 7.02 1829 8.25
80 2111 7.15 1801 8.39
85 2075 7.27 1773 8.52
90 2040 7.40 1746 8.65
95 2007 7.52 1720 8.78
200 1499 10.09 1333 11.35

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3198 9.65 2924 10.56
30 2482 7.94 2140* 9.21
35 2441 8.07 2107 9.36
40 2401 8.21 2075 9.51
45 2362 8.34 2043 9.65
50 2325 8.48 2013 9.80
55 2289 8.61 1984 9.94
60 2253 8.75 1956 10.09
65 2219 8.88 1929 10.23
70 2185 9.02 1902 10.37
75 2153 9.16 1877 10.52
80 2122 9.29 1852 10.66
85 2091 9.43 1828 10.80
90 2061 9.57 1804 10.94
95 2033 9.70 1782 11.08
200 1583 12.48 1429 13.85
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 84 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al quadruplex Walking
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3222 12.13 2980 13.13
30 2433 10.25 2140* 11.67
35 2399 10.40 2112 11.82
40 2366 10.55 2085 11.98
45 2333 10.70 2058 12.14
50 2302 10.84 2033 12.29
55 2271 10.99 2008 12.44
60 2241 11.14 1984 12.60
65 2212 11.29 1960 12.75
70 2183 11.44 1937 12.90
75 2156 11.58 1915 13.05
80 2129 11.73 1893 13.20
85 2103 11.88 1872 13.35
90 2077 12.03 1852 13.50
95 2052 12.17 1832 13.65
200 1654 15.13 1511 16.58

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3242 14.90 3027 15.97
30 2392 12.89 2140* 14.42
35 2363 13.04 2116 14.58
40 2335 13.20 2093 14.75
45 2308 13.36 2070 14.91
50 2281 13.52 2048 15.07
55 2255 13.68 2027 15.23
60 2229 13.84 2006 15.39
65 2204 13.99 1986 15.55
70 2180 14.15 1966 15.71
75 2156 14.31 1946 15.87
80 2133 14.46 1927 16.02
85 2111 14.62 1909 16.18
90 2089 14.77 1891 16.34
95 2067 14.93 1873 16.49
200 1714 18.05 1582 19.57
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 85 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al quadruplex Walking
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3258 17.96 3066 19.09
30 2358 15.83 2140* 17.46
35 2333 16.00 2120 17.63
40 2309 16.17 2100 17.80
45 2286 16.34 2080 17.97
50 2263 16.50 2061 18.14
55 2241 16.67 2042 18.31
60 2219 16.83 2024 18.47
65 2198 17.00 2007 18.64
70 2177 17.16 1989 18.80
75 2156 17.33 1972 18.97
80 2136 17.49 1956 19.13
85 2117 17.65 1939 19.29
90 2098 17.82 1923 19.45
95 2079 17.98 1908 19.62
200 1764 21.24 1643 22.83

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 3271 21.31 3100 22.50
30 2329 19.10 2140* 20.80
35 2308 19.27 2122 20.98
40 2288 19.45 2105 21.15
45 2268 19.62 2088 21.33
50 2248 19.79 2072 21.50
55 2229 19.96 2055 21.67
60 2210 20.14 2039 21.84
65 2192 20.31 2024 22.01
70 2174 20.48 2009 22.18
75 2156 20.65 1994 22.35
80 2139 20.82 1979 22.52
85 2122 20.99 1964 22.69
90 2105 21.15 1950 22.86
95 2089 21.32 1936 23.02
200 1807 24.70 1696 26.35
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 86 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al PAP Mesa Verde
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET

INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1592 1.45 1332 1.74
30 1480 0.94 1155* 1.21
35 1436 0.97 1108 1.26
40 1392 1.00 1063 1.31
45 1348 1.03 1019 1.37
50 1305 1.07 976 1.43
55 1263 1.10 936 1.49
60 1221 1.14 897 1.55
65 1180 1.18 860 1.62
70 1140 1.22 825 1.69
75 1101 1.26 791 1.76
80 1063 1.31 760 1.83
85 1026 1.36 730 1.91
90 989 1.41 703 1.98
95 954 1.46 677 2.06
200 490 2.84 387 3.61

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1642 2.51 1407 2.93
30 1466 1.69 1155* 2.14
35 1425 1.74 1115 2.22
40 1385 1.79 1077 2.30
45 1345 1.84 1040 2.38
50 1306 1.90 1005 2.47
55 1268 1.95 971 2.55
60 1231 2.01 939 2.64
65 1194 2.07 908 2.73
70 1159 2.14 879 2.82
75 1124 2.20 851 2.91
80 1091 2.27 825 3.00
85 1058 2.34 800 3.10
90 1027 2.41 777 3.19
95 996 2.49 755 3.28
200 585 4.24 481 5.16

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 87 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al PAP Mesa Verde
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1685 3.82 1473 4.37
30 1442 2.68 1155* 3.35
35 1406 2.75 1122 3.45
40 1369 2.83 1090 3.55
45 1334 2.90 1059 3.66
50 1300 2.98 1029 3.76
55 1266 3.06 1001 3.87
60 1233 3.14 974 3.97
65 1201 3.22 949 4.08
70 1170 3.31 924 4.19
75 1140 3.39 901 4.30
80 1111 3.48 878 4.41
85 1083 3.57 857 4.52
90 1056 3.67 837 4.63
95 1030 3.76 818 4.74
200 664 5.84 562 6.91

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1720 5.38 1531 6.05
30 1414 3.94 1155* 4.83
35 1381 4.04 1127 4.95
40 1350 4.13 1100 5.07
45 1319 4.23 1074 5.19
50 1289 4.33 1050 5.31
55 1259 4.43 1026 5.44
60 1231 4.53 1003 5.56
65 1203 4.63 982 5.68
70 1177 4.74 961 5.81
75 1151 4.85 941 5.93
80 1126 4.95 922 6.06
85 1102 5.06 903 6.18
90 1078 5.17 886 6.30
95 1055 5.28 869 6.43
200 730 7.66 632 8.85
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 88 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al PAP Mesa Verde
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1750 7.21 1581 7.99
30 1384 5.48 1155* 6.57
35 1356 5.60 1132 6.71
40 1328 5.72 1109 6.85
45 1301 5.83 1087 6.99
50 1276 5.95 1066 7.12
55 1250 6.07 1046 7.26
60 1226 6.19 1027 7.40
65 1202 6.32 1008 7.53
70 1179 6.44 991 7.67
75 1157 6.56 973 7.81
80 1136 6.69 957 7.94
85 1115 6.81 941 8.08
90 1095 6.94 925 8.22
95 1075 7.07 911 8.35
200 785 9.70 692 11.00

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1774 9.29 1623 10.16
30 1355 7.32 1155* 8.59
35 1331 7.45 1135 8.74
40 1307 7.59 1116 8.89
45 1284 7.72 1098 9.04
50 1262 7.86 1080 9.19
55 1241 8.00 1063 9.34
60 1220 8.13 1046 9.49
65 1200 8.27 1030 9.64
70 1180 8.41 1015 9.79
75 1161 8.55 1000 9.93
80 1142 8.69 985 10.08
85 1124 8.83 971 10.23
90 1107 8.97 958 10.37
95 1090 9.11 945 10.52
200 831 11.97 745 13.37
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 89 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al PAP Mesa Verde
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1794 11.64 1659 12.60
30 1329 9.45 1155* 10.88
35 1308 9.60 1138 11.04
40 1288 9.75 1122 11.20
45 1269 9.90 1106 11.36
50 1250 10.05 1091 11.52
55 1231 10.20 1076 11.68
60 1214 10.35 1062 11.84
65 1196 10.51 1048 12.00
70 1179 10.66 1035 12.16
75 1163 10.81 1022 12.31
80 1147 10.96 1009 12.47
85 1131 11.11 997 12.62
90 1116 11.26 985 12.78
95 1102 11.41 973 12.93
200 871 14.47 790 15.97

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1811 14.25 1690 15.28
30 1306 11.88 1155* 13.44
35 1288 12.04 1141 13.61
40 1271 12.21 1127 13.78
45 1255 12.37 1113 13.95
50 1238 12.53 1100 14.12
55 1223 12.69 1087 14.29
60 1207 12.86 1075 14.46
65 1192 13.02 1063 14.62
70 1178 13.18 1051 14.79
75 1164 13.34 1040 14.95
80 1150 13.50 1028 15.11
85 1137 13.66 1018 15.28
90 1123 13.82 1007 15.44
95 1111 13.98 997 15.60
200 904 17.22 829 18.80
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 90 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 2/0 al PAP Mesa Verde
Rated Breaking Strength: 5390lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1825 17.12 1716 18.22
30 1286 14.61 1155* 16.28
35 1271 14.78 1143 16.46
40 1257 14.95 1131 16.64
45 1242 15.13 1119 16.81
50 1229 15.30 1107 16.99
55 1215 15.47 1096 17.16
60 1202 15.64 1085 17.33
65 1189 15.81 1075 17.51
70 1176 15.98 1065 17.68
75 1164 16.15 1054 17.85
80 1152 16.32 1045 18.02
85 1140 16.49 1035 18.19
90 1129 16.66 1026 18.36
95 1118 16.83 1016 18.53
200 933 20.21 863 21.87

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 1836 20.27 1738 21.42
30 1269 17.63 1155* 19.39
35 1257 17.81 1144 19.58
40 1244 17.99 1134 19.76
45 1232 18.17 1124 19.94
50 1220 18.35 1114 20.12
55 1208 18.53 1104 20.30
60 1197 18.71 1094 20.48
65 1186 18.89 1085 20.66
70 1175 19.07 1076 20.84
75 1164 19.24 1067 21.02
80 1153 19.42 1058 21.19
85 1143 19.60 1050 21.37
90 1133 19.77 1041 21.54
95 1123 19.95 1033 21.72
200 957 23.46 893 25.18
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 91 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al PAP Vicksburg
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 150 FEET

INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2449 1.20 1994 1.47
30 2353 0.88 1835* 1.13
35 2282 0.91 1758 1.18
40 2211 0.94 1684 1.24
45 2141 0.97 1612 1.29
50 2072 1.01 1543 1.35
55 2003 1.04 1476 1.41
60 1936 1.08 1412 1.48
65 1869 1.11 1351 1.54
70 1804 1.15 1293 1.61
75 1741 1.20 1238 1.68
80 1679 1.24 1186 1.76
85 1618 1.29 1138 1.83
90 1559 1.34 1092 1.91
95 1502 1.39 1049 1.99
200 749 2.78 585 3.57

RULING SPAN - 200 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2490 2.10 2069 2.53
30 2336 1.58 1835* 2.02
35 2269 1.63 1769 2.09
40 2204 1.68 1706 2.17
45 2139 1.73 1645 2.25
50 2076 1.78 1586 2.33
55 2013 1.84 1530 2.42
60 1952 1.90 1477 2.51
65 1893 1.96 1426 2.60
70 1834 2.02 1377 2.69
75 1778 2.08 1332 2.78
80 1723 2.15 1288 2.88
85 1669 2.22 1247 2.97
90 1618 2.29 1208 3.07
95 1568 2.36 1172 3.16
200 896 4.14 731 5.08

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 92 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al PAP Vicksburg
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 250 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2522 3.24 2137 3.82
30 2304 2.51 1835* 3.15
35 2243 2.58 1779 3.25
40 2184 2.65 1725 3.35
45 2125 2.72 1674 3.46
50 2068 2.80 1624 3.56
55 2013 2.87 1577 3.67
60 1958 2.95 1532 3.78
65 1906 3.04 1489 3.89
70 1854 3.12 1448 4.00
75 1805 3.21 1409 4.11
80 1756 3.30 1372 4.22
85 1710 3.39 1337 4.33
90 1665 3.48 1303 4.44
95 1621 3.57 1271 4.56
200 1020 5.69 857 6.78

RULING SPAN - 300 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2546 4.62 2197 5.36
30 2263 3.68 1835* 4.54
35 2208 3.77 1788 4.66
40 2156 3.87 1742 4.79
45 2104 3.96 1699 4.91
50 2054 4.06 1657 5.03
55 2005 4.16 1617 5.16
60 1957 4.26 1579 5.28
65 1911 4.36 1542 5.41
70 1866 4.47 1507 5.54
75 1823 4.57 1473 5.66
80 1781 4.68 1441 5.79
85 1740 4.79 1411 5.91
90 1701 4.90 1381 6.04
95 1663 5.01 1353 6.17
200 1124 7.43 966 8.65
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 93 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al PAP Vicksburg
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 350 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2563 6.25 2249 7.13
30 2218 5.12 1835* 6.19
35 2170 5.23 1795 6.32
40 2124 5.34 1757 6.46
45 2079 5.46 1720 6.60
50 2035 5.58 1684 6.74
55 1992 5.70 1650 6.88
60 1951 5.82 1617 7.02
65 1911 5.94 1586 7.16
70 1872 6.06 1555 7.30
75 1834 6.19 1526 7.44
80 1798 6.31 1498 7.58
85 1763 6.44 1471 7.72
90 1729 6.57 1445 7.86
95 1696 6.70 1421 8.00
200 1212 9.38 1062 10.72

RULING SPAN - 400 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2575 8.13 2293 9.14
30 2174 6.82 1835* 8.08
35 2132 6.95 1801 8.24
40 2092 7.09 1768 8.39
45 2053 7.22 1737 8.54
50 2015 7.36 1706 8.70
55 1978 7.50 1677 8.85
60 1942 7.64 1649 9.00
65 1908 7.77 1621 9.16
70 1874 7.91 1595 9.31
75 1842 8.05 1570 9.46
80 1810 8.20 1545 9.61
85 1779 8.34 1521 9.76
90 1750 8.48 1499 9.91
95 1721 8.62 1477 10.06
200 1287 11.55 1145 13.00
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 94 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al PAP Vicksburg
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 450 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2582 10.27 2330 11.39
30 2132 8.80 1835* 10.24
35 2097 8.95 1806 10.40
40 2062 9.11 1778 10.57
45 2028 9.26 1751 10.73
50 1996 9.41 1725 10.90
55 1964 9.56 1699 11.06
60 1933 9.72 1675 11.22
65 1903 9.87 1651 11.39
70 1874 10.02 1628 11.55
75 1846 10.18 1606 11.71
80 1818 10.33 1584 11.87
85 1792 10.49 1563 12.03
90 1766 10.64 1543 12.19
95 1741 10.79 1523 12.35
200 1351 13.94 1218 15.48

RULING SPAN - 500 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2588 12.66 2362 13.88
30 2095 11.07 1835* 12.65
35 2065 11.23 1810 12.82
40 2035 11.40 1786 13.00
45 2006 11.56 1762 13.17
50 1978 11.73 1740 13.35
55 1950 11.89 1718 13.52
60 1924 12.06 1696 13.69
65 1898 12.23 1675 13.86
70 1873 12.39 1655 14.03
75 1848 12.56 1635 14.20
80 1824 12.72 1616 14.37
85 1801 12.89 1598 14.54
90 1778 13.05 1580 14.71
95 1756 13.22 1562 14.88
200 1406 16.55 1281 18.18
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 95 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SAG & TENSION DATA


Secondary - 4/0 al PAP Vicksburg
Rated Breaking Strength: 8560lbs

RULING SPAN - 550 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2591 15.30 2389 16.61
30 2063 13.61 1835* 15.31
35 2036 13.79 1813 15.50
40 2011 13.97 1792 15.68
45 1986 14.14 1772 15.86
50 1962 14.32 1752 16.04
55 1938 14.49 1733 16.23
60 1915 14.67 1714 16.41
65 1892 14.85 1696 16.58
70 1870 15.02 1678 16.76
75 1849 15.20 1660 16.94
80 1828 15.37 1643 17.12
85 1808 15.55 1627 17.29
90 1788 15.72 1611 17.47
95 1769 15.89 1595 17.64
200 1453 19.39 1337 21.10

RULING SPAN - 600 FEET


INITIAL FINAL
Amb. Temp. Deg. F Tension (lbs) Sag (ft) Tension (lbs) Sag (ft)
30 with 9 lb/ft² wind 2594 18.21 2412 19.60
30 2035 16.43 1835* 18.24
35 2012 16.62 1816 18.43
40 1990 16.81 1798 18.62
45 1968 16.99 1780 18.81
50 1947 17.18 1763 19.00
55 1927 17.36 1746 19.18
60 1907 17.55 1729 19.37
65 1887 17.73 1713 19.56
70 1868 17.91 1697 19.74
75 1849 18.10 1681 19.92
80 1831 18.28 1666 20.11
85 1813 18.46 1651 20.29
90 1796 18.64 1637 20.47
95 1778 18.82 1623 20.65
200 1494 22.47 1386 24.24
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONDUCTOR
II. 3. - Page 96 of 96
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BOLTS
INTRODUCTION
1. Bolts, nuts, and washers are part of the individual plates unless otherwise stated.
2. Below the OPTIONS for each construction standard sheet is the list of bolt plates that are
available if present. Bolts are provided for normal construction on the appropriate wood pole
for the construction standard “plate” that is selected. If a particular plate is to be installed on
a larger pole than normal, a bolt plate must be used if available. The bolt plate will
automatically itemize out the bolts normally issued and replace them with longer bolts
depending on what category. Below are the three categories available:
Class 1 Wood or Type H Concrete: Category A
Type LT or HT Concrete: Category B
Type XHT Concrete: Category C
3. For Example: If you were to install a DC1*636 on a HT concrete pole, you would need to
plate a B1*B bolt plate for that station. This would give the appropriate length bolts for this
plate to be installed on a Type HT concrete pole. Bolt plates will be used primarily on just
three-phase construction.
4. The split bolt (SH30) will come with the pole plate.
5. The following tables list the location and bolt assemblies required for each construction
standard. Some assemblies may not be listed if the bolts are issued as part of another
construction standard.
6. The bolt assemblies shown in this section are primarily to be used for construction purposes
to show the required nuts, washers and their orientation on the bolt used.
7. Some construction may slightly modify the bolt assemblies of this section. As a rule of
thumb, if a washer is in direct contact with either wood or concrete, a square washer shall be
used. If a washer is in direct contact with metal, a round washer shall be used.

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 1 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-1
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. MACHINE BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 2 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-2
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. MACHINE BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 3 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-3
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. MACHINE BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 4 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-4
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. MACHINE BOLT
2 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 5 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-5
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. MACHINE BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 6 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-6
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. DOUBLE ARMING BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

OR

1 BOL DA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. DOUBLE ARMING BOLT
2 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 7 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-7
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. DOUBLE ARMING BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 8 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-8
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

QT
NO. ITEM ID DESCRIPTION
Y
1 BOL DA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. DOUBLE ARMING BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 9 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-9
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. DOUBLE ARMING BOLT
2 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 10 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-11
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
2 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 11 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

BA-12
BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 SCW LA 002 1 SCREW, LAG, 1/2 X 4

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 12 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES


BOLT
LOCATION
P1 P1-1 P1-3 P2 P3 P4 P5 P7 P8
B5
7
B13 Use BA-1 Use BA-1
Use BA-7 Use BA-9 Use BA-9 Use BA-9 Use BA-9 Use BA-1 Use BA-1
B15 and BA-8 and BA-8
as as as as as as as
17 as as
Required Required Required Required Required Required Required
B20 Required Required
25
B30
35
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58
63
B68
73
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 13 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
SH1 SH3 SH4 SH5 SH8 SH20 DA1 DA1-5 DA2
B5 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
7 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B20 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
25
B30 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
35
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58
63
B68
73
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 14 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DA2-5 DA3 DA3-5 DA4 DA4-5 DA5 DA5-5 DA6 DA6-5
B5 BA-1 BA-1
7 BA-1 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-1
B20 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-7 BA-7
25 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9
B30 BA-8
35
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58
63
B68
73
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 15 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DA6-6 DA7 DA7-5 DA8 DA8-5 DA18 DA18-5 DA20 DA21
B5 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
7 BA-1 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-1
B20 BA-7 BA-7 BA-9 BA-9
25 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1
B30
35 BA-1 BA-1 BA-8
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58
63
B68
73
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 16 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DA21-5 DA22 DA22-5 DB1 DB1-5 DB2 DB2-5 DB3 DB3-5
B5 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
7
B13
B15 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
17
B20 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
25 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B30 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
35 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
63
B68 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
73
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 17 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DB4 DB4-5 DB5 DB5-5 DB6 DB6-5 DB6-6 DB7 DB7-5
B5 BA-1
7 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B20 BA-9 BA-9 BA-7 BA-7
25 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1
B30
35 BA-1 BA-1
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-9 BA-9 BA-7 BA-7
63 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1
B68
73 BA-1 BA-1
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 18 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DB8 DB8-5 DB18 DB18-5 DB20 DB21 DB21-5 DB22 DB22-5
B5 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
7
B13
B15 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
17
B20 BA-7 BA-7 BA-9 BA-9
25 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B30
35 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-7 BA-7 BA-9 BA-9
63 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B68
73 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 19 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES


(CONTINUED)
BOLT
LOCATION
DC1 DC1-5 DC2 DC2-5 DC3 DC3-5 DC4 DC4-5 DC5
B5 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
7 BA-1 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-1
B20 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9
25 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9
B30 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
35
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9
63 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9
B68 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
73
83
B96 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9
101 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9
B106 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 20 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DC5-5 DC6 DC6-5 DC6-6 DC7SL DC7 DC7-5 DC8 DC8-5
B5 BA-1
7 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B20 BA-7 BA-7 BA-1 BA-7 BA-7
25 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
B30 BA-8
35 BA-1 BA-1
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-7 BA-7 BA-1 BA-7 BA-7
63 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
B68 BA-8
73 BA-1 BA-1
83
B96 BA-7 BA-7 BA-1 BA-7 BA-7
101 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
B106 BA-8
111 BA-1 BA-1
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 21 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DC18 DC18-5 DC20 DC21 DC21-5 DC22 DC22-5 T1 T1-5
B5 BA-1 BA-1
7 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-4
B20 BA-9 BA-9
25 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B30
35 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
B38
47 *BA-5
B48
51
53
B58 BA-9 BA-9
63 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-4
B68
73 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
93 *BA-5
B96 BA-9 BA-9
101 BA-1 BA-8 BA-1 BA-1
B106
111 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480
* - WILL ADJUST ACCORDING TO THE LENGTH OF THE BRACE.

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 22 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
T2 T2-5 T5 T5-5 T6 T6-5 T8 T8-5 T20
B5 BA-1
7 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B13
B15 BA-1
17 BA-1 BA-6 BA-1 BA-6 BA-1 BA-6 BA-1 BA-6
B20
25
B30
35
B38
47 *BA-5 *BA-5 *BA-5 *BA-5
B48
51
53
B58
63 BA-6 BA-6 BA-6 BA-6
B68
73
93 *BA-5 *BA-5 *BA-5 *BA-5
B96
101
B106 BA-6
111
116
121
127
134
B136 *BA-5
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

* - WILL ADJUST ACCORDING TO THE LENGTH OF THE BRACE.

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 23 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
T20-5 T22 T22-5 VA20 VA20-1 VA20-5 VA22 VA22-5 VB1-5
B5 BA-1
7
B13
B15 BA-1
17 BA-4
B20
25
B30
35
B38
47 *BA-5
B48
51
B52 *BA-9
B58
63 BA-1
B68 BA-6 BA-4 BA-6
73 BA-1
83 *BA-5
B98 *BA-5 *BA-5
101 BA-9 BA-1
B106 BA-4
111 BA-1
116
121
127
134
B139 *BA-5
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

* - WILL ADJUST ACCORDING TO THE LENGTH OF THE BRACE

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 24 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
VB2-5 VB7-5 VB8-5 VB20-5 VB22-5 KA20-F KA20-1F KA22-F
B5
7
B13
B15
17 BA-6 BA-6 BA-6
B20
25
B30
35
B38
45 BA-7
47 *BA-5 *BA-5 *BA-5
51
53
B58 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2
B63 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2
B68 BA-6 BA-4
73
83
B98 *BA-5 *BA-5
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

* - WILL ADJUST ACCORDING TO THE LENGTH OF THE BRACE

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 25 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
KB1 KB1-1 KB2 KB3 KB4 KB5 KB20 KB20-1 KB22
B5 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-1 BA-1 BA-2 BA-2
7 BA-1 BA-2
B13 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2
B15 BA-2
17
B20 BA-2 BA-2
25 *BA-12
B30 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2
30 BA-12
B38 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-9
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-2
63 BA-7 BA-2
B68 BA-2
71 BA-2
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 26 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
KC1 KC1-1 KC2 KC3 KC4 KC5 KC20 KC20-1 KC22
B5 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-1 BA-1 BA-2 BA-2
7 BA-1 BA-2
B13 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2
B15 BA-2
17
B20 BA-2 BA-2
25 BA-12
B30 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2
30 BA-12
B38 BA-2 BA-2 BA-2 BA-9
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-2
63 BA-7 BA-2
B68 BA-2
71 BA-2
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 27 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DA1-2 DA3-2 DA4-2 DA5-2 DA6-2 DA8-2 DA22-2 VPA1-2
B5 BA-1
7
B13 BA-1
B15
17
B20 BA-1 BA-9
25 BA-9 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1
B30 BA-1 BA-9
35 BA-1
B38 BA-1 BA-1
45
B48 BA-1 BA-1
51
53
B58 BA-9
63 BA-9 BA-1
B68 BA-9 BA-9
73 BA-1
83
B96 BA-9
101 BA-9 BA-1
B106 BA-9 BA-9
111 BA-1
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 28 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F5-1 F5-2 F9 F10
B5
7
B13
B15
17
B20 BA-1 BA-1
25 BA-1 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B30 BA-1 BA-1
35 BA-1 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-1 BA-1
63 BA-1 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B68 BA-1 BA-1
73 BA-1 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
83
B96 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
101 BA-1 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B106 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
111 BA-1 BA-9 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 29 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
F11 F11-S F11-SS FCS-1 FCS FCR-1 FCR RGA RGB
B5
7
B13
B15
17
B20
25 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
B30
35 BA-1 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58
63 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
B68
73 BA-1 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
83
B96
101 BA-1 BA-9 BA-9
B106
111 BA-1 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-5
156 BA-2 BA-5
B162 BA-5
166
168 BA-2 BA-5
172
B174 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 30 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
RGC WGA WGB WGC DGA DGB DGC DGRA DGRB
B5
7
B13
B15
17
B20
25
B30
35
B38 MOUNT CUTOUT AND ARRESTER BRACKET BEHIND THE
45 LOWEST PHAE.
B48
51
53
B58
63
B68
73
83
B96
101
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5
156 BA-5 BA-2 BA-5 BA-5 BA-2 BA-5 BA-5 BA-2 BA-5
B162 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5 BA-5
166
168 BA-5 BA-2 BA-5 BA-5 BA-2 BA-5 BA-5 BA-2 BA-5
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 31 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
DGRC DS1-5 DS1R-5 DS1RT-5 DS2-5 DS3-5 DS5-5 DS5R-5 DS5RT-5
B5
7 BA-1
B13
B15
17 BA-1
B20 BA-1 BA-1 BA-8
25 BA-9 BA-9 BA-1 BA-5 BA-6 BA-9 BA-9
B30 BA-1 BA-1 BA-8
35 BA-8 BA-8 BA-5 BA-8 BA-8
B38
45
B48
51
55 *BA-8
B58 BA-8 *BA-8 BA-8 BA-1 BA-5 BA-8
63 BA-9 BA-8 BA-5 BA-9 BA-9 BA-5
B68 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-1 BA-1 BA-8
73 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
83
B96 BA-8 *BA-8 BA-8 BA-1 BA-5 BA-8
101 BA-9 BA-8 BA-5 BA-9 BA-9 BA-5
B106 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-1 BA-1 BA-8
111 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
116
121
127
B134 *BA-8 BA-5
139 BA-5 BA-5
144
B150 BA-5
156 BA-5
B162 BA-5
166
168 BA-5
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
223 BA-1
234 BA-1
B348
B468
B480

* - 5/8 IN. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 32 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
RS3-5 SCADA DS1S DUA2 DUB1 DUB2 DUC1 DUC2 DUC3
B5
7
B13
B15 BA-5
17
B20 BA-1 BA-7
25 BA-6 BA-9
B30 BA-1 BA-7
35 BA-7 BA-7
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-9
63 BA-9
B68
73
83
B96 BA-7 BA-9
101 BA-9 BA-1
B106 *BA-8
111 BA-1
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156 BA-1
B162
166
168 BA-1
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

* - 5/8 IN. BOLT

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 33 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT YDC-
YDC-6F YDC-12S YRC-1.5 YRC-3 YRC-6 MD1 MD2 MR1
LOCATION 12SN
B5
7
B13
B15
17 BA-9 BA-9
B20 BA-8 BA-8
25 BA-9 BA-6 BA-9
B30 BA-8 BA-8
35 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-8 BA-8 BA-8
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-8 BA-8
63 BA-9 BA-8 BA-9
B68 BA-8 BA-8
73 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-8 BA-6 BA-8
91 BA-8
B96 BA-8 BA-8
101 BA-9 BA-8 BA-9
B106 BA-8 BA-8
111 BA-8 BA-8
116
121
127
134 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7
135 BA-9 BA-9
144
B150
156
B162 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
166
168
172
B180 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1 BA-1
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 34 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
MR2 S1 S1-1 L1 L2 L3 LB1 LB2 LB3
B5
7
B13
B15
17
B20
25 BA-6
B30
35 BA-8
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58
63 BA-8
B68
73 BA-6
83 BA-8
B96
101 BA-8
B106
111
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192 BA-3 BA-3
198
B204 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3
B216 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3
B228 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3 BA-3
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 35 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
FCRS RUA2 RUB1 RUB2 RUC1 RUC2 RUC3 WUA2 WUB1
B5
7
B13
B15
17
B20 BA-1 BA-7 BA-1
25 BA-6
B30 BA-1 BA-7 BA-1
35 BA-8 BA-7 BA-7 BA-7
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-9
63 BA-1
B68
73 BA-6
91 BA-8
B96 BA-7 BA-9
101 BA-1 BA-1
B106
111 BA-1
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150 BA-8
156 BA-1
B162 BA-8
166
168 BA-1
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 36 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONSTRUCTION PLATE BOLT TABLES (CONTINUED)


BOLT
LOCATION
WUB2 WUC1 WUC2 WUC3
B5
7
B13
B15
17
B20 BA-7
25
B30 BA-7
35 BA-7
B38
45
B48
51
53
B58 BA-9
63
B68
73
91
B96 BA-7 BA-9
101 BA-1
B106
111 BA-1
116
121
127
134
B139
144
B150
156
B162
166
168
172
B174
B192
198
B204
B216
B228
B336
B348
B468
B480

Revised: June 16, 2003 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

BOLTS
II. 4. - Page 37 of 37
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SUB-STRUCTURES
INTRODUCTION
1. This section is comprised of insulator and shield plates that are the building blocks to all of the
vertical primary plates and parts of others. Plates not including required combinations for
overhead construction can be modified by calling for Sub-Structures instead of plates. They
can also be used to see a more detailed breakdown of the components that make up a
construction standard.
2. Split bolt assembly (SH30) is required on all wood poles 45 feet and larger at seven (7) inches
from the tip, 90 degrees from the birthmark side of the pole. Not required for poles with SH4
shield. Split bolts are included with wood pole plates, but can be plated separately if necessary.
3. Jumper pin locations are indicated in the following sections:
TRANSFORMERS, SYSTEM PROTECTION, REGULATORS & CAPACITORS,
AND RISER POLES.
The plate P1-1 has an option “JP” when using it for this application. Call for the
required number as shown on the plates.
4. Plate options are listed in the upper left-hand corner of each plate sheet. When plating, call
for the plate name followed by an asterisk and then the particular option. Other than the JP
options mentioned above, the option is the primary conductor size.
Example: DHLC*636

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 1 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DHLC
HOT-LINE CLAMP
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 500CU, 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


FOR #2 AND 1/0 AAAC CONDUCTOR
1 CLA HL 001 1 GENERAL CODE FOR HOT-LINE CLAMP
2 STI CO 001 1 GENERAL CODE FOR COMPRESSION STIRRUP

OR FOR 336 AND 636 CONDUCTOR


1 CLA HL 001 1 GENERAL CODE FOR HOT-LINE CLAMP
2 STI WE *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLT-ON STIRRUP

OR FOR COPPER CONDUCTOR


1 CLA HL 001 1 GENERAL CODE FOR HOT-LINE CLAMP
2 CNN ** *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 2 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P1
0 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BKT IN 007 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR STANDOFF 6 IN.
4 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
5 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
6 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 3 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P1-1
0 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636, JP
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
3 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
4 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
5 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 4 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P1-2
0 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
2 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
3 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
4 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 5 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P1-3
JUMPER SUPPORT
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 COB CO 028 5 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
4 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
5 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 6 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P1-4
JUMPER PIN
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
2 STU LI 003 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
3 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
4 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 7 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P2
10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BKT IN 007 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR STANDOFF 6 IN.
4 CLA CT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ANGLE CLAMP
5 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
6 INS HP 001 1 INSULATOR, HORIZ. POST 34.5KV CLAMP
7 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
8 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 8 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P2-1
10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA CT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ANGLE CLAMP
3 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
4 INS HP 001 1 INSULATOR, HORIZ. POST 34.5KV CLAMP
5 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 9 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P2-2
10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA CT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ANGLE CLAMP
2 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
3 INS HP 001 1 INSULATOR, HORIZ. POST 34.5KV CLAMP
4 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4” HEAD - 3/4” DIA. X 1-3/4” SHANK
5 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 10 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P4
TAP OR 30 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER 27KV
3 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
5 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
6 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 11 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P5
DEADEND OR 30 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER 27KV
3 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
5 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 12 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P7
SLACKSPAN DEADEND
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADP TU 001 1 ADAPTER, TRUNION - SLACK SPANNING
2 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
3 BKT IN 007 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR STANDOFF 6 IN.
4 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
5 INS VP 002 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
6 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 13 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P7-1
SLACKSPAN DEADEND
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADP TU 001 1 ADAPTER, TRUNION - SLACK SPANNING
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 INS VP 002 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
5 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 14 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P8
10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE - ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN.
2 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
3 CLA CT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ANGLE CLAMP
4 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
5 INS HP 001 1 INSULATOR, HORIZ. POST 34.5KV CLAMP
6 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 15 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P8-1
0 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE - ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN.
2 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
3 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
4 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
5 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
WAS RD
6 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
005
WAS SP
7 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
002
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 16 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

P9
POLE-TOP BRACKET, 0 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
2 BKT IN 005 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR POLETOP
3 COB TW 005 6 CONDUCTOR, #4 SD AL. TIE WIRE
4 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
5 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
6 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 17 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH1
0 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE - TANGENT
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

QT
NO. ITEM ID DESCRIPTION
Y
1 BAY SW 004 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. STRAIGHT
2 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
3 CLA SW 001 1 CLAMP, SHIELD WIRE 3 NO 6 AW, 3 NO 7 CW
4 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
5 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 18 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH2
10 TO 60 DEGREE FLYING ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
2 CLA AN 001 1 CLAMP, ANGLE 4 SOL. - 250 MCM
3 GUA LI 001 1 LINE GUARD, 3 NO 6 AW
4 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
5 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 19 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

H3
10 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

QT
NO. ITEM ID DESCRIPTION
Y
1 BAY SW 003 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL MS 032 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
3 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
4 CLA AN 001 1 CLAMP, ANGLE 4 SOL. - 250 MCM
5 GUA LI 001 1 LINE GUARD, 3 NO 6 AW
6 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
7 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
8 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 20 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH4
60 TO 90 DEGREE ANGLE - CORNER
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BAY SW 003 2 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL MS 032 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
3 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
4 GRI PR 001 2 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
5 NUT SL 004 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
6 THI EY 001 2 THIMBLE EYE, 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 10 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 21 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH5
DEADEND
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BAY SW 003 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL MS 032 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
3 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
4 GRI PR 001 1 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
5 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
6 THI EY 001 1 THIMBLE EYE, 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 22 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH6
CORNER DEADEND/EXTENSION
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CNN CP 003 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 2-2/0 2-2/0
2 GRI PR 001 1 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
3 NUT TE 002 1 THIMBLE EYENUT, 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 23 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH8
DOUBLE DEADEND/ SLACKSPAN
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BAY SW 003 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL MS 032 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
3 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
4 CNN CP 003 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 2-2/0 2-2/0
5 GRI PR 001 2 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
6 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
7 NUT TE 002 1 NUT, THIMBLEYE 3/4 SINGLE EYE
8 THI EY 001 1 THIMBLE EYENUT, 3/4
9 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 24 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH20
TANGENT AND TAP
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BAY SW 003 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL MS 032 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
3 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
4 CLA SW 001 1 CLAMP, SHIELD WIRE 3 NO 6 AW, 3 NO 7 CW
5 CNN CP 003 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 2-2/0 2-2/0
6 GRI PR 001 1 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
7 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
8 THI EY 001 1 THIMBLE EYE, 3/4
9 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 25 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH21
CROSS
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SW 001 1 CLAMP, SHIELD WIRE 3 NO 6 AW, 3 NO 7 CW
2 COB AS 005 2 CONDUCTOR, 3 NO 6 AW
3 CNN CP 003 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 2-2/0 2-2/0

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 26 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SH30
SPLIT BOLT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
2 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
3 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SUB - STRUCTURES
III. 1. - Page 27 of 27
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VERTICAL PRIMARY
1. To calculate line angles in the field when plans are not available, use the approximation guide of this
section and choose the appropriate plate for that angle.
2. The number(s) in the box indicates the bolt hole location(s) on the pole where the plate is to be
installed. Next to this box is also the Sub-Structure used.
3. See SECONDARY Section for neutral locations.
4. Plate Format: The plate name is in bold letters at the top of each construction standard - followed by
a brief description. Next, the options for that plate are listed and the corresponding bolt plates if
available. The bolt plates are explained in more detail in the BOLT Section. Below the drawing of
the construction standard is a complete material list. The structure file will have to be used if the
material list for a specific plate option is required.
5. Install mainline insulators always to street side and taps off either street or field side.
6. Install a hot-line clamp (DHLC) on large-wire main lines when small-wire unfused laterals are made.
7. For clearances, see CONDUCTOR Section.
8. Special provisions for clearance should be made when a tap is needed from a pole having an L3
attached.
9. When calling for a tap, the angular or straight bayonet shall be removed. The corner or tubular
bayonet is included in the material list of DC20, DC22, and equivalent single and two-phase plates.
10. Split bolt assembly (SH30) is to be used in hole 7 on wood poles only.
11. Plates DC4 and DC4-5 cannot be used with three phase riser plates DUC1, DUC2, and DUC3 due to
clearance difficulties with the jumper pin and conductor. DC3 and DC3-5 may be used if suitable.
12. On plates DA21 and DA21-5, if a fused lateral is present, the standoff bracket shall be inverted to
give better clearance.
13. FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION shall be plated on all feeder poles. Affected feeder poles include
those starting at the substation, up to and past the AR (if one exists), and up to (and including) the
any Normal Open device or feeder deadend. The fiberglass construction will also extend to (and
include) the first lateral protection device poles along that feeder. FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION
shall also be plated on all concrete and steel poles. FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION plates and
drawings are displayed here for non-static installation (DC1F-5*636 etc.), but Maximo includes all of
the static plates (DC1F*636 etc.).
14. All Fiberglass Construction plates with deadends make use of the 12” fiberglass extension (INS FE
002). The 24” fiberglass extension (INS FE 001) is included only with front side hard taps (DC20F-5,
etc.) and double deadends on poles with hook or group switches.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 1 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

ANGLE APPROXIMATION GUIDE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 2 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DX1
FLYING CROSS
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 3/0-2, 3/0-1/0, 3/0-3/0, 4/0-2, 4/0-1/0, 4/0-4/0, 336-3/0, 336-336,
636-2, 636-3/0, 636-336, 636-636, 3NO6AW
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CNN ** *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
2 COB ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 3 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DX2
FLYING CROSS
OPTIONS: 4/0-4/0, 336-336, 636-636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CNN PT *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 4 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DX3
FLYING CROSS
OPTIONS: 4/0-4/0, 336-336, 636-636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CNN PT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 5 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA1F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TANGENT TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 6CU, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

B20, B30 P8-1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
5 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD- 3/4 DIA.X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
6 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
7 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 6 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA2F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 CLA CT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR CLAMP TOP INSULATOR CLAMP
5 INS HP 001 1 INSULATOR, HORIZONTAL POST, 34.5KV, CLAMP
6 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
7 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
8 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 7 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA3F-5
30 TO 60 DEGREE FLYING ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA AN 002 1 CLAMP, ANGLE 2AAAC - 1/0AAAC
3 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
4 INS FE 002 1 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
5 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
6 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 8 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA4F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


60 TO 90 DEGREE CORNER – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
4 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
5 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
6 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 9 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

DA5F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, ¾X14
2 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
4 INS FE 002 1 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
5 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE ¾
6 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 10 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA6F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


EXTENSION OFF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, ¾X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
3 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
5 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
6 INS FE 002 1 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
7 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
8 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
9 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
10 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 3 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 11 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA6-6
NEUTRAL TO SHIELD TRANSITION – SINGLE PHASE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BAY SW 003 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL EY 005 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8X16
3 BOL MS 032 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
4 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
6 CNN ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
7 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 6-2 2-1/0
8 GRI PR 001 1 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
9 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8
10 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F ¾
11 THI EY 001 1 NUT, THIMBLE-EYE ¾
12 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 12 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA7FSL-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DEADEND AND SLACK CARRY THRU – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B13*A, B13*B, B13*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, ¾X14
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD ¾X12
7 CLA CT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ANGLE CLAMP
8 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
9 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
10 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
11 INS FE 002 1 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
12 INS HP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
13 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE ¾
14 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST ¾ HEAD – ¾ IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
15 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 5 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 13 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA7F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SLACKSPAN DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADP TU 001 1 ADAPTER, TRUNNION – SLACK SPANNING
2 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
3 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD ¾X12
4 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
5 INS VP 002 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
6 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST ¾ HEAD – ¾ IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
7 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR ¾ IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 14 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA8F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DOUBLE DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING ¾X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
3 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
5 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
6 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
7 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
8 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
9 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
10 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 5 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 15 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA18F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


60 TO 90 DEGREE TAP OFF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
4 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 002 1 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
6 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 16 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA20F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


75 TO 90 DEGREE TAP OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

When this tap is oriented off the


backside of the pole, 1 BKT FS 001
must be itemized in to support the
jumper and 1 INS FE 002 must be
itemized in for 1 INS FE 001 to reduce
the length of the jumper.

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
2 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
3 COB ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
4 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 001 1 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
6 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 17 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA21F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


0 TO 10 DEGREE CROSS OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 6-2 2-1/0
5 COB ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
6 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
7 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD- 3/4 DIA.X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
8 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
9 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 18 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA22F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


10 TO 30 DEGREE CROSS OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 CLA CT *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR CLAMP TOP INSULATOR CLAMP
5 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 6-2 2-1/0
6 COB ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
7 INS HP 001 1 INSULATOR, HORIZONTAL POST, 34.5KV, CLAMP
8 GUA LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
9 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
10 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 19 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB1F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TANGENT TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

B20, B30 P8-1

B58, B68 P8-1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
6 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD- 3/4 DIA.X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
7 TIE PR *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
8 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 20 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB2F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

B20, B30 P8

B58, B68 P8

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CLA CT *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CLAMP TOP INSULATOR CLAMP
6 INS HP 001 2 INSULATOR, HORIZONTAL POST, 34.5KV, CLAMP
7 GUA LI *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
8 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
9 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 21 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB3F-5(FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)
30 TO 60 DEGREE FLYING ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA AN 002 2 CLAMP, ANGLE 2AAAC - 1/0AAAC
3 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
4 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
4 GUA LI *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
5 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
6 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 22 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB4F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


60 TO 90 DEGREE CORNER – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA SS *** 4 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
4 INS CO 001 4 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 002 4 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
5 NUT EY 003 4 NUT, EYE 3/4
6 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 23 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB5F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
4 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
5 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
6 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 24 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB6F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


EXTENSION OFF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
6 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
7 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
8 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
9 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
10 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
11 TIE PR *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
12 WAS RD 005 10 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 25 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB6-6
NEUTRAL TO SHIELD TRANSITION – TWO PHASE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BAY SW 003 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL EY 005 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8X16
3 BOL MS 032 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
4 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
6 CNN ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
7 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 6-2 2-1/0
8 GRI PR 001 1 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
9 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE 5/8
10 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE, M-F 3/4
11 THI EY 001 1 NUT, THIMBLE-EYE 3/4
12 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 26 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB7FSL-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DEADEND AND SLACK CARRY THRU – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B13*A, B13*B, B13*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CLA CT *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR ANGLE CLAMP
6 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
7 GUA LI *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
8 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
9 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
10 INS HP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
11 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
12 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
13 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
15 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 27 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB7F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SLACKSPAN DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADP TU 001 2 ADAPTER, TRUNNION - SLACK SPANNING
2 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, INSULATOR STANDOFF 6 IN.
3 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT. MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
6 INS VP 002 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
7 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
8 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 28 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB8F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DOUBLE DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 6 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
3 CLA SS *** 4 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
5 INS CO 001 4 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
6 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
7 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
8 NUT EY 003 4 NUT, EYE 3/4
9 TIE PR *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
10 WAS RD 005 14 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 14 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 10 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 29 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB18F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


60 TO 90 DEGREE TAP OFF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, ¾X14
2 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
4 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 002 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
5 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
6 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 30 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB20F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


75 TO 90 DEGREE TAP OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

When this tap is oriented off the


backside of the pole, 2 BKT FS 001
must be itemized in to support the
jumper and 2 INS FE 002 must be
itemized in for 2 INS FE 001 to reduce
the length of the jumper.
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
2 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
3 COB ** *** 12 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
4 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 001 2 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
6 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 31 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB21F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


0 TO 10 DEGREE CROSS OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CNN CP *** 4 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
6 COB ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
7 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
8 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD- 3/4 DIA.X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
9 TIE PR *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
10 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 32 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DB22F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


10 TO 30 DEGREE CROSS OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 CLA CT *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CLAMP TOP INSULATOR CLAMP
6 CNN CP *** 4 GENERAL CODE FOR SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
7 COB ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
8 INS HP 001 2 INSULATOR, HORIZONTAL POST, 34.5KV, CLAMP
9 GUA LI *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
10 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
11 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 33 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC1F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TANGENT TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 4/0CU, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B2*A, B2*B, B2*C

B20, B30 P8-1

B58, B68 P8-1

B96, B106 P8-1


NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
6 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
7 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
8 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD- 3/4 DIA.X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
9 TIE PR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
10 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 34 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC2F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B2*A, B2*B, B2*C

B20, B30 P8

B58, B68 P8

B96, B106 P8

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
6 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
7 CLA CT *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CLAMP TOP INSULATOR CLAMP
8 INS HP 001 3 INSULATOR, HORIZONTAL POST, 34.5KV, CLAMP
9 GUA LI *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
10 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
11 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 35 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC3F-5(FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)
30 TO 60 DEGREE FLYING ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636*
BOLT PLATE: B5*A, B5*B, B5*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
3 CLA ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR SUSPENSION CLAMP
4 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 002 3 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
5 GUA LI *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
6 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 3 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 36 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC4F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


60 TO 90 DEGREE CORNER – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B7*A, B7*B, B7*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BOL DA 016 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
5 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
6 INS FE 002 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
7 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE 3/4
8 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 12 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 37 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC5F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 2/0CU, 3/0, 4/0CU, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B5*A, B5*B, B5*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 002 3 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
6 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 3 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 38 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC6F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


EXTENSION OFF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 2/0CU, 3/0, 4/0CU, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B5*A, B5*B, B5*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
6 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
7 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
8 CNN ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
9 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
10 INS FE 002 3 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
11 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
12 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
13 TIE PR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
14 WAS RD 005 15 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
15 WAS SF 003 12 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
16 WAS SP 002 9 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 39 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC6-6
NEUTRAL TO SHIELD TRANSITION
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: B11*A, B11*B, B11*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BAY SW 003 1 BAYONET, SHIELD WIRE 40 IN. CORNER
2 BOL EY 005 1 BOLT, EYE 5/8X16
3 BOL MS 032 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X6
4 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
6 CNN ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
7 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP. SIDE-BY 6-2 2-1/0
8 GRI PR 001 1 GRIP, PREFORMED DEADEND 3 NO 6 AW
9 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE 5/8
10 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE, M-F 3/4
11 THI EY 001 1 NUT, THIMBLE-EYE 3/4
12 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 40 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC7FSL-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DEADEND AND SLACK CARRY THRU – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B13*A, B13*B, B13*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL DA 016 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
6 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
7 CLA CT *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR ANGLE CLAMP
8 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
9 GUA LI *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
10 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
11 INS FE 002 3 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
12 INS HP 001 3 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
13 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
14 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
15 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 10 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 7 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 41 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC7F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SLACKSPAN DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B9*A, B9*B, B9*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADP TU 001 3 ADAPTER, TRUNNION - SLACK SPANNING
2 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
3 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
4 BOL MS 036 3 BOLT. MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
5 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
6 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
7 INS VP 002 3 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV CLAMP
8 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
9 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 42 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC8F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


DOUBLE DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B7*A, B7*B, B7*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X14
3 BOL DA 016 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
6 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
7 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
8 CNN ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
9 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
10 INS FE 002 3 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
11 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
12 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE 3/4
13 TIE PR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
14 WAS RD 005 18 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
15 WAS SF 003 15 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
16 WAS SP 002 15 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 43 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC18F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


60 TO 90 DEGREE TAP OFF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B5*A, B5*B, B5*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
5 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
6 INS FE 002 3 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 12”
7 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
8 WAS RD 005 3 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 44 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC20F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


75 TO 90 DEGREE TAP OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

When this tap is oriented off the


backside of the pole, 3 BKT FS 001
must be itemized in to support the
jumper and 3 INS FE 002 must be
itemized in for 3 INS FE 001 to reduce
the length of the jumper.

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
2 CNN ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
3 COB ** *** 18 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
4 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 INS FE 001 3 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
6 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 45 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC21F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


0 TO 10 DEGREE CROSS OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B2*A, B2*B, B2*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
6 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
7 CNN ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
8 COB ** *** 9 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
9 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
10 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD- 3/4 DIA.X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
11 TIE PR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
12 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 46 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DC22F-5 (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


10 TO 30 DEGREE CROSS OFF EXISTING POLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2, 4, 6, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: B2*A, B2*B, B2*C

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
6 BOL MS 037 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X16
7 CLA CT *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CLAMP TOP INSULATOR CLAMP
8 CNN ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
9 COB ** *** 9 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
10 INS HP 001 3 INSULATOR, HORIZONTAL POST, 34.5KV, CLAMP
11 GUA LI *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR LINE GUARD
12 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 SHANK
13 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
15 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

VERTICAL PRIMARY
III. 2 - Page 47 of 47
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
INTRODUCTION
1. Horizontal Primary will be used for distribution lines crossing over structures, roads,
waterways, railroads, and under transmission lines, or any condition that required clearances
cannot be maintained by conventional vertical construction.
2. Single-phase taps from existing crossarm structures will not require a crossarm. The tap’s
pole location will be 40 inches below the centerline of the tangent crossarm. The crossarm for
two-phase and three-phase lateral taps will be 40 inches below the centerline of the tangent.
3. If the pole has a shield mounted on a bayonet, the crossarm shall be mounted at 63 and 73
inches (B phase position) from the top of the pole. If there is no shield on the pole, the crossarm
shall be mounted at 25 and 35 inches (A phase position) from the top of the pole.
4. Armor rods are issued with the plates T2 and T2-5 when primary conductor is 336KCM or
larger.
5. All Horizontal Construction plates now include fiberglass crossarms instead of wood and steel
crossarms. Since all the plates include the proper fiberglass crossarms, there is no
modification or itemizing required when designing jobs. The details of the two fiberglass
crossarms are listed below for reference:
DIMENSIONS MOUNTING
APPLICATION CROSSARM WEIGHT
(H x W x L) HARDWARE
Deadend CXA FG 001 3 5/8” X 4 5/8” X 10’ 72 lbs 3/4”
Tangent CXA FG 002 4 5/8” X 3 5/8” X 10’ 39 lbs 3/4”
6. A single deadend fiberglass crossarm CXA FG 001 is included for deadends and double-
deadends.
7. For double circuit poles with no static wire, the crossarms should be installed at the static and
C phase positions.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 1 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

II. CROSSARM DRILLING DETAIL (ALL DIMENSIONS ARE INCHES)

CXA FG 001 (DEADEND)


60
56
54

19
21
19
21

54
56
60
5
0
5
4 5/8 TOP VIEW
Ø13/16

3 5/8 SIDE VIEW


Ø13/16

Ø13/16 Ø15/16
BRACKET IS PRE-MOUNTED FOR GUYING
TO CROSSARM
10

Ø13/16 WEIGHT: 72 LBS

CXA FG 002 (TANGENT)

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 2 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

T1-5
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

2
4

7
3 17
1
5

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 021 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 5/8X16
2 COB TW 005 12 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE 4AAC
3 CXA FG 002 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS TANGENT, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 39 LBS
4 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
5 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
6 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 7 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 001 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 3 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

T2-5
5 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

3
5

7
4 17

6 2

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 021 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 5/8X16
3 COB TW 005 24 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE 4AAC
4 CXA FG 002 2 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS TANGENT, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 39 LBS
5 INS VP 001 6 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
6 STU LI 003 6 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
7 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS RD 005 7 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 001 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 4 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

T5-5
DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

4 1

5
3

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS DEADEND, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 63 LBS
5 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
6 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 10 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 5 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

T6-5
EXTENSION OF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

4
3

5 6
7
1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
2 CNN ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
3 COB ** *** 12 GENERAL CODE FOR TIE WIRE
4 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
5 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
6 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
8 WAS SF 003 3 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 6 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

T8-5
DOUBLE DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

4
5 1

2 6
9 8

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 COB ** *** 12 GENERAL CODE FOR TIE WIRE
5 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS DEADEND, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 63 LBS
6 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
7 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
8 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE 3/4
9 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
10 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 16 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 7 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

T20-5
TAP – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

6
8

1 2
3
4 5

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
5 COB ** *** 8 GENERAL CODE FOR TIE WIRE
6 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS DEADEND, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 63 LBS
7 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
8 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
9 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
10 STU LI 003 1 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
11 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 12 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 8 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

T22-5
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE CROSS TAP – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

5
3

6 4
1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 021 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 5/8X16
2 CNN ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
3 COB CO *** 24 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
4 COB TW 005 12 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE 4AAC
5 CXA FG 002 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS TANGENT, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 39 LBS
6 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
7 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
8 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 001 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 9 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VA20-1
TAP OFF EXISTING T1-5 OR T2-5 – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE
5

NEUTRAL

7 1 2
6
3

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS DEADEND, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 63 LBS
5 GRI PR 001 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 3 NO 6 AW
6 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
7 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
8 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
9 NUT TE 002 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 3/4, SINGLE EYE
10 STU LI 002 1 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 5/8 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
11 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 11 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 10 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VA20-5
TAP OFF EXISTING T1 OR T2 – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE
3

58

1 2
4

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 COB CO *** 10 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
4 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
5 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
6 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 11 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VA22-5
0 TO 5 DEGREE CROSS – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

2
63
73

3 1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 18 IN., 2 IN. ROD
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
4 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
5 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
6 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
7 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 12 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VB1-5
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

2
4

7
3 17
1
5

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 021 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 5/8X16
2 COB TW 005 8 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE 4AAC
3 CXA FG 002 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS TANGENT, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 39 LBS
4 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
5 STU LI 003 2 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
6 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 001 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 13 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VB2-5
5 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

3
5

7
4 17

6 2

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 021 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 5/8X16
3 COB TW 005 16 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE 4AAC
4 CXA FG 002 2 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS TANGENT, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 39 LBS
5 INS VP 001 4 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
6 STU LI 003 4 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
7 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS RD 005 7 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 001 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 14 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VB6-5
EXTENSION OF EXISTING DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

4
3

6
7
5
1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
2 CNN ** *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
3 COB ** *** 8 GENERAL CODE FOR TIE WIRE
4 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
5 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
6 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 STU LI 003 2 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 15 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VB7-5
DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

4 1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS DEADEND, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 63 LBS
5 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
6 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE 3/4
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 10 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 16 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VB8-5
DOUBLE DEADEND – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

4
5

2 8

3 6

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 COB ** *** 8 GENERAL CODE FOR TIE WIRE
5 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS DEADEND, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 63 LBS
6 INS CO 001 4 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
7 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
8 NUT EY 003 4 NUT, EYE 3/4
9 STU LI 003 2 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
10 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 16 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 17 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VB20-5
TAP – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

6
8

1 2
3
4 5

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 021 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
2 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 3/4X16
3 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CNN ** *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
5 COB ** *** 8 GENERAL CODE FOR TIE WIRE
6 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS DEADEND, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 63 LBS
7 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 27KV
8 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
9 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
10 STU LI 003 1 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
11 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 12 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

III. 3. - Page 18 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VB22-5
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

3
5

6 4
1

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 021 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 5/8X16
2 CNN ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
3 COB CO *** 24 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
4 COB TW 005 12 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE 4AAC
5 CXA FG 002 1 CROSSARM, FIBERGLASS TANGENT, 3 5/8" X 4 5/8" X 10', 39 LBS
6 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
7 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
8 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 001 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

HORIZONTAL PRIMARY
III. 3. - Page 19 of 19
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AERIAL CABLE
INTRODUCTION

All trees in the proximity of any JEA primary lines are trimmed cyclically. Most of this trimming provides
sufficient 10 ft clearance, but there are certain locations where the standard clearance cannot be
maintained due to a tree’s type, preservation status, configuration, position, or growth rate. The
foresters are the experts at analyzing these factors. Since standard clearance is encroached in these
locations, primary conductors have the potential to sag or sway into the tree. These cases may provide
an opportunity to implement aerial cable in order to prevent contact related faults.

Aerial cable is designed only for these cases in order to withstand intermittent brush contact with trees.
The covering cannot tolerate continuous tree contact for prolonged periods and will eventually burn up
and breakdown under such conditions. Also, the aerial cable will break if an overhanging branch falls on
it (just like a bare conductor) and thus is not intended to protect against falling limbs in heavily canopied
areas.

For any application other than this, the design engineer ought to receive input from System Analysis and
the forester prior to plating or construction.

This Section has been revised to incorporate new design philosophies with respect to aerial cable or
“tree” cable. Compact construction using spacers and a supporting messenger is no longer used. The
new design uses our standard spacing and construction other than the new plates added to this Section.
The old aerial cable standards are still shown in this Section, but they are for reference only and should
not be used for new construction.

CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES
1) Aerial cable shall NOT be installed on any insulators other than the polyethylene insulators as
shown in these standards. Failure to do this, could cause damage to the conductor insulation and
jeopardize the integrity of the installation.
2) Only insulated tie-wire (COBTW004) shall be used to tie the conductor to the insulator.
3) Arresters shall be used at ALL points where the insulation is stripped away or the conductor is
deadended.
4) Only 1/0 AAAC is available at this time for construction - plate C.1/0SP
5) The preferred construction standard for single-phase installations is plate “AE2”. This standard
uses the fiberglass standoff bracket for improved structure BIL. The standard metal standoff
bracket is utilized for multiple phase construction.
6) Other construction notes can be found on the plate pages themselves.
7) Aerial cable shall NOT be installed where it is in direct contact with trees and other vegetation.
8) For new construction and maintenance, aerial cable is not to be used in situations where a recloser
is the upstream protective device.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 1 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AE1
TANGENT TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT IN 007 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR STANDOFF 6 IN.
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
4 COB TW 004 6 CONDUCTOR, TIE WIRE, INSULATED, #4 AL.
5 INS PT 002 1 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
6 PIN IN 003 1 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 2 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AE2
TANGENT TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT FS 001 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 2 INCH ROD
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 COB TW 004 6 CONDUCTOR, TIE WIRE, INSULATED, #4 AL.
5 INS PT 002 1 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
6 PIN IN 003 1 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
7 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 3 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AE3
ANGLE – 10 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT AE 001 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE
2 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
3 COB TW 004 6 CONDUCTOR, TIE WIRE, INSULATED, #4 AL.
4 INS PT 002 1 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
5 PIN IN 003 1 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
6 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 4 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TANGENT TO 10 DEGREE ANGLES – MULTI-PHASES

NOTE: AE1 and AE2 plates are used to create multi-phase structures. Conductor is staggered as shown to
help prevent a phase-to-phase current path created by Spanish moss or other debris hanging on the conductor.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 5 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

ANGLE – 10 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE – UNSHIELDED

NOTE: AE3 insulator bracket has two insulator mounting points to create multi-phase structures. Conductor is
staggered as shown to help prevent a phase-to-phase current path created by Spanish moss or other debris
hanging on the conductor.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 6 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DHLC
HOT-LINE CLAMP FOR AERIAL CABLE
OPTIONS: 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NOTE: Hot-line clamp is the same for normal construction. Remove the insulation as shown or use a stripper
to avoid nicking the conductor. Remove only enough insulation in order to install the stirrup. If possible, seal the
area between the connector and the insulation with rubber tape covered with 3m “33” pvc tape.

Arresters must be installed wherever the conductor insulation is stripped away or the conductor is deadended.

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA HL 001 1 HOT-LINE CLAMP, BRONZE 6-1/0
2 STI CO 001 1 STIRRUP, COMPRESSION, #2-1/0 AL.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 7 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SPACER CABLE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (FOR MAINTENANCE ONLY)

1. Strip insulation at least 12 inches from pole center for bare connections as shown above. Install
“LINE DUC” on conductor at bare location 12 inches beyond bare end. Itemize “LINE DUC” as
needed.

2. Install “LINE DUC” on insulated conductor at abrasion locations such as tree limbs or trunk on a
per eight foot stick basis as shown above.

3. Clamp hangers are spaced 39 feet, 39.5 feet, 40 feet, or equidistant between poles. Refer to note
#4 on the previous page.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 8 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SPACER CABLE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES (FOR MAINTENANCE ONLY)

Aerial cable should not be used to insulate from direct contact to objects such as trees or poles.

Cable insulation is provided to reduce phase to phase, and phase to ground clearances in limited space areas.
Do not use in closer proximities than designed for.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 9 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KA20-F
SINGLE-PHASE TAP OFF FRONT OF POLE – SHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER
2 BKT IN 001 1 BRACKET, COMBINATION
3 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
4 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
5 CLE TH 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
6 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
7 CNN CP 004 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 1/0-2/0 1/0-3/0
8 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
9 COB CO *** 20 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
10 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
11 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
12 GRI PR 005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
13 GUA GW 005 2 GUARD, LINE, 8 FEET, POLY INSULATION, 15KV
14 INS CO 002 1 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 50 IN. EXTENTION
15 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
16 NUT SL 004 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 3/4
17 NUT TE 001 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 5/8 SINGLE EYE
18 SHA AN 001 1 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
19 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
20 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
21 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 10 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KA20-1F
SINGLE-PHASE TAP OFF BACK OF POLE – SHIELDED
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER
2 BKT IN 001 1 BRACKET, COMBINATION
3 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
4 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
5 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
6 CLE TH 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
7 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
8 CNN CP 004 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 1/0-2/0 1/0-3/0
9 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
10 COB CO *** 20 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
11 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
12 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
13 GRI PR 005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
14 GUA GW 005 2 GUARD, LINE, 8 FEET, POLY INSULATION, 15KV
15 INS CO 002 1 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 50 IN. EXTENTION
16 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
17 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
18 NUT SL 004 3 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 3/4
19 NUT TE 001 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 5/8 SINGLE EYE
20 SHA AN 001 1 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
21 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
22 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
23 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 11 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KA22-F
DOUBLE SINGLE-PHASE TAPS
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-2/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT IN 001 1 BRACKET, COMBINATION
2 BOL MS 020 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
5 CLE TH 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
6 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
7 CNN CP 004 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 1/0-2/0 1/0-3/0
8 CNN VG 006 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 1/0-4/0 10-4/0
9 COB CO *** 20 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
10 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
11 GRI PR 005 2 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
12 GUA GW 005 2 GUARD, LINE, 8 FEET, POLY INSULATION, 15KV
13 INS CO 002 2 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER, 50 IN. EXTENTION
14 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE, 3/4
15 NUT SL 003 3 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
16 NUT SL 004 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 3/4
17 NUT TE 001 2 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 5/8 SINGLE EYE
18 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
19 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
20 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 12 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB1
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 005 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 14 IN.
3 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
4 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
6 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
7 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
8 TIE RI 001 18 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
9 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 13 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB1-1
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE WITH ANTI-SWAY BAR
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 003 1 BRACKET, ANTI-SWAY, 24 IN. WITH STIRRUP
3 BKT AE 006 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV 24 IN.
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
5 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
6 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
7 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
8 SCW LA 002 1 SCREW, LAG, 1/2 IN. X 4 IN.
9 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
10 TIE RI 001 18 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
11 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 14 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB2
5 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 005 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 14 IN.
3 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
4 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
6 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
7 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
8 TIE RI 001 18 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
9 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 15 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB3
10 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BOL MS 034 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X10
3 BKT AE 001 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 0-90 DEGREE
4 CLA AN 001 1 CLAMP, ANGLE, 4 SOL. - 250 KCM
5 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
6 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
7 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
8 INS PT 002 2 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
9 GUA LI 005 1 LINE GUARD, 7 NO. 7 AW
10 NUT SL 003 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
11 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
12 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
13 PIN IN 003 2 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
14 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
15 TIE RI 001 18 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
16 TIE RI 002 2 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
17 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
18 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 16 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB4
60 TO 90 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADP AC 001 2 ADAPTER PLATE, USE WITH BKT AE 001 ON 60-90 DEGREE ANGLES
2 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL MS 034 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X10
4 BKT AE 001 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 0-90 DEGREE
5 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
6 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
7 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
8 GRI PR 005 2 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
9 INS PT 002 4 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
10 NUT SL 004 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
11 PIN IN 003 4 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
12 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
13 THI EY 001 2 THIMBLE EYELET, 3/4
14 TIE RI 001 18 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
15 TIE RI 002 4 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
16 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
17 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
18 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 17 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB5
DEADEND
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 2/0, 336
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 004 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, DEADEND
3 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CLE TH 001 3 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
5 CNN VG 005 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 2-2/0 10-2/0
6 GRI PR 005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
7 INS CO 002 2 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
8 NUT SL 003 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
9 SHA AN 001 2 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
10 SPA AC 001 3 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
11 TIE RI 001 9 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
12 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 18 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB20
0 TO 5 DEGREE FUSED TAP OFF FRONT OF POLE
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0, 336-336
BOLT PLATE: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 19 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB20
MATERIAL LIST FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER
2 BOL MS 020 5 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL DA 002 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8X14
4 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, TRI-MOUNT ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
5 BKT AE 005 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 14 IN.
6 BKT AE 007 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, TANGENT/3-PHASE TAP
7 CLE TH 001 3 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
8 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
9 CNN CP 004 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 1/0-2/0 1/0-3/0
10 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
11 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
12 CNN VG 005 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 2-2/0 10-2/0
13 COB CO *** 10 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
14 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
15 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
16 GRI PR005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
17 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
18 INS PT 002 3 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
19 INS CO 002 2 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
20 NUT SL 003 6 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
21 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE 5/8
22 PIN IN 003 3 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
23 SHA AN 001 2 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
24 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
25 TIE RI 001 18 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
26 TIE RI 002 4 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
27 WAS RD 004 5 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
28 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 20 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB20-1
0 TO 5 DEGREE FUSED TAP OFF BACK OF POLE
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0, 336-336
BOLT PLATE: NONE FOR REFERENCE ONLY

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 21 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB20-1
MATERIAL LIST FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER
2 BOL MS 020 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL DA 002 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8X14
4 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, TRI-MOUNT ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
5 BKT AE 003 1 BRACKET, ANTI-SWAY, 24 IN. WITH STIRRUP
6 BKT AE 004 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, DEADEND
7 BKT AE 006 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV 24 IN.
8 CLE TH 001 3 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
9 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
10 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
11 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
12 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
13 CNN VG 005 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 2-2/0 10-2/0
14 COB CO *** 12 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
15 COB CO 028 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
16 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
17 GRI PR005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
18 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
19 INS CO 002 2 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
20 NUT SL 003 6 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
21 SCW LA 002 1 SCREW, LAG, 1/2X4
22 SHA AN 001 3 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
23 SPA AC 001 7 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
24 TIE RI 001 21 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
25 TIE RI 002 2 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
26 WAS RD 004 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
27 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 22 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KB22
0 TO 5 DEGREE CROSS
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0, 336-336
BOLT PLATE: NONE FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 001 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, DEADEND
3 CNN CP *** 4 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
4 CNN CP 004 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY,
5 CNN VG 006 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 1/0-4/0 10-4/0
6 GRI PR 005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
7 INS PT 002 2 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
8 NUT SL 003 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
9 NUT TE 001 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 5/8, SINGLE EYE
10 NUT TE 002 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 3/4, SINGLE EYE
11 PIN IN 003 2 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
12 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
13 TIE RI 001 18 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
14 TIE RI 02 2 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
15 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
16 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 23 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC1
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 005 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 14 IN.
3 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
4 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
6 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
7 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
8 TIE RI 001 24 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
9 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 24 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC1-1
0 TO 5 DEGREE ANGLE WITH ANTI-SWAY BAR
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 003 1 BRACKET, ANTI-SWAY, 24 IN. WITH STIRRUP
3 BKT AE 006 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV 24 IN.
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
5 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
6 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
7 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
8 SCW LA 002 1 SCREW, LAG, 1/2 IN. X 4 IN.
9 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
10 TIE RI 001 24 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
11 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 25 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC2
5 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 005 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 14 IN.
3 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
4 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
6 NUT SL 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, M-F 5/8
7 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
8 TIE RI 001 24 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
9 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 26 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC3
10 TO 60 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BOL MS 034 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X10
3 BKT AE 001 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 0-90 DEGREE
4 CLA AN 001 1 CLAMP, ANGLE, 4 SOL. - 250 KCM
5 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
6 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
7 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
8 INS PT 002 3 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
9 GUA LI 005 1 LINE GUARD, 7 NO. 7 AW
10 NUT SL 003 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
11 NUT SL 004 1 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
12 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
13 PIN IN 003 3 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
14 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
15 TIE RI 001 24 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
16 TIE RI 002 3 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
17 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
18 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 27 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC4
60 TO 90 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: NONE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADP AC 001 3 ADAPTER PLATE, USE WITH BKT AE 001 ON 60-90 DEGREE ANGLES
2 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL MS 034 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X10
4 BKT AE 001 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 0-90 DEGREE
5 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
6 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
7 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
8 GRI PR 005 2 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
9 INS PT 002 6 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
10 NUT SL 004 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 3/4
11 PIN IN 003 6 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
12 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
13 THI EY 001 2 THIMBLE EYELET, 3/4
14 TIE RI 001 24 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
15 TIE RI 002 6 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
16 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
17 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
18 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 28 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC5
DEADEND
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 2/0, 336
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 004 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, DEADEND
3 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
4 CLE TH 001 3 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
5 CNN VG 005 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 2-2/0 10-2/0
6 GRI PR 005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
7 INS CO 002 3 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
8 NUT SL 003 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
9 SHA AN 001 3 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
10 SPA AC 001 3 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
11 TIE RI 001 12 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
12 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 29 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC20
0 TO 5 DEGREE FUSED TAP OFF FRONT OF POLE
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0, 336-336
BOLT PLATE: NONE FOR REFERENCE ONLY

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 30 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC20
MATERIAL LIST FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER
2 BOL MS 020 7 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL DA 002 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8X14
4 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, TRI-MOUNT ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
5 BKT AE 005 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, 14 IN.
6 BKT AE 007 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV, TANGENT/3-PHASE TAP
7 CLE TH 001 4 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
8 CNN CP *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
9 CNN CP 004 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 1/0-2/0 1/0-3/0
10 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
11 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
12 CNN VG 005 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 2-2/0 10-2/0
13 COB CO *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
14 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
15 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
16 GRI PR 005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
17 INS VP 001 4 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
18 INS PT 002 5 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
19 INS CO 002 3 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
20 NUT SL 003 7 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
21 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE 5/8
22 PIN IN 003 4 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
23 SHA AN 001 3 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
24 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
25 TIE RI 001 24 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
26 TIE RI 002 6 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
27 WAS RD 004 5 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
28 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 31 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC20-1
0 TO 5 DEGREE FUSED TAP OFF BACK OF POLE
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0, 336-336
BOLT PLATE: NONE FOR REFERENCE ONLY

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 32 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC20-1
MATERIAL LIST FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER
2 BOL MS 020 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL DA 002 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8X14
4 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, TRI-MOUNT ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
5 BKT AE 003 1 BRACKET, ANTI-SWAY, 24 IN. WITH STIRRUP
6 BKT AE 004 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, DEADEND
7 BKT AE 006 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV 24 IN.
8 CLE TH 001 4 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 18,000 LBS.
9 CNN CP *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
10 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 1/0-2/0
11 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
12 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 10-2
13 CNN VG 005 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 2-2/0 10-2/0
14 COB CO *** 18 GENERAL CODE FOR CONDUCTOR
15 COB CO 028 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
16 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
17 GRI PR 005 1 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
18 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5KV
19 INS CO 002 3 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
20 NUT SL 003 6 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
21 SCW LA 002 1 SCREW, LAG, 1/2X4
22 SHA AN 001 4 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 25,000 LBS.
23 SPA AC 001 7 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
24 TIE RI 001 27 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
25 TIE RI 002 3 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
26 WAS RD 004 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
27 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 33 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

KC22
0 TO 5 DEGREE CROSS
OPTIONS: 2-2, 1/0-2, 1/0-1/0, 2/0-2, 2/0-1/0, 2/0-2/0, 336-2, 336-1/0, 336-2/0, 336-336
BOLT PLATE: NONE FOR REFERENCE ONLY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT AE 001 1 BRACKET, AERIAL CABLE, DEADEND
3 CNN CP *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR
4 CNN CP 004 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY,
5 CNN VG 006 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 1/0-4/0 10-4/0
6 GRI PR 005 2 GRIP, PREFORMED, 7 NO. 7 AW
7 INS PT 002 3 INSULATOR, PIN TYPE, 35KV, POLYETHYLENE
8 NUT SL 003 2 LOCKNUT, SQUARE M-F 5/8
9 NUT TE 001 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 5/8, SINGLE EYE
10 NUT TE 002 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 3/4, SINGLE EYE
11 PIN IN 003 3 PIN, SHORT SHANK INSULATOR, 15/35KV, 3/4X7
12 SPA AC 001 6 SPACER, AERIAL CABLE, 35KV W/O TIES
13 TIE RI 001 24 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR INSULATOR
14 TIE RI 02 3 TIE RING, AERIAL CABLE FOR SPACER
15 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
16 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
`

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

AERIAL CABLE
III. 4. - Page 34 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CONTAMINATED ENVIRONMENT
INTRODUCTION
1. The Contaminated Environment construction standards are identical to the Fiberglass
Construction, except for cutouts, transformers, and transformer secondary connectors.
Contaminated Environment cutouts (CUT OT 006) provide increased leakage distance by way
of longer insulators. Contaminated Environment transformers (TRA CO 001-006) have longer
bushings. Contaminated Environment transformer secondary connectors (CNN TS 009 for
75kV transformers and under) are a rubber molded version of the standard multi-tap connector.
2. For this reason, no plates are included in this section. Adding the suffix C to any plate that
includes cutouts and/or transformers will provide the proper material. Some examples include
DGAC, DUAC, and F1C.
3. For plates that do not include transformers or cutouts, the fiberglass construction standard
plates should be applied.
4. FUS HO 046 is the 100A replacement barrel for contaminated environment cutouts that require
longer barrels (18.25”) and should be itemized individually when needed.
5. The ABB triangular shaped cutout is now approved for contaminated environment which
provides increased leakage distance without requiring a longer fuse barrel. Standard 14.75”
barrels shall be installed in this cutout.
6. Contaminated Environment standards shall be followed in areas including but not limited to:
All poles to the east of and on the east side of San Pablo Rd.
Hecksher Dr. on the water
Blount Island
Black Hammock Island
Broward Rd.
U.S. 17 North of Yellow Bluff Rd.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

CONTAMINATED ENVIRONMENT
III. 5. - Page 1 of 1
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
INTRODUCTION
1. The Single-Phase Standard was developed to lower JEA’s costs by allowing primary
construction on a 40-foot wood pole. However, there are limitations to the use of this
standard when installed on a 40-foot wood pole. If there is any question that the pole cannot
accommodate every limitation, a taller wood pole should be used. The only exception to this
is when a 40-foot wood pole is used underneath a transmission line. The limitations are as
follows
I.1.1. The 40-foot wood pole shall be used for single-phase construction only.
I.1.2. The pole shall be built on private property only.
I.1.3. The pole is rated for transformers 50kVA and smaller only.
I.1.4. Installations shall be for areas where no joint use attachments are foreseen.
I.1.5. The pole is rated for conductors 1/0 or smaller.
I.1.6. The pole shall never be used alongside a main road.
I.1.7. Its use shall be limited to four spans.
I.1.8. Installations shall be for areas where it is anticipated there will not be an increase in
system load requiring future additional phases or equipment.
2. The drawings for transformer installations are for illustration only. Use the standard
transformer plates (DGA, RGA, etc.) to receive the proper material depending on the system
voltage. However, remember the transformer size limitation if installed on the 40-foot wood
pole.
3. Because of similar material used, standards are shown in this Section that can be found
elsewhere in the OH Standards Book. However, they are shown installed on the 40-foot
wood pole
4. The pole-top bracket used for this standard requires 8-inch bolt spacing for attachment to the
pole. The 40-foot wood pole is pre-drilled to accommodate this spacing, but if installed on
any other pole, drilling will be required.
5. The pole-top bracket and insulator assembly can also be found in the Sub-Structure Section
for custom plating applications.
6. Bolt locations are shown on the drawings within a box. The value is the distance from the
bottom of the pole roof. A “B” before the number means the material is installed on the
birthmark face of the pole. Numbers within a circle correspond to the material listed in the
tables.

Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 1 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SP1
TANGENT – 0 TO 10 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
2 BKT IN 005 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR, POLETOP
3 COB TW 005 6 CONDUCTOR, #4 SD AL. TIE WIRE
4 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
5 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
6 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 2 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SP2
10 TO 30 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BKT IN 005 2 BRACKET, INSULATOR, POLETOP
3 COB TW 005 12 CONDUCTOR, #4 SD AL. TIE WIRE
4 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
5 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
6 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 3 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SP3
CROSS
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 035 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BKT IN 005 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR, POLE-TOP
4 BKT IN 007 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR STANDOFF 6IN.
5 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMPRESSION CONNECTOR
6 COB AA *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. CONDUCTOR
7 COB TW 005 6 CONDUCTOR, #4 SD AL. TIE WIRE
8 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
9 STU LI 001 2 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD- 3/4 DIA.X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
10 TIE PR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
11 WAS RD 005 10 WASHER, ROUND, 2 INCH, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 4 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SP4
TANGENT WITH SINGLE-PHASE TAP
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X12
3 BKT IN 005 1 BRACKET, INSULATOR, POLETOP
4 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
5 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMPRESSION CONNECTOR
6 COB TW 005 6 CONDUCTOR, #4 SD AL. TIE WIRE
7 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
8 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR, POST 34.5KV
9 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE 3/4
10 STU LI 001 1 STUD, LINE POST 3/4 HEAD - 3/4 DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
11 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 5 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DA4-5
60 TO 90 DEGREE CORNER – SHOWN ON 40 FOOT POLE STANDARD
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 CLA SS *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
3 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMPRESSION CONNECTOR
4 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEAD-END, POLYMER 27KV
5 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE 3/4
12 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 6 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGA, DGA, OR WGA


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – DEAD-END – 40 FOOT WOOD POLE
OPTIONS: 15, 25, 50
BOLT PLATE: NONE

This page has not been updated with


the multi-tap secondary connectors
and the animal guarding system, but
the plate will provide the proper
material. See the Transformers
section.

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
4 BKT AC 001 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, POLE MOUNTED
5 CAI RH *** 22 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
6 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
7 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
9 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
10 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
11 TRA CG *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
12 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
13 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
14 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
15 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 7 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGA, DGA, OR WGA


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – TANGENT – 40 FOOT WOOD POLE
OPTIONS: 15, 25, 50
BOLT PLATE: NONE

This page has not been updated with


the multi-tap secondary connectors
and the animal guarding system, but
the plate will provide the proper
material. See the Transformers
section.

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
4 BKT AC 001 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, POLE MOUNTED
5 CAI RH *** 22 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
6 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
7 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
9 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
10 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
11 TRA CG *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
12 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
13 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
14 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
15 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: June 12, 2006 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

SINGLE-PHASE STANDARD
III. 6. - Page 8 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


INTRODUCTION
1. Capacitors come in several standard sizes. All banks used on the 26.4kV distribution system
are constructed with different quantities of individual 200kVAR capacitors. For example, a
600kVAR bank is made up of three capacitors and a 1200kVAR bank is made up of six
capacitors. Capacitor banks used on the 4kV distribution system may include either
50kVAR, 100kVAR, or 150kVAR capacitors depending on the size of the bank. However, all
units that make up the bank will be the same size (i.e. all 50’s, 100’s, or 150’s).
2. Jumper pins, where required, are included with each plate.
3. The cutout and arrester bracket will always mount behind the lowest phase regardless if
multiple phases are present. For horizontal construction, the bracket will always be 40
inches below the crossarm attachment bolt.
4. Note: Install capacitor banks in a location that has access on both the field and street-side of
the pole. Do not install banks where there is heavy tree growth, ditches, or steep slopes that
would impede the access to the structure by a 35 foot trouble truck.
5. The plate suffixes F, S, and SN stand for “Fixed”, “Switched”, and “Switched Neutral”.
6. These drawings and item listings have not been updated to include the animal guarding
system, but the proper material is included in the plating.
7. Although the plates are not shown, the fiberglass construction plates are available. Example:
YDC-6SF.

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 1 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YDC-6S
600KVAR BANK – 26.4KV SYSTEM – SWITCHED

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 2 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YDC-6S
600KVAR BANK – 26.4KV SYSTEM – SWITCHED
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
5 CAP BA 002 1 CAPACITOR BANK, 600kVAR, FIXED, FOR USE ON 26.4kV
6 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
9 FUS OH 014 3 FUSE LINK, TYPE K, 15 AMP
10 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
11 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 3 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YDC-12S
1200KVAR BANK – 26.4KV SYSTEM – SWITCHED

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 4 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YDC-12S
1200KVAR BANK – 26.4KV SYSTEM – SWITCHED
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
5 CAP BA 001 1 CAPACITOR BANK, 1200kVAR, SWITCHED, FOR USE ON 26.4kV
6 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
9 FUS OH 016 3 FUSE LINK, TYPE K, 25 AMP
10 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
11 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 5 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YDC-12SN
1200KVAR BANK – 26.4KV SYSTEM – SWITCHED NEUTRAL

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 6 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YDC-12SN
1200KVAR BANK – 26.4KV SYSTEM – SWITCHED NEUTRAL
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
5 CAP BA 003 1 CAPACITOR BANK, 1200kVAR, SWITCHED NEUTRAL, FOR USE ON 26.4kV
6 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
9 FUS OH 016 3 FUSE LINK, TYPE K, 25 AMP
10 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
11 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 7 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YRC-1.5
150KVAR BANK – 4KV SYSTEM

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 8 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YRC-1.5
150KVAR BANK – 4KV SYSTEM
OPTIONS: F, S, SN
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
5 CAP BA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 4kV CAPACITOR BANK
6 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 50 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
9 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR K-LINK FUSE
10 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
11 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 9 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YRC-3
300KVAR BANK – 4KV SYSTEM

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 10 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YRC-3
300KVAR BANK – 4KV SYSTEM
OPTIONS: F, S, SN
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
5 CAP BA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 4kV CAPACITOR BANK
6 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 50 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CUT OT X01 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
9 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR K-LINK FUSE
10 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
11 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 11 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YRC-6
600KVAR BANK – 4KV SYSTEM

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 12 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

YRC-6
600KVAR BANK – 4KV SYSTEM
OPTIONS: F, S, SN
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
5 CAP BA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR 4kV CAPACITOR BANK
6 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 50 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
8 CUT OT X01 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
9 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR K-LINK FUSE
10 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
11 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 13 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

REG2
200 AMP VOLTAGE REGULATOR – 26.4KV SYSTEM

LOAD

SOURCE

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 14 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

REG2
200 AMP VOLTAGE REGULATOR – 26.4KV SYSTEM
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
2 BKT AC 003 6 BRACKET, CROSSARM MOUNTING CUTOUTS-ARRESTERS
3 BKT RG 001 1 BRACKET, 18’ REGULATOR PLATFORM W/ BYPASS SWITCH CHANNEL(S)
4 BOL DA 004 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8 X 18
5 BOL MS 031 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X4
6 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
7 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
8 BOL MS 037 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
9 BOL MS 038 13 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
10 BOL MS 039 13 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X20
11 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS
12 CLA SS *** 8 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
13 COB AA *** 120 GENERAL CODE FOR PRIMARY CONDUCTOR
14 COB AA *** 60 GENERAL CODE FOR NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR
15 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
16 COB TW 005 50 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE, 4 AAC
18 CNN ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR PRIMARY CONNECTOR
19 CNN CP *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR NEUTRAL CONNECTOR
20 CNN TE *** 12 GENERAL CODE FOR TERMINAL CONNECTOR
21 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
22 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, DEAD-END, 34.5KV
23 INS ST 002 5 INSULATOR, SPOOL TYPE, WHITE
24 INS VP 001 6 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
25 LIK EX 001 3 LINK, EXTENSION, 18,000LB.
26 NUT PG 500 12 1/2”-13 NUT
27 REG VO 001 3 REGULATOR, VOLTAGE, 200A, 150KV BIL
28 SCW LA 005 24 SCREW, LAG, 1/4” X 2”
29 SCW HG 525 12 SCREW, 1/2”-13 X 4”, HEX HEAD CAP, PLATE
30 SWE RB 001 3 SWITCH, REGULATOR BYPASS, 27KV
31 STP ST 002 12 STRAP, CONDUIT, 1 HOLE, 3/4”
32 STU LI 003 6 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4” HEAD- 3/4” DIA. X 7” SHANK
33 WAS RD 003 12 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/8 IN. DIA., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
34 WAS RD 004 15 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
35 WAS RD 005 36 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
36 WAS SF 001 12 WASHER, SQUARE FLAT, 2 IN., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
37 WAS SF 003 48 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
38 WAS SL 001 12 WASHER, SPLIT LOCK, FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
39 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 15 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

REG4
418 AMP VOLTAGE REGULATOR – 26.4KV SYSTEM

LOAD

SOURCE

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 16 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

REG4
418 AMP VOLTAGE REGULATOR – 26.4KV SYSTEM
OPTIONS: 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
2 BKT AC 003 6 BRACKET, CROSSARM MOUNTING CUTOUTS-ARRESTERS
3 BKT RG 002 1 BRACKET, 22’ REGULATOR PLATFORM W/ BYPASS SWITCH CHANNEL(S)
4 BOL DA 004 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8 X 18
5 BOL MS 031 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X4
6 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
7 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
8 BOL MS 037 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
9 BOL MS 038 18 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
10 BOL MS 039 18 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X20
11 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS
12 CLA SS *** 8 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
13 COB AA *** 120 GENERAL CODE FOR PRIMARY CONDUCTOR
14 COB AA *** 60 GENERAL CODE FOR NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR
15 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
16 COB TW 005 50 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE, 4 AAC
18 CNN ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR PRIMARY CONNECTOR
19 CNN CP *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR NEUTRAL CONNECTOR
20 CNN TE *** 12 GENERAL CODE FOR TERMINAL CONNECTOR
21 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
22 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, DEAD-END, 34.5KV
23 INS ST 002 5 INSULATOR, SPOOL TYPE, WHITE
24 INS VP 001 6 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
25 LIK EX 001 3 LINK, EXTENSION, 18,000LB.
26 NUT PG 500 12 1/2”-13 NUT
27 REG VO 002 3 REGULATOR, VOLTAGE, 418A/833KVA, 150KV BIL
28 SCW LA 005 24 SCREW, LAG, 1/4” X 2”
29 SCW HG 525 12 SCREW, 1/2”-13 X 4”, HEX HEAD CAP, PLATE
30 SWE RB 001 3 SWITCH, REGULATOR BYPASS, 27KV
31 STP ST 002 12 STRAP, CONDUIT, 1 HOLE, 3/4”
32 STU LI 003 6 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4” HEAD- 3/4” DIA. X 7” SHANK
33 WAS RD 003 12 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/8 IN. DIA., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
34 WAS RD 004 15 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
35 WAS RD 005 36 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
36 WAS SF 001 12 WASHER, SQUARE FLAT, 2 IN., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
37 WAS SF 003 48 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
38 WAS SL 001 12 WASHER, SPLIT LOCK, FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
39 WAS SP 002 5 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 17 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VOLTAGE REGULATOR – 26.4KV SYSTEM

Revised: October 1, 2010 Revised By: JAM Approved By: RHS

REGULATORS & CAPACITORS


IV. 1. - Page 18 of 18
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TRANSFORMERS
INTRODUCTION
1. This section shows different configurations of one, two, and three-phase transformers for the
4kV, 13.2kV, and 26.4kV primary systems used by JEA.
2. On one, two, and three-phase vertical structures, the cutout/arrester bracket shall always be
mounted behind the bottom phase even if the lowest phase is not present. The top
transformer bolt will always be 54 inches below the top bolt of the cutout/arrester bracket.
3. For horizontal construction, the cutout/arrester bracket shall always be mounted 43 inches
below the crossarm mounting bolt. For step-down application, the second crossarm shall
always be 54 inches below the top transformer bolt.
4. Jumper pin locations are listed in a table within this section and must be used to support
primary jumpers. Call for the sub-structures as indicated in the table.
5. Caution shall be observed if installing a streetlight with the 8’ rise bracket on poles with
100kVA or larger transformers. No other equipment shall be mounted on the same pole with
a transformer. Standard clearances will be strictly observed when mounting streetlights and
taking primary taps from the same pole.
6. Transformers installed on structures utilizing aerial cable should be treated as if it was bare
primary. No special plates are required.
7. Listed below are the general rules and allowable exceptions for transformer installations:
1. No three-phase corner poles or three-phase tap poles will have transformers installed on
them.
2. On a 90 degree single-phase 45 foot corner pole, with primary mounted in the A phase
position, the cutout/arrester bracket for a transformer may be installed in the B phase position
and still have 54 inches of clearance to the transformer. A 12’ guy breaker will be used at the
cutout and arrester bracket on the line side.
3. On a single-phase tap pole, the lateral fuse cutout can be installed with the transformer
cutout, provided they are on opposite sides of the pole.
4. On a three-phase tangent pole, A and B phase may be tapped, with a single-phase
transformer installed on the same pole, provided the transformer is tapped off C phase.
Transformers should not be installed on poles with other equipment such as group switches,
reclosers, capacitors, etc. In general, there are no exceptions to the above criteria. The idea
that a structure can be physically constructed should not diminish the fact that it may lead to
an unsafe condition. Again, if unusual or nonstandard framing is required, the engineer
should always review the design with his/her Manager, the appropriate Standards engineer,
and the proper C&M personnel before releasing the job to construction.
8. Hot-line clamps are not part of the transformer plates and must be plated separately.
9. Plate options are listed on each page in the upper left-hand corner of each construction
standard.
10. For proper energizing and de-energizing procedures when working with closed-delta
transformer banks, refer to the end of this chapter. This procedure also addresses the
application and installation of a temporary grounding switch for nuisance banks.

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 1 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

11. Secondary Downleads shall no longer be utilized for all transformer installations, but the
copper RHW cable is still used for tying secondaries. Plates for 10, 15, 25 & 50 kVA
transformers include the CNNTS007 multi-tap connectors. Plates for 75, 100 & 167 kVA
transformers include the CNNTS006 four-hole NEMA pad connector with the terminal
hardware kit BOLTE001.
12. Three “NEW” options have been added to the transformer plates. For single-phase
transformer plates, options have been added to provide 240/480V transformers. For three-
phase transformer plates, options have been added to supply 120/208V or 277/480V
transformers. See the following examples:
I.12.1. DGA*50/480 = 26.4kV, 1, 50kVA transformer, 240/480V
I.12.2. DGC*50/208 = 26.4kV, 3 bank, 3-50kVA transformers, 120/208V
I.12.3. RGC*75/480 = 4kV, 3 bank, 3-75kVA transformers, 277/480V

NOTE: Only plates DGC*25/208, DGC*50/208, and DGC*75/208, supply transformers that
have already had their secondary internal taps changed to provide 208V. All other
208 transformer options must have their internal taps changed in the field or prior to
issue by the storeroom.
13. The plates have been updated with the new animal guarding system. The #4 covered
copper (CAI RH 010) is used for all jumpers. The bushing cover (GUA AN 002) is mounted
around the top skirt of the transformer and arrester bushings. The cutout guard (GUA AN
006) is installed on the top of each cutout.
14. Transformer 50kVA and below require 5/8” bolts. Transformers 75kVA and above require
3/4” bolts.

MULTI-TAP INSTALLATION

Tie one secondary neutral to the mainline neutral and then continue that secondary neutral to the multi-tap
connector.
Tie the remaining secondary neutrals directly to the multi-tap connector.
Take one continuous piece of #4 solid copper and run it from the multi-tap connector to the tank ground then to
the pole ground.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 2 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

JUMPER PIN LOCATION TABLE

* Indicates hole must be field drilled

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 3 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TRANSFORMER WIRING DIAGRAM

SINGLE-PHASE CONNECTION
120/240 VOLT, 1-PHASE, 3-WIRE SERVICE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 4 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TRANSFORMER WIRING DIAGRAM

OPEN-WYE, OPEN-DELTA CONNECTION


120/240 VOLT, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE SERVICE

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 5 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TRANSFORMER WIRING DIAGRAM

UNGROUNDED WYE-DELTA CONNECTION


120/240 VOLT, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE SERVICE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 6 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TRANSFORMER WIRING DIAGRAM

GROUNDED WYE, GROUNDED WYE CONNECTION


120/208 VOLT, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE SERVICE

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 7 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TRANSFORMER WIRING DIAGRAM

GROUNDED WYE, GROUNDED WYE CONNECTION


277/480 VOLT, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE SERVICE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 8 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TRANSFORMER WIRING DIAGRAM

FOR REFERENCE ONLY

UNGROUNDED WYE-DELTA CONNECTION


240/480 VOLT, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE SERVICE

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 9 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – 4kV
OPTIONS: 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 167, 25/480, 50/480, 75/480
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ARR LI 001 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 3kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 009 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
3 BOL MS *** 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14 OR 3/4X14
4 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
5 CAI RH 010 25 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
6 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. – 10-2 SOL.
8 COB CO 028 4 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
9 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
10 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
11 GUA AN 002 2 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
12 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
13 TRA ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
14 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
15 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
18 CNNTS007 3
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
18 CNNTS006 3
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
19 BOLTE001 12 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 10 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – 4kV

12

1 2
9
MOUNT CUTOUTS IN THE
5 SAME DIRECTION OR
PLANE AS THEPRIMARY 18
CONDUCTOR.

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 11 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGBF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TWO-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 4kV
OPTIONS: 10-10, 15-10, 15-15, 25-10, 25-15, 25-25, 50-10, 50-15, 50-25, 50-50, 75-10, 75-15,
75-25, 75-50, 75-75, 100-10, 100-15, 100-25, 100-50, 100-75, 100-100, 167-10, 167-
15, 167-25, 167-50, 167-75, 167-100, 167-167
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 3kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 010 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BKT TM 001 2 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
4 BOL MS 015 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
5 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
6 BOL MS *** 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8 X 14 OR 3/4X14
7 CAI RH *** 10 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
8 CAI RH 010 30 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
9 CLA TG 001 2 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
10 CNN VG 003 4 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. – 10-2 SOL.
11 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
12 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
13 FUS OH *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK

14 GUA AN 002 4 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
15 GUA AN 006 2 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
16 TRA ** *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
17 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
18 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
20 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
21 CNNTS007 5
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
21 CNNTS006 5
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
22 BOLTE001 20 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 12 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGBF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TWO-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 4kV

15

1
12
2

21

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 13 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGCF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 4kV
OPTIONS: 167-167, 167-100, 167-75, 167-50, 167-25, 100-100, 100-75, 100-50, 100-25, 75-75,
75-50, 75-25, 50-50, 50-25, 25-25, 25/208, 50/208, 75/208, 100/208, 167/208,
50/480, 75/480, 100/480, 167/480
NOTE: 100KVA AND 167KVA TRANSFORMERS MUST HAVE THEIR INTERNAL
SECONDARY TAPS CHANGED IN THE FIELD TO PROVIDE 208 VOLTAGE.
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 3kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BKT AC 008 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT (FOR CLOSED DELTA)
4 BKT TM 001 3 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
5 BOL MS 015 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
6 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
7 BOL MS *** 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8 X 14 OR 3/4X14
8 CAI RH *** 20 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
9 CAI RH 010 45 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
10 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
11 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
12 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
13 CUT OT 004 4 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV (4TH FOR CLOSED DELTA)
14 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
15 FUS OH 007 1 FUSE LINK, 40T (FOR CLOSED DELTA GROUNDING SWITCH)
16 GUA AN 002 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
17 GUA AN 006 3 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
18 TRA ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
19 WAS RD 004 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
20 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
21 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
22 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
23 CNNTS007 7
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
23 CNNTS006 7
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
24 BOLTE001 28 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 14 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RGCF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 4kV

17

1
13
2

23

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 15 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WGAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – 13.2kV
OPTIONS: 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 167, 25/480, 50/480, 75/480
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ARR LI 002 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 10kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 009 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
3 BOL MS *** 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14 OR 3/4X14
4 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
5 CAI RH 010 25 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
6 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. – 10-2 SOL.
8 COB CO 028 4 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
9 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
10 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
11 GUA AN 002 2 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
12 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
13 TRA ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
14 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
15 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
18 CNNTS007 3
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
18 CNNTS006 3
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
19 BOLTE001 12 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 16 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WGAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – 13.2kV

12

1
2
11 9
MOUNT CUTOUTS IN THE
5 SAME DIRECTION OR
PLANE AS THE PRIMARY 18
CONDUCTOR.

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 17 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WGBF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TWO-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 13.2kV
OPTIONS: 10-10, 15-10, 15-15, 25-10, 25-15, 25-25, 50-10, 50-15, 50-25, 50-50, 75-10, 75-15,
75-25, 75-50, 75-75, 100-10, 100-15, 100-25, 100-50, 100-75, 100-100, 167-10, 167-
15, 167-25, 167-50, 167-75, 167-100, 167-167
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 002 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 10kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 010 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BKT TM 001 2 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
4 BOL MS 015 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
5 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
6 BOL MS *** 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8 X 14 OR 3/4X14
7 CAI RH *** 10 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
8 CAI RH 010 30 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
9 CLA TG 001 2 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
10 CNN VG 003 4 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. – 10-2 SOL.
11 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
12 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
13 FUS OH *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
14 GUA AN 002 4 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
15 GUA AN 006 2 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
16 TRA ** *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
17 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
18 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
20 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
21 CNNTS007 5
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
21 CNNTS006 5
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
22 BOLTE001 20 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 18 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WGBF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TWO-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 13.2kV

15

1
12
2

21

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 19 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WGCF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 13.2kV
OPTIONS: 167-167, 167-100, 167-75, 167-50, 167-25, 100-100, 100-75, 100-50, 100-25, 75-75,
75-50, 75-25, 50-50, 50-25, 25-25, 25/208, 50/208, 75/208, 100/208, 167/208,
50/480, 75/480, 100/480, 167/480
NOTE: 100KVA AND 167KVA TRANSFORMERS MUST HAVE THEIR INTERNAL
SECONDARY TAPS CHANGED IN THE FIELD TO PROVIDE 208 VOLTAGE.
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 002 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 10kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BKT AC 008 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT (FOR CLOSED DELTA)
4 BKT TM 001 3 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
5 BOL MS 015 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
6 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
7 BOL MS *** 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8 X 14 OR 3/4X14
8 CAI RH *** 20 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
9 CAI RH 010 45 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
10 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
11 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
12 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
13 CUT OT 004 4 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV (4TH FOR CLOSED DELTA)
14 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
15 FUS OH 007 1 FUSE LINK, 40T (FOR CLOSED DELTA GROUNDING SWITCH)
16 GUA AN 002 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
17 GUA AN 006 3 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
18 TRA ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
19 WAS RD 004 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
20 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
21 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
22 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
23 CNNTS007 7
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
23 CNNTS006 7
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
24 BOLTE001 28 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 20 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WGCF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 13.2kV

17

1
13
2

23

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 21 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – 26.4kV
OPTIONS: 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 167, 25/480, 50/480, 75/480
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ARR LI 003 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 009 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
3 BOL MS *** 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14 OR 3/4X14
4 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
5 CAI RH 010 20 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
6 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. – 10-2 SOL.
8 COB CO 028 4 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
9 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
10 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
11 GUA AN 002 2 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
12 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
13 TRA ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
14 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
15 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
18 CNNTS007 3
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
18 CNNTS006 3
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
19 BOLTE001 12 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 22 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE-PHASE TRANSFORMER – 26.4kV

12

1
2
11 9
5
MOUNT CUTOUTS IN THE
SAME DIRECTION OR 18
PLANE AS THE PRIMARY
CONDUCTOR.

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 23 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGBF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TWO-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4kV
OPTIONS: 10-10, 15-10, 15-15, 25-10, 25-15, 25-25, 50-10, 50-15, 50-25, 50-50, 75-10, 75-15,
75-25, 75-50, 75-75, 100-10, 100-15, 100-25, 100-50, 100-75, 100-100, 167-10, 167-
15, 167-25, 167-50, 167-75, 167-100, 167-167
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 010 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BKT TM 001 2 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
4 BOL MS 015 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
5 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
6 BOL MS *** 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8 X 14 OR 3/4X14
7 CAI RH *** 10 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
8 CAI RH 010 40 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
9 CLA TG 001 2 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
10 CNN VG 003 4 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. – 10-2 SOL.
11 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
12 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
13 FUS OH *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
14 GUA AN 002 4 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
15 GUA AN 006 2 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
16 TRA ** *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
17 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
18 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
20 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
21 CNNTS007 5
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
21 CNNTS006 5
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
22 BOLTE001 20 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 24 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGBF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TWO-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4kV

15

1
12
2

21

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 25 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGCF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4kV
OPTIONS: 167-167, 167-100, 167-75, 167-50, 167-25, 100-100, 100-75, 100-50, 100-25, 75-75,
75-50, 75-25, 50-50, 50-25, 25-25, 25/208, 50/208, 75/208, 100/208, 167/208,
50/480, 75/480, 100/480, 167/480
NOTE: 100KVA AND 167KVA TRANSFORMERS MUST HAVE THEIR INTERNAL
SECONDARY TAPS CHANGED IN THE FIELD TO PROVIDE 208 VOLTAGE.
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21kV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 BKT AC 010 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 BKT AC 008 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT (FOR CLOSED DELTA)
4 BKT TM 001 3 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
5 BOL MS 015 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
6 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
7 BOL MS *** 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8 X 14 OR 3/4X14
8 CAI RH *** 20 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
9 CAI RH 010 60 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
10 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
11 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
12 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
13 CUT OT 004 4 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV (4TH FOR CLOSED DELTA)
14 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
15 FUS OH 007 1 FUSE LINK, 40T (FOR CLOSED DELTA GROUNDING SWITCH)
16 GUA AN 002 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
17 GUA AN 006 3 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
18 TRA ** *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
19 WAS RD 004 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
20 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
21 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
22 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
FOR 10, 15, 25, AND 50 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
23 CNNTS007 7
INHIBITOR ¾” STUD, RANGE: 10 – 500, 6 PORTS
OR FOR 75, 100, AND 167 KVA TRANSFORMERS
CONNECTOR, TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SET SCREW TYPE WITH
23 CNNTS006 7
INHIBITOR, 4-HOLE NEMA, RANGE: 10 – 500, 3 PORTS
AND
24 BOLTE001 28 BOLT; TERMINAL KIT; ½” X 2” BOLT, WASHERS, AND NUT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 26 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGCF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4kV

17

1
13
2

23

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 27 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGRA
SINGLE-PHASE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER – 26.4KV TO 4KV
OPTIONS: 50, 75, 100, 167, 250
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 3KV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 ARR LI 003 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
3 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
4 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
5 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
6 CAI RH *** 22 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER RHW CABLE
7 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
8 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
9 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
10 CUT OT X01 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
11 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
12 FUS OH *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
13 TRA SB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
14 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
15 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 28 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGRA
SINGLE-PHASE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER – 26.4KV TO 4KV

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 29 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGRB
TWO-PHASE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4KV TO 4KV
OPTIONS: 50, 75, 100, 167, 250
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 3KV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 ARR LI 003 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
3 BOL MS 015 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
4 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
6 BKT AC 003 8 BRACKET, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT, CROSSARM MOUNTING
7 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
8 BKT TM 001 2 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
9 CLA TG 001 2 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
10 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
11 CNN VG 003 4 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
12 CUT OT X01 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
13 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
14 FUS OH *** 4 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
15 TRA SB *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
16 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
17 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
18 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 30 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGRB
TWO-PHASE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4KV TO 4KV

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 31 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGRC
THREE-PHASE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4KV TO 4KV
OPTIONS: 50, 75, 100, 167, 250
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 3KV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
2 ARR LI 003 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, 21KV, POLYMER MOV (DIST.)
3 BOL MS 015 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
4 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
5 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
6 BKT AC 003 6 BRACKET, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT, CROSSARM MOUNTING
7 BKT AC 002 1 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
8 BKT TM 001 3 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
9 CLA TG 001 2 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
10 COB CO 028 60 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
11 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
12 CUT OT X01 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
13 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
14 FUS OH *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR FUSE-LINK
15 TRA SB *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR TRANSFORMER
16 WAS RD 004 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
17 WAS RD 005 14 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
18 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 32 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DGRC
THREE-PHASE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER BANK – 26.4KV TO 4KV

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 33 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LG2
CONSTANT CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR U.G. STREETLIGHT CIRCUIT
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 24 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4X3/4 IN.
2 ARR LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER
3 BKT AC 003 4 BRACKET, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, CROSSARM MOUNT
4 BKT TM 001 1 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
5 BKT TM 003 2 BRACKET, TRANSFORMER ADAPTER PLATE
6 BOL DA 020 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X24
7 BOL MS 015 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X2
8 BOL MS 037 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
9 BOL MS 038 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
10 BOX SE 001 1 BOX, CONCRETE SECONDARY SERVICE, 17”X28”
11 CAI CL 004 60 CABLE, PRIMARY, 5kV, 8CU
12 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, #6 SOL. - #1 STR.
13 CNN CP 020 2 CONNECTOR, COMPRESSION, CU, 1/0
14 CNN CP 021 2 CONNECTOR, COMPRESSION, CU, #2 STR.
15 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. - 10-2 SOL.
16 CNN WC 003 2 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, 12-10 AWG
17 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
18 COD ST 003 20 CONDUIT, STEEL, 1 IN.
19 COD ST 006 20 CONDUIT, STEEL, 2 IN.
20 COI BW 003 10 WIRE, THWN, 12 SOL. BLACK
21 COI BW 005 10 WIRE, THWN, 12 SOL., WHITE
22 COI BW 021 25 WIRE, THWN, 6 STR., BLACK
23 COI BW 022 25 WIRE, THWN, 6 STR., WHITE
24 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
25 CXA ST 001 3 CROSSARM, STEEL, 5” X 5” X 10’
26 FUS UG 009 1 FUSE, UNDERGROUND, 15A, NON-15
27 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5Kv
28 MET HU 002 1 HUB, CONDUIT, 1 IN., INTERCHANGEABLE
29 STL PC 001 1 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL, ELECTRONIC, 105-130V
30 STL PC 004 1 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL BRACKET
31 STP ST 001 6 STRAP, CONDUIT, STEEL, 1 IN.
32 STP ST 005 6 STRAP, CONDUIT, STEEL, 2 IN.
33 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST
34 TRA SL 001 1 6.6 AMP REGULATED OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
35 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
36 WAS RD 005 23 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
37 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
38 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
39 WEA HE 001 1 WEATHERHEAD, 2 IN.
40 -- 1 CURRENT TRANSFORMER

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 34 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LG2 (CONTINUED)
CONSTANT CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR U.G. STREETLIGHT CIRCUITN
(CONTINUED)
41 -- 1 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
42 -- 20FT 1 INCH EMT
43 -- 1 FS BOX
44 -- 3 1 INCH SEALTITE STRAIGHT CONNECTOR
45 -- 1 1 INCH SEALTITE 45 DEGREE CONNECTOR
46 -- 8FT 3/8 IN. THREADED ROD
47 -- 8 3/8 IN. NUTS
48 -- 8 3/8 IN. WASHERS
49 -- 1 1 INCH EMT COUPLING
50 -- 2 1 INCH EMT CONNECTORS
51 -- 12FT CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
52 -- 4FT CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #6 SOFT DRAWN
53 -- 1 SINGLE GANG METER CAN
54 -- 1 4-POLE TEST BLOCK
55 -- 2 C.T. TERMINAL CONNECTORS
56 -- 6 1 IN. PIPE STRAPS
57 -- 8FT KINDORF OR UNISTRUT CHANNEL

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 35 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LG2
CONSTANT CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR U.G. STREETLIGHT CIRCUIT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 36 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LG2
CONSTANT CURRENT TRANSFORMER FOR U.G. STREETLIGHT CIRCUIT

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 37 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SWITCHING UNGROUNDED CLOSED-DELTA TRANSFORMER BANKS


INTRODUCTION

The ungrounded Closed-Delta transformer connection is used by the JEA to provide 240 volt delta secondary
service. The primary neutral is not grounded to avoid zero-sequence current flow into the bank due to
primary feeder voltage imbalance or faults. This procedure is to be followed on all JEA primary voltages.

DISCUSSION

Ferroresonance and extremely light transformer loading are the general major causes of transformer and
arrester failures when energizing Closed-Delta banks. Temporarily grounding the high-side neutral will limit
the over-voltage which may occur due to ferroresonance, but will not limit over-voltages due to open phases
on the line-side of the bank. Over-voltages due to transformer loading can be reduced by properly switching
the lighting transformer and power transformers. Larger Closed-Delta banks usually do not experience any
problems with ferroresonance.

The following types or scenarios for Closed-Delta banks are covered in this Standards Bulletin:

*Banks with all transformers 75kVA or larger


*Banks with any transformer less than 75kVA
Type 1 - (new location)
Type 2 - (power transformer fuse blown, no grounding switch)
Type 3 - (lighting transformer fuse blown, no grounding switch)
Type 4 - (no fuse blown, no grounding switch)
Type 5 - (power transformer fuse blown, grounding switch present)
Type 6 - (lighting transformer fuse blown, grounding switch present)
Type 7 - (no fuse blown, grounding switch present)

SWITCHING PROCEDURE

Banks with all transformers 75kVA or larger

Energization - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

De-energization - De-energize the lighting transformer first and then the power transformers.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 38 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards
Banks with any transformers less than 75kVA

Type 1 - (new location)

Step 1 - A 150kV BIL cutout shall be permanently installed on the side of the pole opposite to the
lighting transformer to be used for temporarily grounding the high-side neutral. The cutout shall
be mounted using the bracket BKT AC 007 and #4 CU for the jumpers from the cutout to the high-
side neutral and the pole ground. Connection of the jumpers to each shall be made using the
connector CNN VG 003, and within 12 inches of the H2 bushing closest to the grounding switch, on
the floating neutral, for the line side jumper.

Step 2 - Install a 40T or larger fuse-link in the cutout barrel and close it in to ground the high-side
neutral.

Step 3 - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

Step 4 - After all three transformers have been energized, the barrel of the cutout temporarily
grounding the high-side neutral MUST be removed and stored on the pole in a suitable location that
is safe to personnel for future access and from hazard to other JEA equipment.

Type 2 - (power transformer fuse blown, no grounding switch)

Step 1 - De-energize the lighting transformer first and then the remaining power transformer.

Step 2 - A 150kV BIL cutout shall be permanently installed on the side of the pole opposite to the
lighting transformer to be used for temporarily grounding the high-side neutral. The cutout shall
be mounted using the bracket BKT AC 007 and #4 CU for the jumpers from the cutout to the high-
side neutral and the pole ground. Connection of the jumpers to each shall be made using the
connector CNN VG 003, and within 12 inches of the H2 bushing closest to the grounding switch, on
the floating neutral, for the line side jumper.

Step 3 - Install a 40T or larger fuse-link in the cutout barrel and close it in to ground the high-side
neutral.

Step 4 - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

Step 5 - After all three transformers have been energized, the barrel of the cutout temporarily
grounding the high-side neutral MUST be removed and stored on the pole in a suitable location that
is safe to personnel for future access and from hazard to other JEA equipment.

Type 3 - (lighting transformer fuse blown, no grounding switch)

Step 1 - De-energize the remaining power transformers.

Step 2 - A 150kV BIL cutout shall be permanently installed on the side of the pole opposite to the
lighting transformer to be used for temporarily grounding the high-side neutral. The cutout shall
be mounted using the bracket BKT AC 007 and #4 CU for the jumpers from the cutout to the high-
side neutral and the pole ground. Connection of the jumpers to each shall be made using the
connector CNN VG 003, and within 12 inches of the H2 bushing closest to the grounding switch, on
the floating neutral, for the line-side jumper.

Step 3 - Install a 40T or larger fuse-link in the cutout barrel and close it in to ground the high-side
neutral.

Step 4 - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

Step 5 - After all three transformers have been energized, the barrel of the cutout temporarily
grounding the high-side neutral MUST be removed and stored on the pole in a suitable location that
is safe to personnel for future access and from hazard to other JEA equipment.

Revised:January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 39 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards
Type 4 – (no fuses blown, no grounding switch – work is required on bank)

Step 1 - De-energize the lighting transformer first and then the power transformers.

Step 2 - A 150kV BIL cutout shall be permanently installed on the side of the pole opposite to the
lighting transformer to be used for temporarily grounding the high-side neutral. The cutout shall
be mounted using the bracket BKT AC 007 and #4 CU for the jumpers from the cutout to the high-
side neutral and the pole ground. Connection of the jumpers to each shall be made using the
connector CNN VG 003, and within 12 inches of the H2 bushing closest to the grounding switch, on
the floating neutral, for the line side jumper.

Step 3 - Install a 40T or larger fuse-link in the cutout barrel and close it in to ground the high-side
neutral.

Step 4 – Perform required work.

Step 5 - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

Step 6 - After all three transformers have been energized, the barrel of the cutout temporarily
grounding the high-side neutral MUST be removed and stored on the pole in a suitable location that
is safe to personnel for future access and from hazard to other JEA equipment.

Type 5 - (power transformer fuse blown, grounding switch present)

Step 1 - De-energize the lighting transformer first and then the remaining power transformer.

Step 2 - Install a 40T or larger fuse-link in the cutout barrel of the grounding switch and close it in
to ground the high-side neutral.

Step 3 - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

Step 4 - After all three transformers have been energized, the barrel of the cutout temporarily
grounding the high-side neutral MUST be removed and stored on the pole in a suitable location that
is safe to personnel for future access and from hazard to other JEA equipment.

Type 6 - (lighting transformer fuse blown, grounding switch present)

Step 1 - De-energize the remaining power transformers.

Step 2 - Install a 40T or larger fuse-link in the cutout barrel of the grounding switch and close it in
to ground the high-side neutral.

Step 3 - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

Step 4 - After all three transformers have been energized, the barrel of the cutout temporarily
grounding the high-side neutral MUST be removed and stored on the pole in a suitable location that
is safe to personnel for future access and from hazard to other JEA equipment.

Type 7 – (no fuses blown, grounding switch present – work is required on bank)

Step 1 - Install a 40T or larger fuse-link in the cutout barrel and close it in to ground the high-side
neutral.

Step 2 - De-energize the lighting transformer first and then the power transformers.

Step 3 – Perform required work.

Step 4 - Energize the power transformers first and the lighting transformer last.

Step 5 - After all three transformers have been energized, the barrel of the cutout temporarily
grounding the high-side neutral MUST be removed and stored on the pole in a suitable location that
is safe to personnel for future access and from hazard to other JEA equipment.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

TRANSFORMERS
IV. 2. - Page 40 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SWITCHING
INTRODUCTION
1. All group-operated switches installed shall be load-break. The interrupters are now included
with the plates and no longer need to be itemized as in the past. Arresters shall no longer be
mounted on vertical group-operated switches, but on the side of the pole at each phase
location due to arrester failures that have caused the switch itself to flashover.
2. Hook disconnect switches shall be identified using the identification plates GN and GNC.
3. All jumpers to switches shall be aluminum and not copper, unless the primary feeding the
switch is copper. The jumpers shall be of equal size (AWG) as the primary conductors feeding
the switch. Switch plates, both group-operated and hook disconnect, include bolted terminal
connectors that are tin-plated and will accommodate all wire sizes, either CU or AL, used on
the JEA distribution system. Also included with the switch plates, are a bag of stainless steel
terminal bolts and a squeeze bottle of inhibitor. These connectors and bolts shall be used as
the means of making terminations to switches even if a terminal connector supplied by the
switch manufacturer is present. It is also very important that the inhibitor supplied with the
switch plates be used liberally at all connections to minimize oxidation.
4. All group-operated switch handles shall be effectively grounded. The operating pipe shall be
grounded using the grounding strap supplied with the switch. This strap shall be installed on
the pipe near the system neutral and shall be bonded to it. The switch handle shall be
effectively grounded using #4 CU and bonding it to the pole grounding loop found near the
groundline.
5. Where #4 CU jumpers from arresters to aluminum switch jumpers are made, the appropriate
high-strength aluminum alloy hot-line clamp (CLA AR 001, 002, or 003) shall be used. This is
the only application for which these clamps are to be used.
6. As a normal practice, the switch operating handle for group-operated switches should always
be installed on the side of the pole away from the flow of vehicular traffic. However, under
certain circumstances this may not be practical or the best arrangement for the particular
situation.
7. The plate DS1S is to be used for moving the operating pipe of older existing switches to the
side of the pole. It is not necessary for new installations.
8. Included with the vertical group-operated switch are three jumper pin brackets. These brackets
allow a 34.5kV post insulator to be mounted on the switch to be used as a primary conductor

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 1 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

support for large feeder risers. If no risers are present, these brackets are not necessary and
should not be installed on the switch.
9. All switch plates are unshielded. If a shield is required, it must be itemized.
10. Guy breakers (INS GB 002 & 008) and fiberglass extension links (INS FE 001) should be
installed on double deadends of different size conductors
11. Hook and group switches shall be installed on either a 50/2W or 50/HC pole. If this is not
possible due to clearance requirements, a group switch may be installed on a maximum 60 ft
pole.
12. All plates in this section include the pre-crimped aluminum jumper CNN JU 001, which includes
8 ft of 636 AAC crimped to a 2 hole pad. The pad-to-pad connection shall be torqued to 40 ft-
lbs. This assembly replaces the old bolted pad connectors.
13. The ANTENNA plate has been added to the following plates: AS-TSE, AS-TSH

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 2 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS1-5
VERTICAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
3 BKT RP 001 6 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
4 BOL DA 014 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X12
5 BOL DA 015 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
6 BOL DA 016 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
7 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
8 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
9 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
10 CLA AR *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
11 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
12 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - #1 STR.
13 CNN TA *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
14 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
15 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
16 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
17 COB CO 028 25 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
18 INS CO 001 6 34.5KV POLYMER DEADEND INSULATOR
19 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
19 LOC PA 001 1 PADLOCK, ALL BRASS, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK OPENING
20 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE, 3/4
21 SWE GR 002 1 SWITCH, GROUP-OPERATED, 34.5kV, VERTICAL MOUNT
23 WAS RD 005 35 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
24 WAS SF 003 13 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
25 WAS SP 002 16 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 BOL AN 003 6 BOLT, ANCHOR, ROTANIUM, 3/4 IN. X 5-1/2 IN. LONG

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 3 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS1-5
VERTICAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 4 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS1R-5
VERTICAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 26.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
DEADEND
OPTIONS: 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 014 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV, RISER POLE
3 BKT EM 001 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD
4 BKT EM 002 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD (SINGLE)
5 BKT RP 001 3 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
6 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
7 BOL DA 016 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
8 BOL MS 020 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
9 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
10 BOL MS 037 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
11 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
12 CLA AR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
13 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
14 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - #1 STR.
15 CNN TA *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
16 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
17 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
18 COB CO *** 36 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER CONDUCTOR
19 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
20 COB CO 028 16 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
21 GUY AT 004 3 GUY, ATTACHMENT, 20,000 LBS.
22 INS CO 001 3 34.5KV POLYMER DEADEND INSULATOR
23 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
24 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
25 LOC PA 001 1 PADLOCK, ALL BRASS, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK OPENING
26 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE, 3/4
27 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
28 SWE GR 002 1 SWITCH, GROUP-OPERATED, 34.5kV, VERTICAL MOUNT
30 WAS RD 004 5 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
31 WAS RD 005 24 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
32 WAS SF 003 12 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
33 WAS SP 002 12 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
34 BOL AN 003 6 BOLT, ANCHOR, ROTANIUM, 3/4 IN. X 5-1/2 IN. LONG

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 5 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS1R-5
VERTICAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 26.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
DEADEND

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 6 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS1RT-5
VERTICAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 26.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
TANGENT
OPTIONS: 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 014 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV, RISER POLE
3 BKT RP 001 3 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
4 BKT EM 001 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD
5 BKT EM 002 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD (SINGLE)
6 BOL DA 015 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
7 BOL MS 020 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
8 BOL MS 035 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
9 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
10 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
11 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
12 CLA AR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
13 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - #1 STR.
14 CNN TA *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
15 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
16 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
17 COB CO *** 24 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER CONDUCTOR
18 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
19 COB CO 028 16 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
20 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
21 LOC PA 001 1 PADLOCK, ALL BRASS, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK OPENING
22 SWE GR 002 1 SWITCH, GROUP-OPERATED, 34.5kV, VERTICAL MOUNT
23 SWE IN 002 3 INTERUPTER, LOADBREAK (BRIDGES SWITCH)
24 WAS RD 004 5 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
25 WAS RD 005 14 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 WAS SF 003 5 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
27 WAS SP 002 7 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
28 BOL AN 003 6 BOLT, ANCHOR, ROTANIUM, 3/4 IN. X 5-1/2 IN. LONG

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 7 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS1RT-5
VERTICAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 26.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
TANGENT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 8 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS2-5
HORIZONTAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
3 BKT AC 003 6 ARRESTER, CUTOUT AND ARRESTER, CROSSARM MOUNT
4 BOL MS 020 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
5 BOL MS 021 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X16
6 BOL MS 022 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X18
7 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
8 CLA AR *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
9 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
10 CNN TA *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
11 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
12 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
13 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
14 COB CO 028 25 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
15 INS CO 001 6 34.5KV POLYMER DEADEND INSULATOR
16 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
17 LOC PA 001 1 PADLOCK, ALL BRASS, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK OPENING
18 SCW LA 002 1 SCREW, LAG, 1/2X4
19 SWE GR 001 1 SWITCH, GROUP-OPERATED, 34.5kV, HORIZONTAL
21 WAS RD 004 14 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
22 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
23 WAS SP 002 8 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 9 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS2-5
HORIZONTAL GROUP-OPERATED SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 10 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS3-5
HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
3 BKT AC 003 6 ARRESTER, CUTOUT AND ARRESTER, CROSSARM MOUNT
4 BOL DA 021 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
5 BOL MS 002 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 1/2X7
6 BOL MS 020 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
7 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
8 BRC CR 002 1 BRACE, CROSSARM, WOOD, 60 IN. SPAN, 30 IN. DROP (PAIR)
9 CLA AR *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
10 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
11 CNN TA *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
12 CNN TE *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TERMINAL CONNECTOR
13 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
14 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
15 COB CO 028 24 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
16 CXA FG *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBERGLASS CROSSARM
17 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, POLYMER DEADEND
18 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
19 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE, 3/4
20 SWE UN 002 3 SWITCH, HOOK DISCONNECT, 26.4kV
21 WAS RD 003 8 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/8 IN. DIA., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
22 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
23 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
24 WAS SF 001 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 2 IN., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
25 WAS SF 003 16 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
27 WAS SP 003 4 WASHER, SPRING, LEAF, FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 11 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS3-5
HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 12 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS5-5
VERTICAL MOUNT HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
3 BKT RP 001 6 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
4 BKT SM 004 3 BRACKET, SWITCH MOUNTING
5 BOL CA 002 6 BOLT, CARRIAGE, 3/8X5
6 BOL DA 016 6 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
7 BOL MS 036 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
8 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
9 CLA AR *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
10 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
11 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - #1 STR.
12 CNN TA *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
13 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
14 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
15 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
16 COB CO 028 24 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
17 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, POLYMER DEADEND
18 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
19 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE, 3/4
20 SWE UN 002 3 SWITCH, HOOK DISCONNECT, 26.4kV
21 WAS RD 002 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1 IN. DIA., FOR 3/8 IN. BOLT
22 WAS RD 005 24 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
23 WAS SF 003 12 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
24 WAS SP 002 12 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 13 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS5-5
VERTICAL MOUNT HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 14 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS5R-5
VERTICAL MOUNT HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 26.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
DEADEND
OPTIONS: 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 014 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV, RISER POLE
3 BKT EM 001 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD
4 BKT EM 002 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD (SINGLE)
5 BKT RP 001 3 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
6 BKT SM 004 3 BRACKET, SWITCH MOUNTING
7 BOL CA 002 6 BOLT, CARRIAGE, 3/8X5
8 BOL DA 016 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
9 BOL DA 018 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X20
10 BOL MS 036 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
11 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
12 CLA AR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
13 CLA SS *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
14 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - #1 STR.
15 CNN TA *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
16 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
17 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
18 COB CO *** 36 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER CONDUCTOR
19 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
20 COB CO 028 16 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
21 GUY AT 004 3 GUY, ATTACHMENT, 20,000 LBS.
22 INS CO 002 3 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE
23 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
24 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
25 NUT EY 003 3 NUT, EYE, 3/4
26 SWE UN 002 3 SWITCH, HOOK DISCONNECT, 26.4kV
27 WAS RD 002 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1 IN. DIA., FOR 3/8 IN. BOLT
28 WAS RD 004 5 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
29 WAS RD 005 24 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
30 WAS SF 003 12 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
31 WAS SP 002 12 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 15 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS5R-5
VERTICAL MOUNT HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 26.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
DEADEND

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 16 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS5RT-5
VERTICAL MOUNT HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 2 6.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
TANGENT
OPTIONS: 3/0, 336, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 014 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV, RISER POLE
3 BKT EM 001 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD
4 BKT EM 002 3 BRACKET, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, POTHEAD (SINGLE)
5 BKT RP 001 3 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
6 BKT SM 004 3 BRACKET, SWITCH MOUNTING
7 BOL CA 002 6 BOLT, CARRIAGE, 3/8X5
8 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
9 BOL DA 016 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
10 BOL MS 020 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
11 BOL MS 036 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
12 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
13 CLA AR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
14 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - #1 STR.
15 CNN TA *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TAP CONNECTOR
16 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
17 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
18 COB CO *** 24 GENERAL CODE FOR COPPER CONDUCTOR
19 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
20 COB CO 028 16 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
21 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
22 SWE UN 002 3 SWITCH, HOOK DISCONNECT, 26.4kV
23 WAS RD 002 6 WASHER, ROUND, 1 IN. DIA., FOR 3/8 IN. BOLT
24 WAS RD 004 5 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
25 WAS RD 005 14 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 WAS SF 003 5 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
27 WAS SP 002 7 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 17 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS5RT-5
VERTICAL MOUNT HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – FEEDER RISER – 26.4KV –
UNSHIELDED
TANGENT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 18 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RS3-5
HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – 4KV – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 3/0, 336
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 001 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV
3 BKT AC 003 6 ARRESTER, CUTOUT AND ARRESTER, CROSSARM MOUNT
4 BOL DA 021 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
5 BOL MS 002 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 1/2X7
6 BOL MS 020 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
7 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
8 BRC CR 002 1 BRACE, CROSSARM, WOOD, 60 IN. SPAN, 30 IN. DROP (PAIR)
9 CLA AR *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER HOT-LINE CLAMP
10 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
11 CNN ** *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR TAP CONNECTOR
12 CNN TE *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR BOLTED TERMINAL CONNECTOR
13 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
14 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
15 COB CO 028 24 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
16 CXA FG *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBERGLASS CROSSARM
17 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, POLYMER DEADEND
18 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
19 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE, 3/4
20 SWE UN 001 3 SWITCH, HOOK DISCONNECT, 15kV
21 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/8 IN. DIA., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
22 WAS RD 005 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. BOLT
23 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
24 WAS SF 001 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 2 IN., FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT
25 WAS SF 003 16 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
27 WAS SP 003 4 WASHER, SPRING, LEAF, FOR 1/2 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 19 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RS3-5
HOOK DISCONNECT SWITCH – 4KV – UNSHIELDED

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 20 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SCADA
S&C SCADA-MATE SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED
OPTIONS: 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ADC MI 007 1 COMPOUND, INHIBITING, 4 OZ. SQUEEZE BOTTLE
2 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
3 BOL DA 003 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8X16
4 BOL DA 016 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
5 BOL MS 020 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
6 BOL MS 022 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X18
7 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT, S.S. BOLT, WASHERS, S.B. NUT
8 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636 MCM AL.
9 CLA SS 007 6 CLAMP, STRAIGHT STRAIN, 397-1000 MCM AL.
10 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - #1 STR.
11 CNN TA 010 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, BOLTED, 336-636 MCM AL.
12 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, BOLTED, 2/0-800 MCM CU OR AL
13 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
14 CNN JU 001 6 PRE-CRIMPED JUMPER, 636AAC, 8 FT, 2 HOLE PAD
15 COB CO 028 25 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
16 FIB CU 001 8 FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD CUSHION
17 INS CO 002 6 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, 50 IN. EXTENSION
18 INS FE 001 6 FIBERGLASS EXTENSION LINK, 24”
19 LOC PA 001 1 PADLOCK, ALL BRASS, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK OPENING
20 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE, 3/4
21 SCW LA 005 20 SCREW, LAG, 1/2X4
22 STP ST 002 12 STRAP, STEEL, CONDUIT, 3/4 IN.
23 SWE SM 001 1 SCADA-MATE SWITCH
24 SWE SM 002 1 SCADA-MATE CONTROL AND ACCESSORIES
25 WAS RD 005 35 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 WAS SF 003 13 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
27 WAS SP 002 16 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 21 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SCADA
S&C SCADA-MATE SWITCH – 26.4KV – UNSHIELDED

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 22 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DS1S
SWITCH HANDLE CONVERSION KIT
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
2 SWE KT 001 1 SWITCH HANDLE CONVERSION KIT
3 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
4 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
5 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 23 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AS-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE SWITCH – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: TIE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 30 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4 X 3/4 IN.
2 ADC MI 002 1 CEMENT; PVC PIPE
3 BKT RE 001 1 BRACKET, RECLOSER JUMPER PIN
4 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 14
5 BOL DA 016 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 16
6 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
7 BOL MS 038 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
8 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT
9 CAI RH 010 30 #4 COVERED COPPER
10 CAI UF 001 40 CABLE, STREETLIGHT UF 12 CU 2/C
11 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636
12 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANS. TANK GROUND
13 COB AA 026 90 GENERAL CODE FOR 636MCM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
14 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
15 COB TW 004 20 TIE WIRE, ALUMINUM INSULATED
16 CNN TA 004 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, 636-636
17 CNN TL 029 6 TERMINAL; COMPRESSION, 4 HOLE, 636AAC
18 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
19 COD AF 010 1 1” SCHEDULE 40 PVC LB
20 FUS OH 005 1 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 23" MINIMUM LENGTH, 25T.
21 COD EF 002 2 CONNECTOR, FLEXIBLE PVC, 90 DEGREE; 1 IN
22 COD PC 016 40 CONDUIT; PVC; 1 IN DIA; SCHEDULE 40
23 COD PC 017 10 CONDUIT; FLEXIBLE PVC; 1 IN DIA
24 COD WH 002 1 WEATHERHEAD; PVC; FOR 1 IN DIA PIPE
25 GUA AN 007 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR ARRESTERS
26 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST, 34.5kV
27 LOC PA 002 2 PADLOCK, BRASS
28 NUT PG 300 30 NUT, 1/4 - 20
29 SWE RC 002 1 RECLOSER, CONTROL, FOR USE WITH SWE RC 001
30 REC GU 001 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER TERMINAL COVER
31 REC GU 002 100 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER LINE INSULATION
32 SWE RC 001 1 RECLOSER, THREE-PHASE, WITH 3 INTERNAL VOLTAGE SENSORS
33 STP ST 001 25 STRAP, STEEL, 1 IN.
34 FUS UG 046 1 FUSE, 1-TIME, 20-AMP, 125-VOLT, FERRULE TYPE-B
35 TIE CA 002 25 TIE, CABLE, 24” LENGTH
36 WAS RD 002 30 WASHER, ROUND 1 IN. FOR 3/8 BOLT
37 WAS RD 005 17 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
38 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 24 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AS-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE SWITCH – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
NOTES:
1) Pre-crimped jumper CNN JU 001 includes the jumper and pad connector.
2) The pad-to-pad connection shall be torqued to 40 ft-lbs.
3) The control box is powered with 120V. Streetlight 12/2 is to be run from the secondary, into the
weatherhead, through the 1” PVC pipe, into the PVC LB, to the AC disconnect, then to the
control box via 1” flexible PVC and 90 degree connectors. Inside, the hot leg is connected to L1
and the neutral to L2.
4) The control cables are run from each recloser to the junction box at the appropriate phase and a
single control cable is run down the pole via 1” steel straps and connected to the bottom of the
control box. Any slack should be coiled and tied with cable ties.
5) Each individual recloser and each side frame shall be grounded.
6) The recloser line insulation shall cover the 636AAC jumper from the 4 hole terminal connector to
the wedge tap connector. It should only be cut to install the arrester clamp.
7) The recloser channel should be installed in the transformer positions. The top two holes are 12”
apart and the third hole is 50.75” from the top hole.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 25 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AS-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE SWITCH – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 26 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AS-TSH
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: TIE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 30 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4 X 3/4 IN.
2 ADC MI 002 1 CEMENT; PVC PIPE
3 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 14
4 BOL DA 016 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 16
5 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
6 BOL MS 038 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
7 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT
8 CAI RH 010 30 #4 COVERED COPPER
9 CAI UF 001 40 CABLE, STREETLIGHT UF 12 CU 2/C
10 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636
11 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANS. TANK GROUND
12 COB AA 026 90 GENERAL CODE FOR 636MCM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
13 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
14 COB TW 004 20 TIE WIRE, ALUMINUM INSULATED
15 CNN TA 004 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, 636-636
16 CNN TL 029 6 TERMINAL; COMPRESSION, 4 HOLE, 636AAC
17 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
18 COD AF 010 1 1” SCHEDULE 40 PVC LB
19 FUS OH 005 1 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 23" MINIMUM LENGTH, 25T.
20 COD EF 002 2 CONNECTOR, FLEXIBLE PVC, 90 DEGREE; 1 IN
21 COD PC 016 40 CONDUIT; PVC; 1 IN DIA; SCHEDULE 40
22 COD PC 017 10 CONDUIT; FLEXIBLE PVC; 1 IN DIA
23 COD WH 002 1 WEATHERHEAD; PVC; FOR 1 IN DIA PIPE
24 GUA AN 007 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR ARRESTERS
25 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST, 34.5kV
26 LOC PA 002 2 PADLOCK, BRASS
27 NUT PG 300 30 NUT, 1/4 - 20
28 SWE RC 002 1 RECLOSER, CONTROL, FOR USE WITH SWE RC 001
29 REC GU 001 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER TERMINAL COVER
30 REC GU 002 100 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER LINE INSULATION
31 SWE RC 001 1 RECLOSER, THREE-PHASE, WITH 3 INTERNAL VOLTAGE SENSORS
32 STP ST 001 25 STRAP, STEEL, 1 IN.
33 FUS UG 046 1 FUSE, 1-TIME, 20-AMP, 125-VOLT, FERRULE TYPE-B
34 TIE CA 002 25 TIE, CABLE, 24” LENGTH
35 WAS RD 002 30 WASHER, ROUND 1 IN. FOR 3/8 BOLT
36 WAS RD 005 17 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
37 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 27 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AS-TSH
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SWITCHING
IV. 3. - Page 28 of 28
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RISER POLES
INTRODUCTION
1. For proper fuse coordination, refer to the SYSTEM PROTECTION section to select the
appropriate fuse for underground risers.
2. Terminators or “Potheads” and their mounting brackets are included with the associated
underground plates.
3. The terminator bracket shall always be installed a minimum of 38 inches below the cutout and
arrester bracket.
4. The feeder riser plates are no longer in this section. They have been re-named and are now
included in the SWITCHING section of this book.
5. Plate options are listed on each construction standard.
6. The plates within this section have had their names changed slightly to be consistent with other
plates within this book.
7. Hot-line clamps are not part of the riser plates and must be plated separately.
8. There is no longer a designation for tangent or deadend riser, so all riser plates can be built
on tangent or deadends, as shown in the drawings. For example, for 26.4kV, there is no longer
a DUA1 and DUA2. All 26.4kV single phase risers are now built with DUA.
9. The 26.4kV plates are shown, but the 4kV and 13.2kV plate names are also listed on each
page. The only difference is the size and kV rating of the arrester.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

RISER POLES
IV. 4. - Page 1 of 4
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DUAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE PHASE RISER – 26.4kV (RUAF – 4kV, WUAF – 13.2kV)
OPTIONS: 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

8
3

5 1
2

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV, 10kV, or 21kV
2 BKT AC 009 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT
3 CAI RH 010 10 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
4 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
5 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
6 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSES
7 GUA AN 002 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
8 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

RISER POLES
IV. 4. - Page 2 of 4
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DUBF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


TWO-PHASE RISER – 26.4kV (RUBF – 4kV, WUBF – 13.2kV)
OPTIONS: 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

1 5
3

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV, 10kV, or 21kV
2 BKT AC 010 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 CAI RH 010 20 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
4 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
5 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
6 FUS OH *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSES
7 GUA AN 002 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
8 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
9 WAS RD 005 3 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

RISER POLES
IV. 4. - Page 3 of 4
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DUCF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


THREE-PHASE RISER – 26.4kV (RUCF – 4kV, WUCF – 13.2kV)
OPTIONS: 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

1 5
3

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV, 10kV, or 21kV
2 BKT AC 010 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER AND CUTOUT, TRI-MOUNT
3 CAI RH 010 30 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
4 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
5 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 125kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
6 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSES
7 GUA AN 002 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
8 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
9 WAS RD 005 3 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

RISER POLES
IV. 4. - Page 4 of 4
Electric Distribution Standards

UG FEEDING OH
I. INTRODUCTION

Design, Construction & Material Standards formed a special committee to establish some basic
design guidelines for construction alternatives to be used for OH to UG conversion projects. The
following guidelines were established to facilitate the conversion of existing overhead lines to an
underground system. The completion of the conversion will have underground systems feeding the
overhead. The following standards will accomplish this with safety & reliability in mind. For situations
not covered by this standard, contact the standards department.
1. For proper fuse coordination, refer to the system protection section to select the appropriate
fuse for underground risers.
2. Terminators or “Pot-heads” and their mounting brackets are included with the associated
underground plates.
3. The terminator bracket shall always be installed a minimum of 38 inches below the phase
conductor.
4. The riser plates require a warning sign indicating that the underground system feeds the
overhead. It will be necessary for these signs to clearly mark the underground cables feeding
each overhead fuse cutout phase. This is accomplished by attaching a sign to the pole below
each fuse cutout and at the base of the pole adjacent to pole address.
5. See the OH Distribution Standards manual for riser pole installations. For the riser plates
DUOA, DUOAF, DUOF, DUOBF, DUOCF, and DUOCF, the underground pot-head jumper
connects to the arrester first and then to the top of the cutout. The bottom of the cutout
connects to the hot-line clamp. This jumper connection insures that the bottom of the cutout
is de-energized in the event of a blown fuse.
6. Plate options are listed on each construction standard.
7. Install fuse cutouts on the street side of the pole for the DUOA plates. Install the top fuse
cutout on the street side of the pole for the DUOB plates. Install the top and bottom (A&C
phase) fuse cutouts on the street side of the pole for the DUOC plates.
8. Where possible, above grade enclosures (see plate UO-PM) should be utilized when there are
easements available, provided the enclosure is not so close to the road or other objects where
it presents a safety hazard.
9. See the UG Distribution Standards manual for manhole installations. The manhole needs to
be installed as close to the base of the riser pole as possible to maintain consistency for
troubleshooting. This will facilitate outage restoration by enabling JEA to know where these
manholes are located, and also reduces the length of the radial feed to the riser pole. The
PVC manhole should be placed within the sidewalk, where sidewalks are available. The
manhole (I. MANH005) shall be sized adequately to permit removal of the elbows in the 3 point
junction module (I.JUNLO001) from above the ground with a hot stick without having to enter
the manhole or stand on the roadway. The junction module is allowed for use in the PVC

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

UG FEEDING OH
IV. 5. - Page 1 of 5
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

manhole. Warning: do not use the junction module in the pre-cast manholes or make the
junction a normal open point.
10. The Engineer shall add “UG FEEDS OH” on the preliminary circuit maps. The circuit map
manhole address shall begin with the letter “T”, designating an underground termination (in
manhole) feeding the overhead.
11. The 21kV surge arresters are included in the plate. The 21kV arresters are used on the 26.4kV
system. The 4kV system requires a 3kV arrester and the 13.2kV system require a 10kV
arrester. When building for a system other than the 26.4kV system, itemize out the 21kV
arrester(s) – ARR LI 014 – and itemize in the 4kV arrester(s) – ARR LI 008 – or the 10kV
arrester(s) – ARR LI 011.
12. Pothead bracket bolt holes:
Tangent: A phase – 58”, B phase – 96”, C phase – 134”
Deadend: A phase – 63”, B phase – 101”, C phase – 139”

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

UG FEEDING OH
IV. 5. - Page 2 of 5
Electric Distribution Standards

DUOAF (FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION)


SINGLE PHASE, UNDERGROUND FEEDS OVERHEAD TANGENT
OPTIONS: 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

9 8
6

2
4 13

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 014 1 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV, RISER POLE
2 BKT AC 008 1 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT
3 BOL MS 035 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
4 CAI RH 010 10 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL
6 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
7 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSES
8 GUA AN 002 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
9 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
10 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 SIG DA 009 2 SIGN, UG FEEDS OH

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

UG FEEDING OH
IV. 5. - Page 3 of 5
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DUOBF
TWO PHASE, UNDERGROUND FEEDS OVERHEAD TANGENT
OPTIONS: 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

9 8
1

2
4
13

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 014 2 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV, RISER POLE
2 BKT AC 008 2 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT
3 BOL MS 035 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
4 CAI RH 010 20 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
5 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL
6 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
7 FUS OH *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSES
8 GUA AN 002 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
9 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
10 WAS RD 005 8 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 SIG DA 009 3 SIGN, UG FEEDS OH
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

UG FEEDING OH
IV. 5. - Page 4 of 5
Electric Distribution Standards

DUOCF
THREE PHASE, UNDERGROUND FEEDS OVERHEAD TANGENT
OPTIONS: 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE
1 8
9

2
4
13

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 014 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV, RISER POLE
2 BKT AC 001 3 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, SINGLE PHASE, POLE MOUNT
3 BOL MS 035 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X12
4 CAI RH 010 30 CABLE, NO. 4 COVERED SOFT DRAWN COPPER, FT
5 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL
6 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150kV BIL, 100 AMP, 27kV
7 FUS OH *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSES
8 GUA AN 002 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMERS AND ARRESTERS
9 GUA AN 006 1 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH FUSE CUTOUTS, SILICONE RUBBER
10 WAS RD 005 12 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
11 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 6 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
13 SIG DA 009 4 SIGN, UG FEEDS OH

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

UG FEEDING OH
IV. 5. - Page 5 of 5
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

PRIMARY METERING
INTRODUCTION
1. Many large industrial/commercial customers request primary voltage for their service --
utilizing their own transformers to step-down the voltage for their requirements. For these
installations, the primary must be metered in order to bill the customer for their power
consumption.
2. A current transformer (CT) and a potential transformer (PT) are installed on each phase.
3. This section has undergone numerous changes. Some of the brackets shown in this section
may not be available in our storerooms at the time of this printing. Almost all of the brackets
have been re-designed or newly created.
4. Bypass switches have a new base with holes that can accommodate 3/4 inch bolts and are
spaced 16 to 18 inches apart depending on the switch voltage class. For horizontal
construction, fiberglass crossarms shall be installed such that the bypass switches can be
bolted to each crossarm (See plate MD2).
5. Material listed that does not have a Item ID shown is for information only and is not issued as
part of the plate. This material is used by Equipment Services to build the various structures.
6. DHLC plates are not included as part of the primary metering plates.
7. Place by-pass switches on the field side of the pole and place the primary conductor on the
roadside of the pole.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 1 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
OPTIONS: 1/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
2 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 2 IN. ROD
3 BKT PC 001 1 BRACKET, PRIMARY CLUSTER RACK
4 BKT RP 001 3 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
5 BKT SM 005 3 BRACKET, SWITCH MOUNTING, FOR BYPASS SWITCHES
6 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
7 BOL DA 016 6 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
8 BOL DA 017 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X18
9 BOL DA 018 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X20
10 BOL MS 001 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 1/2X2
11 BOL MS 031 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X4
12 CLA HL 001 3 CLAMP, HOT-LINE
13 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
14 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL. - 1/0 STR.
15 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
16 COB CO 028 36 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
17 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, POLYMER DEADEND
18 INS VP 001 6 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
19 LIK EX 001 3 LINK, EXTENSION, STRAIGHT, 18,000 LBS.
20 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. DIA. HEAD, 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
21 TIE PR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
22 SWE HO 017 3 SWITCH, HOOK BYPASS, 25.8kV NOMINAL
23 WAS RD 005 46 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
24 WAS SF 003 5 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
25 WAS SP 002 17 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 -- 3 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
27 -- 3 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS
28 -- 24 3/8 IN. DIA. X 1-1/2 IN. BOLT
29 -- 48 3/8 IN. FLAT WASHERS
30 -- 24 3/8 IN. NUTS
31 -- 1 WORK BOX BLANK PLUG
32 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT STRAIGHT CONNECTORS
33 -- 1 F.S. BOX
34 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT CONDUIT
35 -- 6 C.T. BUSHING CONNECTORS
36 -- 7 #2 VISE-GRIP CONNECTORS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 2 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
VIEW 1

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 3 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
VIEW 2

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 4 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
VIEW 3

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 5 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
OPTIONS: , 1/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 21kV
2 BKT AC 003 3 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, CROSSARM MOUNT
3 BOL DA 016 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL DA 021 6 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
5 BOL MS 034 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X10
6 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
7 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
8 BOL MS 038 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
9 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
10 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
11 COB CO 028 50 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
12 CXA FG *** 5 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBERGLASS CROSSARM
13 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, POLYMER DEADEND
14 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
15 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE, 3/4
16 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
17 SWE HO 017 3 SWITCH, HOOK BYPASS, 25.8kV NOMINAL
18 WAS RD 005 30 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
20 WAS SP 002 8 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
21 -- 3 “H” BRACKETS
22 -- 6 TRANSFORMER MOUNTING PLATES
23 -- 12 1/2 IN. DIA. X 2 IN. BOLTS AND NUTS
24 -- 3 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
25 -- 3 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS
26 -- 24 3/8 IN. DIA. X 1-1/2 IN. BOLT
27 -- 48 3/8 IN. FLAT WASHERS
28 -- 24 3/8 IN. NUTS
29 -- 1 WORK BOX BLANK PLUG
30 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT STRAIGHT CONNECTORS
31 -- 1 F.S. BOX
32 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT CONDUIT
33 -- 6 C.T. BUSHING CONNECTORS
34 -- 7 #2 VISE-GRIP CONNECTORS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 6 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
VIEW 1

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 7 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
VIEW 2

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 8 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MD2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 26.4KV
VIEW 3

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 9 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV
2 BKT FS 001 3 BRACKET, FIBERGLASS STANDOFF, 2 IN ROD
3 BKT PC 001 1 BRACKET, PRIMARY CLUSTER RACK
4 BKT RP 001 2 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
5 BKT SM 005 2 BRACKET, SWITCH MOUNTING, FOR BYPASS SWITCHES
6 BOL DA 015 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
7 BOL DA 016 6 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
8 BOL DA 017 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X18
9 BOL DA 018 3 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X20
10 BOL MS 001 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 1/2X2
11 BOL MS 031 6 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X4
12 CLA HL 001 3 CLAMP, HOT LINT
13 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
14 CLA TG 001 3 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, 6 SOL – 1/0 STR
15 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
16 COB CO 028 36 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
17 INS CO 001 3 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, POLYMER DEADEND
18 INS VP 001 6 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5Kv
19 LIX EX 001 3 LINK, EXTENSION, STRAIGHT, 18,000 LBS.
20 STU LI 001 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 1-3/4 IN. SHANK
21 TIE PR *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR PREFORMED TIE
22 SWE HO 016 3 SWITCH, HOOK BYPASS, 15Kv
23 WAS RD 005 46 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
24 WAS SF 003 3 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
25 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
26 -- 3 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
27 -- 3 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS
28 -- 24 3/8 IN. DIA. X 1-1/2 IN. BOLT
29 -- 48 3/8 IN. FLAT WASHERS
30 -- 24 3/8 IN. NUTS
31 -- 1 WORK BOX BLANK PLUG
32 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT STRAIGHT CONNECTORS
33 -- 1 F.S. BOX
34 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT CONDUIT
35 -- 6 C.T. BUSHING CONNECTORS
36 -- 7 #2 VISE-GRIP CONNECTORS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 10 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
VIEW 1

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 11 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
VIEW 2

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 12 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR1
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – VERTICAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
VIEW 3

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 13 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 001 3 ARRESTER, LIGHTNING, POLYMER, 3kV
2 BKT AC 003 3 BRACKET, ARRESTER/CUTOUT, CROSSARM MOUNT
3 BOL DA 016 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X16
4 BOL DA 021 6 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X26
5 BOL MS 034 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X10
6 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
7 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
8 BOL MS 038 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
9 CLA SS *** 6 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
10 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
11 COB CO 028 50 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
12 CXA FG *** 5 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBERGLASS CROSSARM
13 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR, COMPOSITE, POLYMER DEADEND
14 INS VP 001 3 INSULATOR, VERTICAL POST, 34.5kV
15 NUT EY 003 6 NUT, EYE, 3/4
16 STU LI 003 3 STUD, LINE POST, 3/4 IN. HEAD, 3/4 IN. DIA. X 7 IN. SHANK
17 SWE HO 016 3 SWITCH, HOOK BYPASS, 15kV
18 WAS RD 005 30 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
19 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
20 WAS SP 002 8 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
21 -- 3 “H” BRACKETS
22 -- 6 TRANSFORMER MOUNTING PLATES
23 -- 12 1/2 IN. DIA. X 2 IN. BOLTS AND NUTS
24 -- 3 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
25 -- 3 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS
26 -- 24 3/8 IN. DIA. X 1-1/2 IN. BOLT
27 -- 48 3/8 IN. FLAT WASHERS
28 -- 24 3/8 IN. NUTS
29 -- 1 WORK BOX BLANK PLUG
30 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT STRAIGHT CONNECTORS
31 -- 1 F.S. BOX
32 -- 12 1 IN. SEAL-TIGHT CONDUIT
33 -- 6 C.T. BUSHING CONNECTORS
34 -- 7 #2 VISE-GRIP CONNECTORS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 14 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
VIEW 1

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 15 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
VIEW 2

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 16 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

MR2
PRIMARY METER EQUIPMENT – HORIZONTAL CONST. – TANGENT – 4KV
VIEW 3

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

PRIMARY METERING
IV. 6. - Page 17 of 17
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SYSTEM PROTECTION FUSE COORDINATION


AND TRANSFORMER FUSING
INTRODUCTION
1. The purpose of protective coordination is to provide isolation of a fault as close to the fault as
possible so that a minimum of customers will be affected. The workhorse of the JEA
protection scheme is the fuse. By following the fuse tables given in this section, the fuse
closest to a fault will melt first providing proper coordination and fault isolation.
2. The fuse tables are divided into three major groups:
GROUP A: LATERAL FUSING presents the required fuses for the fusing of laterals and
sub-laterals. Tables for overhead and underground laterals behind substation
breakers and reclosers are given for each system voltage.
GROUP B: EQUIPMENT PROTECTION FUSING gives the fuse sizes for the protection of
transformers and capacitors.
GROUP C: FUSE-FUSE COORDINATION presents various tables for coordinating one
type of fuse link behind another type of fuse link.
3. In order to maintain a properly functioning fuse coordination system, the fuse tables
presented in this section must be followed in both system design and maintenance.
4. If an installed fuse will not hold the connected load and a larger fuse is installed, the party
installing the larger size fuse shall notify the System Analysis section of Technical Support
Engineering of (1) the location, (2) the old fuse size, and (3) the new fuse size.
5. If a fuse is replaced with a different size fuse because the required size was not available,
the party installing the different size fuse shall notify the Systems Operation Control Center
so the proper size fuse can be reinstalled.
6. Do not install Sectionalizers on multiphase laterals (See System Analysis).

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 1 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUP A: LATERAL FUSING


1. OVERHEAD LATERALS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY:
A. Fuse the lateral at the road with the correct size lateral fuse if the lateral meets ANY of
the following conditions:
i. More than one transformer is served.
ii. The lateral is longer than two spans.
iii. The transformer pole cannot be seen from the cutout at the road.
iv. Trees could cause outage problems.
B. Fuse the lateral at the road with the correct size transformer fuse if the lateral meets ALL
of the following conditions:
i. Only one transformer is served.
ii. The lateral is two spans or less in length.
iii. The transformer pole can be seen from the cutout at the road.
iv. Trees will not cause any outage problems.
2. UNDERGROUND LATERALS:
A. Fuse the lateral at the tap with the correct size lateral fuse if the lateral meets ANY
of the following conditions:
i. The tap occurs in an underground fusing cabinet.
ii. The transformer served is equipped with bay-o-net fuses.
iii. More than one transformer is served.
iv. There are provisions for extending the lateral.
B. Fuse the lateral at the tap with the correct size transformer fuse if the lateral meets
ALL of the following conditions:
i. The fused tap consists of overhead cutout(s).
ii. The transformer served is not equipped with bay-o-net fuses.
iii. Only one transformer is served.
iv. The lateral is a radial without provisions for extension.
3. FUSING BEHIND SECTIONALIZERS:
Sectionalizers do not have time-current characteristics and therefore do not affect
coordination between a fuse and an upstream breaker or recloser. When selecting fuses
behind a sectionalizer, the presence of the sectionalizer should be ignored.
4. FUSING BEHIND SINGLE PHASE RECLOSERS:
The largest fuse that can be used behind a 200A single phase recloser is a 65T. The largest
fuse that can be used behind a 70A single phase recloser is a 25T. These fuse values allow
for maximum coordination.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 2 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUP A: LATERAL FUSING (CONTINUED)


15.2/26.4KV DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Notes:
1) In the event that the tap off the main line fuse or sublateral fuse does not
provide adequate current carrying capacity, notify the System Analysis
section of Technical Support Engineering.
2) TABLE 3:
The fuse size listed in this table is only for a tap off the main line feeder.
The first sublateral fuse (Overhead) will be half or the next smaller
standard size that JEA has in stock. For example: If a tap off the main line
is a 65T fuse, then the first sublateral fuse will be a 30T, and the second
sublateral fuse will be a 15T. See Table 1, Group C, for the first sublateral
and second sublateral fuse off a cable pole.

TABLE 1: OVERHEAD LATERAL & CABLE POLE FUSING (T-LINK)


26.4kV System Behind Station Breaker

1ST SUB-LATERAL 2ND SUB-LATERAL


CONDUCTOR SIZE TAP OFF MAIN LINE
FUSE FUSE
1/0 AL. OR 2 CU. OR 2 AL. 100T 50T 25T
4 CU. 80T 40T 20T
4 AL. OR 6 CU. OR SMALLER 65T 30T 15T
CABLE POLE SIZE PER TABLE 1 SIZE PER TABLE 1
1/0 AL. CABLE OR SMALLER 100T GROUP C - (1) GROUP C - (1)

TABLE 2: UNDERGROUND LATERAL FUSING (E-LINK)


26.4kV System Behind Station Breaker

1ST SUB-LATERAL 2ND SUB-LATERAL


CABLE SIZE TAP OFF MAIN LINE
FUSE FUSE
1/0 AL. OR SMALLER 150E 100E 50E

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 3 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUP B: EQUIPMENT PROTECTION FUSING

TABLE 5: LINE CAPACITOR BANK FUSING

SYSTEM SYSTEM SYSTEM


3 - PHASE BANK
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
KVAR
2.4/4.16kV 7.62/13.2kV 15.2/26.4kV
150 25T – –
300 50T 15T –
600 100T 25T 15T
1200 – – 25T

TABLE 6: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 15.2/26.4kV

TRANSFORMER FUSE LINKS – OVERHEAD FUSE LINKS – UNDERGROUND


KVA FULL
KVA CHANC KEARNEY COOPER JEA ITEM ID
3 PHASE LOAD JEA ITEM ID RTE TYPE
1 PHASE E TYPE TYPE TYPE WYE
PADS AMPS
5 – 0.33 FUSOH019 0.4 SF 1/2 X – – –
10 – 0.66 FUSOH020 0.7 SF 1X – – –
15 – 0.98 FUSOH021 1.0 SF 1-1/2 X – – –
25 – 1.64 FUSOH022 1.6 SF 2-1/2 X – FUSUG021 4000358C03B
37.5 – 2.46 FUSOH023 2.1 SF 3-1/2 X – – –
50 – 3.28 FUSOH024 3.1 SF 4X – FUSUG022 4000358C05B
75 – 4.92 FUSOH026 5.2 SF 7X – FUSUG022 4000358C05B
100 – 6.56 FUSOH027 7.0 SF 10 X – FUSUG023 4000358C08B
167 – 10.96 FUSOH028 10.4 SF 15 X – FUSUG023 4000358C08B
250 – 16.40 FUSOH029 14 SF 25 KS 25 S FUSUG024 4000358C10B
– 75 1.64 – – – – FUSUG021 4000358C03B
– 150 3.28 – – – – FUSUG022 4000358C05B
– 225 4.92 – – – – FUSUG022 4000358C05B
– 300 6.56 – – – – FUSUG023 4000358C08B
– 500 10.96 – – – – FUSUG024 4000358C10B
BALDWIN 500 10.96 – – – – FUSUG025 4000358C12B
– 750 16.40 – – – – FUSUG025 4000358C12B
BALDWIN 750 16.40 – – – – FUSUG024 4000358C10B
– 1,000 21.87 – – – – FUSUG025 4000358C12B
– 1,500 32.80 – – – – FUSUG026 4000358C14B

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 4 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUP B: EQUIPMENT PROTECTION FUSING – (CONTINUED)

TABLE 6: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 15.2/26.4kV - (CONTINUED)

TRANSFORMER FUSE LINKS – OVERHEAD FUSE LINKS – UNDERGROUND


KVA FULL
KVA CHANC KEARNEY COOPER JEA ITEM ID
3 PHASE LOAD JEA ITEM ID RTE TYPE
1 PHASE E TYPE TYPE TYPE WYE
PADS AMPS
– 2,000 43.74 – – – – NO ITEM ID * 4038361C04CB
– 2,500 54.67 – – – – NO ITEM ID * 4038361C04CB
– 3,750 82.01 – – – – FUSUG048 4000353C17B
500kVA – – – – – NO ITEM ID FA9H18
DELTA
* These transformers can be fused with FUSUG026 until the 4038361C04CB is in stock. Then the new
fuse should then be used. This fuse comes with a new fuse cartridge. The complete unit should be
used to replace the old fuse and cartridge.
 FUSE LINKS - Overhead applies to pole mounted transformers as well as padmounted transformers
not equipped with BAY-O-NET fuses that are fused at the cable pole. See Group A, General
Comments on underground laterals.

TABLE 7: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 7.6/13.2kV

TRANSFORMER FUSE LINKS – OVERHEAD FUSE LINKS – UNDERGROUND


KVA FULL
KVA CHANCE KEARNEY COOPER JEA ITEM ID
3 PHASE LOAD JEA ITEM ID RTE TYPE
1 PHASE TYPE TYPE TYPE WYE
PADS AMPS
5 – 0.66 FUSOH020 0.7 SF 1X – – –
10 – 1.31 FUSOH022 1.6 SF 2-1/2 X – – –
15 – 1.97 FUSOH023 2.1 SF 3-1/2 X – – –
25 – 3.28 FUSOH024 3.1 SF 4X – FUSUG022 4000358C05B
37.5 – 4.92 FUSOH026 5.2 SF 7X – – –
50 – 6.56 FUSOH027 7.0 SF 10 X – FUSUG023 4000358C08B
75 – 9.84 FUSOH028 10.4 SF 15 X – FUSUG023 4000358C08B
100 – 13.12 FUSOH029 14 SF 25 KS 25 S FUSUG024 4000358C10B
167 – 21.91 FUSOH030 21 SF 30 KS 30 S FUSUG024 4000358C10B
250 – 32.80 FUSOH031 32 SF 50 KS 50 S FUSUG025 4000358C12B
333 – 43.69 FUSOH032 46 SF 65 KS 65 S FUSUG025 4000358C12B
500 – 65.61 FUSOH033 100 MS 100 KS 100 S FUSUG026 4000358C14B
– 75 3.28 – – – – FUSUG022 4000358C05B
– 150 6.56 – – – – FUSUG022 4000358C05B
– 300 13.12 – – – – FUSUG025 4000358C12B
– 500 21.91 – – – – FUSUG025 4000358C12B
– 750 32.80 – – – – FUSUG026 4000358C14B
– 1,000 43.69 – – – – FUSUG026 4000358C14B

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 5 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUP B: EQUIPMENT PROTECTION FUSING – (CONTINUED)

TABLE 7: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 7.6/13.2kV – (CONTINUED)


TRANSFORMER FUSE LINKS – OVERHEAD FUSE LINKS – UNDERGROUND
KVA FULL
KVA CHANCE KEARNEY COOPER JEA ITEM ID
3 PHASE LOAD JEA ITEM ID RTE TYPE
1 PHASE TYPE TYPE TYPE WYE
PADS AMPS
– 1,500 65.61 – – – – NO ITEM ID ** 4000353C18B
– 2,000 87.48 – – – – NO ITEM ID * 4038361C05CB
– 2,500 109.3 – – – – NO ITEM ID * 4038361C05CB
* These transformers can be fused with FUSUG026 until the 353c17 is in stock. Then the new fuse
should be used.
** These transformers can be fused with FUSUG048 until the 4038361C05CB is in stock. Then the new
fuse should be used. . This fuse comes with a new fuse cartridge. The complete unit should be used
to replace the old fuse and cartridge.
 FUSE LINKS - Overhead applies to pole mounted transformers as well as padmounted transformers
not equipped with BAY-O-NET fuses that are fused at the cable pole. See Group A, General
Comments on underground laterals.

TABLE 8: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 13.2kV DELTA

TRANSFORMER FUSE LINKS – OVERHEAD FUSE LINKS – UNDERGROUND


KVA FULL
KVA JEA ITEM CHANCE KEARNEY COOPER JEA ITEM ID
3 PHASE LOAD RTE TYPE
1 PHASE ID TYPE TYPE TYPE WYE
PADS AMPS

– 500kVA DELTA – – – – FUSUG025 4000358C12B

– 750kVA DELTA – – – – FUSUG026 * 4000358C14B


1500kVA DELTA – – – – NO ITEM ID * 4038361C04CB
2500kVA DELTA – – – – NO ITEM ID ** 4038361C05CB
* These transformers can be fused with FUSUG048 until the 4038361C04CB is in stock. Then the new
fuse should be used.
** These transformers can be fused with FUSUG048 until the 4038361C05CB is in stock. Then the new
fuse should be used. This fuse comes with a new fuse cartridge. The complete unit should be used to
replace the old fuse and cartridge.
 FUSE LINKS - Overhead applies to pole mounted transformers as well as padmounted transformers
not equipped with BAY-O-NET fuses that are fused at the cable pole. See Group A, General
Comments on underground laterals.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 6 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUP B: EQUIPMENT PROTECTION FUSING – (CONTINUED)

TABLE 9: TRANSFORMER FUSING – 2.4/4.16kV

FUSE LINKS –
TRANSFORMER FUSE LINKS – OVERHEAD
UNDERGROUND
KVA FULL
KVA JEA ITEM CHANCE KEARNEY COOPER JEA ITEM ID
3 PHASE LOAD RTE TYPE
1 PHASE ID TYPE TYPE TYPE WYE
PADS AMPS
3 – 1.25 FUSOH022 1.6 SF 2-1/2 X – – –
5 – 2.08 FUSOH023 2.1 SF 3-1/2 X – – –
7.5 – 3.12 FUSOH024 3.1 SF 5-1/2 X – – –
10 – 4.16 FUSOH025 4.2 SF 7X – – –
15 – 6.25 FUSOH027 7.0 SF 10 X – – –
25 – 10.41 FUSOH028 10.4 SF 15 X – FUSUG023 4000358C10B
37.5 – 15.61 FUSOH029 14 SF 25 KS 25 S – –
50 – 20.82 FUSOH030 21 SF 30 KS 30 S FUSUG024 4000358C12B
75 – 31.23 FUSOH031 32 SF 50 KS 50 S FUSUG025 4000358C12B
100 – 41.64 FUSOH032 46 SF 65 KS 65 S FUSUG025 4000358C12B
167 – 69.53 FUSOH033 100 MS 100 KS 100 S FUSUG025 4000358C14B
250 – 104.09 FUSOH034 125 MS 125 KS 125 S – –
333 – 138.65 FUSOH035 150 MS 150 KS 150 S – –
500 – 208.18 FUSOH036 200 MS 200 KS 200 S – –
75 10.41 – – – – FUSUG023 4000358C10B
150 20.82 – – – – FUSUG024 4000358C12B
300 41.64 – – – – FUSUG025 4000358C12B
500 69.53 – – – – NO ITEM ID 4000358C18B
750 104.09 – – – – NO ITEM ID 4000358C18B
1000kVA DELTA – – – – NO ITEM ID 4000358C18B
* These transformers can be fused with FUSUG025 at a reduced load capability until the 4038361C04CB
is in stock. Then the new fuse should be used. This fuse comes with a new fuse cartridge. The
complete unit should be used to replace the old fuse and cartridge.
 FUSE LINKS - Overhead applies to pole mounted transformers as well as padmounted transformers
not equipped with BAY-O-NET fuses that are fused at the cable pole. See Group A, General
Comments on underground laterals.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 7 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUP C: FUSE COORDINATION

TABLE 10: LATERAL FUSING OFF OF FUSED OVERHEAD LATERALS

PROTECTED FUSE (T-LINK)


PROTECTING FUSE
100T 80T 65T 50T 40T 30T 25T 20T
E-LINK (3-PHASE) 80 65 50 40 30 25 20 15
NX-LINK (1-PHASE) 50 40 30 25 20 12 12 10
T-LINK 50 40 30 25 20 12 12 10

TABLE 11: LATERAL FUSING OFF OF FUSED UNDERGROUND LATERALS

PROTECTED FUSE (E-LINK)


PROTECTING FUSE
150E 100E 80E 65E 50E 40E 30E 25E
E-LINK (3-PHASE) 100 50 50 40 25 20 20 15
NX-LINK (1-PHASE) 65 30 25 25 20 12 12 10
T-LINK 80 40 30 25 20 15 12 10

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION – FUSING


IV. 7 - Page 8 of 8
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


INTRODUCTION
1. Plates F1 thru F10 supply only the material required for one-phase. Therefore, for three-phase
construction, you will be required to call for the specified plate three times at that station.
2. Plate options are listed on each construction standard page.
3. Single-phase sectionalizers consist of an electronic barrel assembly that replaces the standard
fuse barrel that is supplied with the fuse cutout. Two options for this unit are available -- 2S
and 3S. The first is for a two-shot sectionalizer and the other is for a three-shot sectionalizer.
These options are available for plates F1 thru F10. Application of sectionalizers shall only be
initiated by the System Analysis section of Technical Support Engineering.
4. Recloser Options:
I.4.1. FCRDA (NOVA)
The plate name is followed by the type of recloser and the corresponding conductor
size.
AVAILABLE RECLOSERS: TIE For new construction/ Distribution
Automation (NOVA)
5. Reclosers and Sectionalizers:
I.5.1. Reclosers both single phase and three phase shall only be plated by System Analysis
personnel.
I.5.2. Include the following note on your construction drawings for each recloser or
sectionalizer installation:
6. 150QR fuses (FUSOH052) are only to be installed in 200A barrels (FUSHO150). This fuse
and barrel are to be itemized individually. These barrels fit into our 100A cutout (CUTOT004).
7. The plates have been updated with the new animal guarding system. The #4 covered copper
(CAI RH 010) is used for all jumpers. The bushing cover (GUA AN 002) is used on the top
skirt of the recloser bushings. The cutout guard (GUA AN 006) is installed on the top of each
cutout.
8. Add the suffix F for Fiberglass Construction. Examples: F1F, F11F, FCRSVF.
9. All the plates in the section can be plated as Fiberglass Construction or Contaminated
Environment simply by adding an F or C suffix.
10. Do not install Sectionalizers on multiphase laterals (See System Analysis).
11. The ANTENNA plate has been added to the following plates: AR-TSE, AR-TSH
12. 200QR fuses (FUSOH012) are only to be installed in 200A cutouts (CUTOT007).

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 1 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F1
WISHBONE MOUNTED FUSE FOR TAP
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T, 100TS
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
2 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
3 COB CO 029 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
6 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SF 004 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
9 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
9 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
9 SEC EL 004 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 2 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F2
WISHBONE MOUNTED FUSE FOR DOUBLE TAP
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BKT AC 007 2 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
3 COB CO 029 24 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
6 WAS RD 005 6 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 FUS OH *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
8 SEC EL 001 2 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
8 SEC EL 004 2 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 3 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F3
WISHBONE MOUNTED FUSE FOR CROSS
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
2 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
3 COB CO 029 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
6 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
8 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
8 SEC EL 004 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 4 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F5
WISHBONE MOUNTED FUSE FOR SECTIONALIZING
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
2 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
3 COB CO 029 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
6 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SF 004 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
9 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
9 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
9 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 5 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F5-1
WISHBONE MOUNTED FUSE FOR SECTIONALIZING
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NOTE: STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMPS MUST BE ITEMIZED ACCORDING TO CONDUCTOR SIZE


NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
2 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
3 COB CO 029 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
4 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
5 INS CO 001 1 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
6 LIK EX 001 1 EXTENSION LINK, 6 IN.
7 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
9 WAS SF 004 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
10 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
10 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
10 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 6 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F5-2
WISHBONE MOUNTED FUSE FOR SECTIONALIZING
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NOTE: STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMPS MUST BE ITEMIZED ACCORDING TO CONDUCTOR SIZE


NOTE: DRAWING IS FOR REFERENCE, PLATING IS DONE ONE PHASE AT A TIME
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
2 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
3 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
4 COB CO 029 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
5 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
6 INS CO 001 2 INSULATOR, DEADEND, POLYMER
7 NUT EY 003 2 NUT, EYE, 3/4
8 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
9 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
10 WAS SF 004 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
11 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
11 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
11 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 7 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F6
CROSSARM MOUNTED FUSE FOR TAP
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT AC 003 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, CROSSARM
2 COB CO 029 24 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
3 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
4 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
5 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
5 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
5 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 8 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F7
CROSSARM MOUNTED FUSE FOR CROSS
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT AC 003 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, CROSSARM
2 COB CO 029 24 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
3 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
4 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
5 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
5 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
5 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 9 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F8
CROSSARM MOUNTED FUSE FOR SECTIONALIZING
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT AC 003 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, CROSSARM
2 COB CO 029 24 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
3 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
4 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
5 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
5 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
5 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 10 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F9
SINGLE PHASE TAP FUSE FROM CROSSARM OR POLETOP PIN
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
2 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
3 COB CO 029 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
6 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SF 004 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
9 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
9 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
9 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 11 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F10
SINGLE PHASE CROSS FUSE FROM CROSSARM OR POLETOP PIN
OPTIONS: 2S, 3S, 10T, 12T, 15T, 20T, 25T, 30T, 40T, 50T, 65T, 80T, 100T
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
2 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, MODIFIED WISHBONE
3 COB CO 029 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #2 SOLID
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
6 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SF 004 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
9 FUS OH *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR T-LINK FUSE
OR
9 SEC EL 001 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 2-SHOT
OR
9 SEC EL 002 1 SECTIONALIZER, ELECTRONIC, 3-SHOT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 12 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F11
ARRESTER STATION – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: 3, 10, 21
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER, DISTRIBUTION CLASS, POLYMER
2 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
BRACKET, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT, SINGLE MOUNT, FIBERGLASS
3 BKT AC 008 1
WITH RAYCHEM MATERIAL OVER ROD, TYPE: SINGLE PHASE
4 COB CO 028 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
5 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
6 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SF 004 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 13 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F11-H
ARRESTER STATION – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: 3, 10, 21
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER, DISTRIBUTION CLASS, POLYMER,
1 ARR LI *** 1
21KV
2 BKT AC 003 1 BRACKET, CUTOUT OR ARRESTER, CROSSARM
3 COB CO 028 6 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
4 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 14 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F11-S
SWITCH ARRESTER STATION – ONE SIDE
OPTIONS: 3, 10, 21
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER, DISTRIBUTION CLASS, POLYMER, 21KV
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BKT RP OO1 1 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
4 CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
6 COB CO 028 6 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
7 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
9 WAS SF 004 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 15 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

F11-SS
SWITCH ARRESTER STATION – TWO SIDES
OPTIONS: 3, 10, 21
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR ARRESTER, DISTRIBUTION CLASS, POLYMER, 21KV
2 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4X14
3 BKT RP OO1 2 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
4 CLA TG 001 2 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND
5 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
6 COB CO 028 12 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
7 WAS RD 005 3 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 16 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRDA (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)


NOVA THREE-PHASE RECLOSER
OPTIONS: TIE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC ST 001 30 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4 X 3/4 IN.
2 BKT RE 001 1 BRACKET, RECLOSER JUMPER PIN
3 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 14
4 BOLDA 016 4 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 16
5 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
6 BOL MS 038 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
7 BOL TE 001 12 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT
8 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636
9 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANS. TANK GROUND
10 COB AA 026 60 GENERAL CODE FOR 636MCM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
11 COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
12 CNN TA 004 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, 636-636
13 CNN TE 047 6 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL, 2/0-800MCM
14 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
15 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST, 34.5kV
16 LOC PA 002 2 PADLOCK, BRASS
17 NUT PG 300 30 NUT, 1/4 - 20
18 REC CK 001 1 NOVA RECLOSER CABLE KIT
19 REC CO 001 1 NOVA FORM 5 CONTROL
20 REC DA 002 1 NOVA RECLOSER W/ 6 PT’S
21 STP ST 001 20 STRAP, STEEL, 1 IN.
22 WAS RD 002 30 WASHER, ROUND 1 IN. FOR 3/8 BOLT
23 WAS RD 005 17 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
24 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
25 WAS SP 002 7 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

NOTES:
Recloser must be installed on a Class H concrete pole only.
The plate DS3-5 is used for bypassing the recloser for horizontal construction, and must be plated in
addition to this construction standard. Also, the wood crossarms and braces need to be itemized out,
and the steel crossarms itemized in. The plate DS5-5 is used for bypassing with vertical construction.
The plate ANTENNA must be plated separate also.
The new NOVA design is self-powered. Therefore, NO external 120V source is required.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 17 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRDA (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)


NOVA THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION

NOTE: Antenna shown is not correct. A Yagi-type antenna is supplied with the ANTENNA plate as shown
on the NOVA horizontal construction standard. Notice DS5-5 plate on back of pole used for
bypassing the recloser.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 18 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRDA (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)


NOVA THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION

NOTE: Use steel crossarms on concrete pole as shown. Plate DS3-5 must be modified using item plates
to do this. Aim yagi-type antenna as directed by Communications Group. Antenna is plated
separately using the ANTENNA plate.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 19 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRDA (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)


NOVA THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – CONTROL INSTALLATION

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 20 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

ANTENNA
ANTENNA FOR RECLOSER COMMUNICATION
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 16 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT 1/4X3/4 IN.
2 BOL AN 002 16 BOLT, ANCHOR 1/4 IN. DIA. W/ WASHER
3 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X14
4 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
5 COD PC 016 20 CONDUIT, PVC, 1 IN. SCH40
6 COD SC 002 6 STRAP, PVC CONDUIT, 1 IN.
7 NUT PG 300 16 NUT, 1/4 IN.-20
8 RAD AN 002 1 ANTENNA, YAGI, 10DBI GAIN, 890-960 MHZ
9 RAD GR 001 2 ANTENNA GROUNDING KIT
10 RAD HG 001 1 COAXIAL CABLE HANGER KIT
11 RAD MP 001 1 1-1/2 IN. MOUNTING PIPE FOR ANTENNA
12 RAD MT 001 1 CLAMP, ANTENNA MOUNTING
13 STP ST 001 6 STRAP, CONDUIT, STEEL, 1 IN.
14 WAS RD 002 16 WASHER, ROUND, 1 IN. DIA. FOR 3/8 IN. BOLT
15 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 21 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

ANTENNA
ANTENNA FOR RECLOSER COMMUNICATION
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
POLETOP DETAIL

INSTALLATION NOTES:
1. The coaxial cable kit is now supplied with the plate. The kit consists of the coaxial cable, pre-cold shrunk
ground kit, and pre-made coaxial connector for antenna connection.
2. The antenna is to be mounted to the pipe and the pipe connected to the bayonet with the antenna mounting
brackets rather than mounting the pipe to the pole.
3. Aim Yagi antenna as directed by the individual jobs. A compass is to be provided by the coordinator.
4. Install a coaxial support bracket above PVC pipe. Space the other supports four to five feet apart below the
PVC pipe. Support the PVC pipe every 3 to 4 feet.
5. Bond the grounding strap installed on the coaxial cable to the pole ground using the connector “CNNVG003”.
Cut the Ground wire from the Coax to make the ground as short as possible, Do not make a curve in the
ground wire. Orient the strap as shown. Ground antenna pipe to pole ground.
6. The PVC shall be run all the way down to the top of the control box.
7. The coaxial cable is to be coiled up and tie-wrapped to the control box.
8. The Telecommunications Group will then connect the coaxial cable to the box and install the radio.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 22 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FARS
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
SINGLE-PHASE APPLICATION

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT AC 007 1 BRACKET; CUTOUT OR ARRESTER
2 ARR LI 003 2 ARRESTER; LIGHTNING 21KV POLYMER
3 BKT RP 001 2 BRACKET; RISER POLE ARRESTER
4 BKT TM 001 1 BRACKET; TRANSFORMER MOUNTING SIGNLE MOUNT
5 BOL MS 015 2 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD 5/8 X 2
6 BOL MS 036 5 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD ¾ X 14
7 CLA TG 001 3 CONNECTOR; TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND
8 CNN VG 003 3 CONNECTOR; VISE TYPE 6-2 SOL 10-2 SOL
9 COB CO 025 6 CONDUCTOR; BARE CU 6 SOL SOFT DRAWN
10 COB CO 028 30 CONDUCTOR; BARE CU 4 SOL SOFT DRAWN
11 CUT OT 004 1 CUTOUT; FUSED; 150KV BIL; 100 AMP; 27KV
12 FUS OH 011 1 FUSE LINK; TYPE T 100 AMP
13 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR; POST 35KV
14 REC SP 001 1 70-A, 26 INCH CREEP BUSHINGS
15 STU LI 001 1 STUD; LINE POST ¾ HEAD-3/4 DIAX1-3/4
16 WAS RD 005 16 WASHER; ROUND 2 DIA. ¾ BOLT
17 WAS SF 004 4 WASHER; SQ. FLAT 4 SQ. X ¼ IN. 7/8 BOLT
18 WAS SP 002 8 WASHER; SPRING DOUBLE HELIX FOR ¾ IN.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 23 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FARS
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
SINGLE-PHASE APPLICATION
Field Drill 54” Below
Bottom Phase Bolt Hole

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 24 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FBRS
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
2-PHASE APPLICATION

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 4 ARRESTER; LIGHTNING 21KV POLYMER
2 BKT AC 007 2 BRACKET; CUTOUT OR ARRESTER
3 BKT RE 001 1 BRACKET; 3-PHASE RECLOSER OR SECT. JUMPER
4 BKT RP 001 4 BRACKET; RISER POLE ARRESTER
5 BKT TM 001 2 BRACKET; TRANSFORMER MOUNTING SIGNLE MOUNT
6 BOL MS 015 4 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD 5/8 X 2
7 BOL MS 036 10 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD ¾ X 14
8 CLA TG 001 6 CONNECTOR; TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND
9 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR; VISE TYPE 6-2 SOL 10-2 SOL
10 COB CO 025 6 CONDUCTOR; BARE CU 6 SOL SOFT DRAWN
11 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR; BARE CU 4 SOL SOFT DRAWN
12 CUT OT 004 2 CUTOUT; FUSED; 150KV BIL; 100 AMP; 27KV
13 FUS OH 011 2 FUSE LINK; TYPE T 100 AMP
14 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR; POST 35KV
15 REC SP 001 2 70-A, 26 INCH CREEP BUSHINGS
16 STU LI 001 2 STUD; LINE POST ¾ HEAD-3/4 DIAX1-3/4
17 WAS RD 005 24 WASHER; ROUND 2 DIA. ¾ BOLT
18 WAS SF 004 4 WASHER; SQ. FLAT 4 SQ. X ¼ IN. 7/8 BOLT
19 WAS SP 002 10 WASHER; SPRING DOUBLE HELIX FOR ¾ IN.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 25 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FBRS
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
2-PHASE APPLICATION
OPTIONS: 2
BOLT PLATE: NONE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 26 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRSH
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
3-PHASE APPLICATION
OPTIONS: 70*2, 70*1/0, 200*2, 200*1/0

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER; LIGHTNING 21KV POLYMER
2 BKT AC 003 9 BRACKET; CROSSARM MOUNTING CUTOUTS OR ARRESTERS
3 BKT TM 001 3 BRACKET; TRANSFORMER MOUNTING SINGLE MOUNT
4 BOL DA 015 1 BOLT; DOUBLE ARMING ¾ x 14
5 BOL DA 016 2 BOLT; DOUBLE ARMING ¾ x 16
6 BOL DA 021 8 BOLT; DOUBLE ARMING ¾ x 26
7 BOL MS 015 6 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD 5/8 x 2
8 BOL MS 036 3 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD 3/4 x 14
9 CLA HL 001 12 CLAMP; HOTLINE 6SOL-1/0STR
10 CLA SS 004 6 CLAMP; STRAIGHT STRAIN 4-3/0 AL
11 CLA TG 001 3 CONNECTOR; TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND
12 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR; VISE TYPE 6-2 SOL 10-2 SOL
13 COB CO 028 24 CONDUCTOR; BARE CU 4 SOL SOFT DRAWN
14 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT; FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
15 FUS OH 011 3 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 100T FULL LINK DESIGNATION
16 CXA FG 001 1 CROSSARM; FIBERGLASS, 3 5/8" x 4 5/8" X 10'
17 GUA AN 002 6 GUARD; ANIMAL, MINI SHED MOUNT
18 GUA AN 006 3 GUARD; ANIMAL, FOR FUSE CUTOUTS, JEA UNIVERSAL DESIGN
19 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR; DEADEND, SILICONE RUBBER, 34.5 KV
20 INS VP 001 1 INSULATOR; POST 35KV
21 NUT EY 003 6 NUT; EYE 3/4
22 WAS RD 005 35 WASHER; ROUND 2 DIA. ¾ BOLT
23 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER; SQ. FLAT 3 SQ. x ¼ in. 5/8 & ¾ BOLT
24 WAS SP 002 10 WASHER; SPRING DOUBLE HELIX FOR ¾ in.

25 REC SP *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR RECLOSER, SINGLE-PHASE, 150KV BIL


26 CAI RH *** 75 GENERAL CODE FOR COVERED TAP WIRE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 27 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRSH
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
3-PHASE APPLICATION
OPTIONS: 70*2, 70*1/0, 200*2, 200*1/0

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 28 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRSV
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
3-PHASE APPLICATION
OPTIONS: 70*2, 70*1/0, 200*2, 200*1/0

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ARR LI 003 6 ARRESTER; LIGHTNING 21KV POLYMER
2 BKT AC 007 3 BRACKET, ARRESTER OR CUTOUT, MODIFIED WISHBONE TYPE
3 BKT RP 001 6 BRACKET, RISER POLE ARRESTER
4 BKT TM 001 3 BRACKET; TRANSFORMER MOUNTING SINGLE MOUNT
5 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT; DOUBLE ARMING ¾ x 14
6 BOL DA 016 8 BOLT; DOUBLE ARMING ¾ x 16
7 BOL MS 015 6 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD 5/8 x 2
8 BOL MS 036 3 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD 3/4 x 14
9 BOL MS 037 4 BOLT; MACHINE; SQUARE HEAD 3/4 x 16
10 CLA HL 001 12 CLAMP, HOTLINE 6SOL-1/0STR
11 CLA SS 004 6 CLAMP; STRAIGHT STRAIN 4-3/0 AL
12 CLA TG 001 3 CONNECTOR; TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND
13 CNN VG 003 6 CONNECTOR; VISE TYPE 6-2 SOL 10-2 SOL
14 COB CO 028 24 CONDUCTOR; BARE CU 4 SOL SOFT DRAWN
15 CUT OT 004 3 CUTOUT, FUSED, 150KV BIL, 100 AMP, 27KV
16 FUS OH 011 3 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 100T FULL LINK DESIGNATION
17 GUA AN 002 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR USE WITH ENGERGIZED TRANSFORMERS
18 GUA AN 006 3 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR FUSE CUTOUTS, JEA UNIVERSAL DESIGN
19 INS CO 001 6 INSULATOR; DEADEND, SILICONE RUBBER, 34.5 KV
20 NUT EY 003 6 NUT; EYE 3/4
21 WAS RD 005 35 WASHER; ROUND 2 DIA. ¾ BOLT
22 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER; SQ. FLAT 3 SQ. x ¼ in. 5/8 & ¾ BOLT
23 WAS SP 002 10 WASHER; SPRING DOUBLE HELIX FOR ¾ in.

24 REC SP *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR RECLOSER, SINGLE-PHASE, 150KV BIL


25 CAI RH *** 75 GENERAL CODE FOR COVERED TAP WIRE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 29 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FCRSV
SINGLE-PHASE RECLOSERS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
3-PHASE APPLICATION
OPTIONS: 70*2, 70*1/0, 200*2, 200*1/0

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 30 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AR-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: TIE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 30 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4 X 3/4 IN.
2 ADC MI 002 1 CEMENT; PVC PIPE
3 BKT RE 001 1 BRACKET, RECLOSER JUMPER PIN
4 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 14
5 BOL DA 016 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 16
6 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
7 BOL MS 038 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
8 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT
9 CAI RH 010 30 #4 COVERED COPPER
10 CAI UF 001 40 CABLE, STREETLIGHT UF 12 CU 2/C
11 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636
12 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANS. TANK GROUND
13 COB AA 026 90 GENERAL CODE FOR 636MCM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
14 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
15 COB TW 004 20 TIE WIRE, ALUMINUM INSULATED
16 CNN TA 004 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, 636-636
17 CNN TL 029 6 TERMINAL; COMPRESSION, 4 HOLE, 636AAC
18 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
19 COD AF 010 1 1” SCHEDULE 40 PVC LB
20 FUS OH 005 1 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 23" MINIMUM LENGTH, 25T.
21 COD EF 002 2 CONNECTOR, FLEXIBLE PVC, 90 DEGREE; 1 IN
22 COD PC 016 40 CONDUIT; PVC; 1 IN DIA; SCHEDULE 40
23 COD PC 017 10 CONDUIT; FLEXIBLE PVC; 1 IN DIA
24 COD WH 002 1 WEATHERHEAD; PVC; FOR 1 IN DIA PIPE
25 GUA AN 007 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR ARRESTERS
26 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST, 34.5kV
27 LOC PA 002 2 PADLOCK, BRASS
28 NUT PG 300 30 NUT, 1/4 - 20
29 SWE RC 002 1 RECLOSER, CONTROL, FOR USE WITH SWE RC 001
30 REC GU 001 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER TERMINAL COVER
31 REC GU 002 100 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER LINE INSULATION
32 SWE RC 001 1 RECLOSER, THREE-PHASE, WITH 3 INTERNAL VOLTAGE SENSORS
33 STP ST 001 25 STRAP, STEEL, 1 IN.
34 FUS UG 046 1 FUSE, 1-TIME, 20-AMP, 125-VOLT, FERRULE TYPE-B
35 TIE CA 002 25 TIE, CABLE, 24” LENGTH
36 WAS RD 002 30 WASHER, ROUND 1 IN. FOR 3/8 BOLT
37 WAS RD 005 17 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
38 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 31 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AR-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
NOTES:
1) Pre-crimped jumper CNN JU 001 includes the jumper and pad connector.
2) The pad-to-pad connection shall be torqued to 40 ft-lbs.
3) The control box is powered with 120V. Streetlight 12/2 is to be run from the secondary, into the
weatherhead, through the 1” PVC pipe, into the PVC LB, to the AC disconnect, then to the
control box via 1” flexible PVC and 90 degree connectors. Inside, the hot leg is connected to L1
and the neutral to L2.
4) The control cables are run from each recloser to the junction box at the appropriate phase and a
single control cable is run down the pole via 1” steel straps and connected to the bottom of the
control box. Any slack should be coiled and tied with cable ties.
5) Each individual recloser and each side frame shall be grounded.
6) The recloser line insulation shall cover the 636AAC jumper from the 4 hole terminal connector to
the wedge tap connector. It should only be cut to install the arrester clamp.
7) The recloser channel should be installed in the transformer positions. The top two holes are 12”
apart and the third hole is 50.75” from the top hole.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 32 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AR-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 33 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AR-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – CONTROL INSTALLATION

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 34 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AR-TSH
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: TIE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 30 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4 X 3/4 IN.
2 ADC MI 002 1 CEMENT; PVC PIPE
3 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 14
4 BOL DA 016 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 16
5 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
6 BOL MS 038 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
7 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT
8 CAI RH 010 30 #4 COVERED COPPER
9 CAI UF 001 40 CABLE, STREETLIGHT UF 12 CU 2/C
10 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636
11 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANS. TANK GROUND
12 COB AA 026 90 GENERAL CODE FOR 636MCM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
13 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
14 COB TW 004 20 TIE WIRE, ALUMINUM INSULATED
15 CNN TA 004 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, 636-636
16 CNN TL 029 6 TERMINAL; COMPRESSION, 4 HOLE, 636AAC
17 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
18 COD AF 010 1 1” SCHEDULE 40 PVC LB
19 FUS OH 005 1 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 23" MINIMUM LENGTH, 25T.
20 COD EF 002 2 CONNECTOR, FLEXIBLE PVC, 90 DEGREE; 1 IN
21 COD PC 016 40 CONDUIT; PVC; 1 IN DIA; SCHEDULE 40
22 COD PC 017 10 CONDUIT; FLEXIBLE PVC; 1 IN DIA
23 COD WH 002 1 WEATHERHEAD; PVC; FOR 1 IN DIA PIPE
24 GUA AN 007 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR ARRESTERS
25 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST, 34.5kV
26 LOC PA 002 2 PADLOCK, BRASS
27 NUT PG 300 30 NUT, 1/4 - 20
28 SWE RC 002 1 RECLOSER, CONTROL, FOR USE WITH SWE RC 001
29 REC GU 001 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER TERMINAL COVER
30 REC GU 002 100 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER LINE INSULATION
31 SWE RC 001 1 RECLOSER, THREE-PHASE, WITH 3 INTERNAL VOLTAGE SENSORS
32 STP ST 001 25 STRAP, STEEL, 1 IN.
33 FUS UG 046 1 FUSE, 1-TIME, 20-AMP, 125-VOLT, FERRULE TYPE-B
34 TIE CA 002 25 TIE, CABLE, 24” LENGTH
35 WAS RD 002 30 WASHER, ROUND 1 IN. FOR 3/8 BOLT
36 WAS RD 005 17 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
37 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
The material in plate is the same as AR-TSE, except that there is no recloser spreader bracket BKT RE 001.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 35 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

AR-TSH
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 36 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 37 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DG-TSE
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: TIE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 30 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4 X 3/4 IN.
2 ADC MI 002 1 CEMENT; PVC PIPE
3 BKT RE 001 1 BRACKET, RECLOSER JUMPER PIN
4 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 14
5 BOL DA 016 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 16
6 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
7 BOL MS 038 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
8 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT
9 CAI RH 010 30 #4 COVERED COPPER
10 CAI UF 001 40 CABLE, STREETLIGHT UF 12 CU 2/C
11 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636
12 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANS. TANK GROUND
13 COB AA 026 90 GENERAL CODE FOR 636MCM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
14 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
15 COB TW 004 20 TIE WIRE, ALUMINUM INSULATED
16 CNN TA 004 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, 636-636
17 CNN TL 029 6 TERMINAL; COMPRESSION, 4 HOLE, 636AAC
18 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
19 COD AF 010 1 1” SCHEDULE 40 PVC LB
20 FUS OH 005 1 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 23" MINIMUM LENGTH, 25T.
21 COD EF 002 2 CONNECTOR, FLEXIBLE PVC, 90 DEGREE; 1 IN
22 COD PC 016 40 CONDUIT; PVC; 1 IN DIA; SCHEDULE 40
23 COD PC 017 10 CONDUIT; FLEXIBLE PVC; 1 IN DIA
24 COD WH 002 1 WEATHERHEAD; PVC; FOR 1 IN DIA PIPE
25 GUA AN 007 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR ARRESTERS
26 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST, 34.5kV
27 LOC PA 002 2 PADLOCK, BRASS
28 NUT PG 300 30 NUT, 1/4 - 20
29 SWE RC 002 1 RECLOSER, CONTROL, FOR USE WITH SWE RC 003
30 REC GU 001 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER TERMINAL COVER
31 REC GU 002 100 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER LINE INSULATION
32 SWE RC 003 1 RECLOSER, THREE-PHASE, WITH 6 INTERNAL VOLTAGE SENSORS
33 STP ST 001 25 STRAP, STEEL, 1 IN.
34 FUS UG 046 1 FUSE, 1-TIME, 20-AMP, 125-VOLT, FERRULE TYPE-B
35 TIE CA 002 25 TIE, CABLE, 24” LENGTH
36 WAS RD 002 30 WASHER, ROUND 1 IN. FOR 3/8 BOLT
37 WAS RD 005 17 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
38 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 38 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 39 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DG-TSH
OVR-3SP THREE-PHASE RECLOSER – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: TIE
BOLT PLATE: NONE
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 ANC ST 001 30 ANCHOR, STUD BOLT, 1/4 X 3/4 IN.
2 ADC MI 002 1 CEMENT; PVC PIPE
3 BOL DA 015 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 14
4 BOL DA 016 5 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 3/4 X 16
5 BOL MS 037 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X16
6 BOL MS 038 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 3/4X18
7 BOL TE 001 24 BOLT, TERMINAL KIT
8 CAI RH 010 30 #4 COVERED COPPER
9 CAI UF 001 40 CABLE, STREETLIGHT UF 12 CU 2/C
10 CLA AR 003 6 CLAMP, ARRESTER HOT-LINE, 336-636
11 CLA TG 001 6 CLAMP, TRANS. TANK GROUND
12 COB AA 026 90 GENERAL CODE FOR 636MCM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
13 COB CO 028 40 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
14 COB TW 004 20 TIE WIRE, ALUMINUM INSULATED
15 CNN TA 004 6 CONNECTOR, TAP, 636-636
16 CNN TL 029 6 TERMINAL; COMPRESSION, 4 HOLE, 636AAC
17 CNN VG 003 8 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
18 COD AF 010 1 1” SCHEDULE 40 PVC LB
19 FUS OH 005 1 FUSE, OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION, 23" MINIMUM LENGTH, 25T.
20 COD EF 002 2 CONNECTOR, FLEXIBLE PVC, 90 DEGREE; 1 IN
21 COD PC 016 40 CONDUIT; PVC; 1 IN DIA; SCHEDULE 40
22 COD PC 017 10 CONDUIT; FLEXIBLE PVC; 1 IN DIA
23 COD WH 002 1 WEATHERHEAD; PVC; FOR 1 IN DIA PIPE
24 GUA AN 007 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, FOR ARRESTERS
25 INS VP 001 2 INSULATOR, POST, 34.5kV
26 LOC PA 002 2 PADLOCK, BRASS
27 NUT PG 300 30 NUT, 1/4 - 20
28 SWE RC 002 1 RECLOSER, CONTROL, FOR USE WITH SWE RC 003
29 REC GU 001 6 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER TERMINAL COVER
30 REC GU 002 100 GUARD, ANIMAL, RECLOSER LINE INSULATION
31 SWE RC 003 1 RECLOSER, THREE-PHASE, WITH 6 INTERNAL VOLTAGE SENSORS
32 STP ST 001 25 STRAP, STEEL, 1 IN.
33 FUS UG 046 1 FUSE, 1-TIME, 20-AMP, 125-VOLT, FERRULE TYPE-B
34 TIE CA 002 25 TIE, CABLE, 24” LENGTH
35 WAS RD 002 30 WASHER, ROUND 1 IN. FOR 3/8 BOLT
36 WAS RD 005 17 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
37 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. BOLT
The material in plate is the same as AR-TSE, except that there is no recloser spreader bracket BKT RE 001.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SYSTEM PROTECTION - PLATING


IV. 8 - Page 40 of 40
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUNDING
INTRODUCTION
1. The staples on wood poles shall be 12 inches apart from the top of the pole to the neutral.
2. The staples on wood poles shall be 24-36 inches apart from the neutral to the base of the pole.
3. Double staple the #4CU ground wire 12 inch above and 12 inch below the neutral. Cut the
ground wire 3 inches below the top double staple.
4. Larger staples (STA PL 003) are to be used to attach the ground-wire guard to wood poles and
shall be spaced every 8 inches. A two inch cable guard is to be used to shield the ground-wire
on concrete poles that have an external pole ground.
5. ALL hardware on concrete poles shall be effectively grounded using #4 CU (See next page for
grounding details). The additional material needed for grounding the hardware at each phase
location is included with the pole plate. Insulator brackets, shield bracket if present, or hook
disconnect switches installed on wood poles shall NOT be grounded.
6. When installing the #4 CW ground-wire on wood poles, a loop extending at least 2 feet from
the pole surface shall be made near the ground-line of the pole (See next page for details).
Once the pole has been set, the lower portion of this loop is to be cut, and the free end of the
loop is to attach directly to the ground rod using the clamp (CLA GR 001). This will eliminate
the #4 CU jumper from the ground-wire to the ground rod and the additional connector -- thus
improving the grounding path.
7. The ground wire is to be located on the same side of the pole as the neutral conductor, and for
horizontal construction shall be on opposite side of the pole from the B-phase conductor.
8. Three 8 foot copper-clad grounding rods are given with the equipment grounding plates.
However, additional rods may be necessary to achieve a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or
less. Chemically treating the ground surrounding the grounding electrode to achieve this value
is not acceptable.
9. As a minimum, a non-equipment ground shall be installed on every distribution pole.
10. When installing an external pole ground on a concrete pole, if the ground loop cannot be found
at groundline, the neutral ground loop shall be used.
11. G1W equipment grounds are to be used on poles with equipment that has grounding
provisions: transformers, recloser, capacitors, and switches. Arrester stations also receive
equipment grounds.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 1 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GROUNDING DETAIL FOR HARDWARE INSTALLED ON CONCRETE POLE

GROUND LOOP DETAIL FOR WOOD POLES

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 2 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G1C
CONCRETE POLE – EQUIPMENT GROUND
OPTIONS: 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 3#6
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA GR 001 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. ROD
2 COB CO 028 6 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
4 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
5 CNN GR 002 2 COUPLING, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. THREADLESS ROD
6 ROD GR 003 3 ROD, GROUND, 5/8 IN. DIA., 8 FT. LONG, THREADLESS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 3 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G1W
WOOD POLE – EQUIPMENT GROUND
OPTIONS: 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 3#6
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA GR 001 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. ROD
2 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 COB CW 014 70 CONDUCTOR, COPPERWELD, #4 DSA
4 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
6 CNN GR 002 2 COUPLING, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. THREADLESS ROD
7 GUA GW 001 1 GUARD, GROUND WIRE, GREY PVC
8 ROD GR 003 3 ROD, GROUND, 5/8 IN. DIA., 8 FT. LONG, THREADLESS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 4 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G3C
CONCRETE POLE – NON-EQUIPMENT GROUND
OPTIONS: 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 3#6
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA GR 001 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. ROD
2 COB CO 028 6 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
4 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
5 ROD GR 003 1 ROD, GROUND, 5/8 IN. DIA., 8 FT. LONG, THREADLESS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 5 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G3W
WOOD POLE – NON-EQUIPMENT GROUND
OPTIONS: 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 3#6
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA GR 001 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. ROD
2 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 COB CW 014 70 CONDUCTOR, COPPERWELD, #4 DSA
4 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
6 GUA GW 001 1 GUARD, GROUND WIRE, GREY PVC
7 ROD GR 003 1 ROD, GROUND, 5/8 IN. DIA., 8 FT. LONG, THREADLESS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 6 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G4C
CONCRETE POLE – GROUND USING EXISTING ROD
OPTIONS 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 3#6
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA GR 001 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. ROD
2 COB CO 028 6 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
4 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 7 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G4W
WOOD POLE – GROUND USING EXISTING ROD
OPTIONS: 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 3#6
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA GR 001 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. ROD
2 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 COB CW 014 70 CONDUCTOR, COPPERWELD, #4 DSA
4 CNN CP *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
6 GUA GW 001 1 GUARD, GROUND WIRE, GREY PVC

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 8 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G6
GUY BOND – INSULATED
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


CONNECTOR, #2, 6-2 MAIN, 2-1/0 TAP, ALUMINUM COMPRESSION, PARALLEL
1 CNN CP 002 1
TAP,
2 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 9 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G7
GUY BOND – NON-INSULATED
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


CONNECTOR, #2, 6-2 MAIN, 2-1/0 TAP, ALUMINUM COMPRESSION, PARALLEL
1 CNN CP 002 1
TAP,
2 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 10 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G8
ROD FOR EXISTING POLE GROUND
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NOTE: EXISTING GROUND-WIRE SHOULD BE CUT AND ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE


GROUND ROD IF POSSIBLE. IF THIS CANNOT BE DONE, BUILD AS SHOWN.

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA GR 001 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. ROD
2 COB CO 028 4 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, #4 SOFT DRAWN
3 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
4 CNN GR 002 2 COUPLING, GROUND ROD, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. THREADLESS ROD
5 ROD GR 003 3 ROD, GROUND, 5/8 IN. DIA., 8 FT. LONG, THREADLESS

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 11 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G9
POLE GROUND REPAIR
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 COB CW 014 5 CONDUCTOR, COPPERWELD, #4 DSA
2 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GROUNDING
V. 1. - Page 12 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GUYS AND ANCHORS


I. DESIGN
The guying systems and specifications in this section have been designed according to the
requirements set forth in the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) (1993 Edition). Section 26 of
the NESC gives the details to be considered when designing guying systems. The factors included
in the design are:
A. CONDUCTOR TENSIONS (MAXIMUM)
B. SHIELD AND NEUTRAL TENSIONS (MAXIMUM)
C. WIND LOADING
D. COLUMNAR LOADING OF POLE (MAXIMUM BOWING MOMENT)
E. NESC GRADE B CONSTRUCTION (SEE NOTE BELOW)
F. NESC OVERLOAD CAPACITY FACTORS (TABLE 264-1)

Note: JEA designs all Overhead Electric Facilities to NESC Grade B construction even when a
lower grade may be allowable by Code.

II. GROUNDING
JEA design criterion requires that all downguys be grounded whether they contain insulators or not.
This grounding is accomplished by installing a #4 CU jumper between the guy strand and the pole
ground. This connection would be below the lowest guy insulator if one or more are installed in the
guy strand. Section 215C2 of the NESC allows for some exceptions in this area that the JEA
chooses not to allow.

III. MATERIAL AND USES


A. GUY STRAND
JEA uses two sizes of guy strand to accomplish all distribution guying requirements. They
are 3/8” and 7/16” in diameter and are made of galvanized steel and conform to ASTM
specification A475-72. The minimum breaking strengths are 11,500 pounds and 20,800
pounds respectively.
B. STRAIN INSULATORS
Strain insulators come in two lengths, 60” and 144”. They are to be used in downguys and
spanguys that are in close proximity to energized conductor or equipment on the pole. The
purpose for these is so that if a guy system failed and the guy strand fell against energized
conductor, the guy strand itself would not become energized. The 144” insulator is normally
used in the A and B phase positions, with the 60” normally used at the C phase position. The
144” insulator is also used on poles where the conductor size changes (i.e., 636 KCM
aluminum deadends vertically and 1/0 aluminum conductor continues on) and on deadend
poles with equipment (i.e., transformers, risers, etc.). Strain insulators (guy breakers) shall
not touch primary conductors or insulators.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 1 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

C. BOLTS
Guy plates are provided with bolts for each plate, but may not be needed if already supplied
with another plate. Bolts are provided to attach to a standard 50 foot, class 2 wood pole for
normal construction. If a downguy is installed on a larger pole, a bolt plate will need to plated
if available.
D. GUY ATTACHMENTS
The guy strand is attached to the pole by use of one of two different pole attachment plates.
These plates are stackable at one location on the pole to allow for installing two downguys at
one point on the pole (i.e., 636 KCM aluminum deadended on crossarms requires two 7/16”
downguys at bolt hole 73) - See plate GY7SPL. Provisions for downguys are also provided
on the steel crossarm and the 3-phase cutout and arrester bracket if required.
E. GUY ANCHORS
Two basic types of anchoring systems are used for downguys -- one is the screw type and
the other is the “Manta-Ray” type. The screw anchors come in two different styles, a single-
helix and a multi or double-helix. The single-helix anchor is 8 feet long with a 10” diameter
screw. The multi-helix anchor is 5 feet long and comes with a 10” and 11.3” diameter
screws. The “Manta-Ray” anchoring system is a patented system that allows for the
installation of a high-strength anchor in areas not accessible to large trucks or equipment.
The “Manta-Ray” holding strength is equivalent to that of the multi-helix anchor. Holding
strengths for guy anchors are very dependent on the type of soil conditions in which the
anchor is placed. Below is a table to quantify typical holding strengths for anchors.
TABLE 1: ANCHOR HOLDING STRENGTH
Holding Strength
Anchor Type
Poor Soil Good Soil
Single-Helix 6,000 pounds 10,000 pounds
Multi-Helix *18,000 pounds *18,000 pounds
Manta-Ray >15,000 pounds >15,000 pounds

Poor soil includes: Loose sand, wet clay, loam and marsh lands.
Good soil includes: Compacted clay and gravel, hardpan, claypan, and compacted sand.
 Depends on obtaining one (1) full twist in the anchor rod upon installation.
F. SECONDARY GUYS
These guidelines are for the normal construction practices. For secondary attachments at
higher than normal levels, guy leads would need to be adjusted accordingly.
III.F.1. For #2 Triplex or Quadraplex and 1/0 Triplex secondary busses between distribution
line poles, a “GY3” with a 12 foot guy lead is required.
III.F.2. For 2/0 or 4/0 PAP or Quadraplex secondary busses between distribution line poles,
a “GY3” with a 15 foot guy lead is required.
III.F.3. If a downguy is required for a secondary drop form a distribution line pole to the
customer, a “GY3” with a 10 foot guy lead would be adequate.
III.F.4. For #6 Duplex busses or drops, the Engineer will decide on a case to case basis if
any guying is required.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 2 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

G. SIDEWALK GUYS
These utilize 3/8” guy strand only and are to be used only when a normal guy lead cannot be
obtained. This type of downguy exerts a very large moment on the pole in the area of the
stand-off pipe, often exceeding the minimum bowing moment for the pole if used in heavy
strain situations. The limitations of the guy strand and all the components of the guy system
are usually exceeded if used on more than single-phase primary or secondary drop
installations. It may be necessary to install a strain pole if conditions exceed the above.
H. POLE KEYS
These are for use on concrete poles where a conventional downguy and anchor cannot be
installed. They are for loose soil conditions and should only be used as a last resort method
for resisting light strains. The heavy duty key is for use on LT class and larger poles. The
light duty key is for class 3 and class H poles.
 Before requesting that a pole key be installed, please review the design with your
supervisor.
I. BOG SHOES
These are for poles being set in “Muck” areas. Their use is limited and is usually reserved for
smaller wire installations. It is much more preferable to increase the setting depth of the pole
to reach a more stable layer than to utilize bog shoes. When these type areas are
encountered it may be necessary to obtain a soil boring to determine the required setting
depth.
 Before requesting that a bog shoe be installed, please review the design with your
supervisor.
J. POLE BRACES
These are used to secure a pole that may be undermined by an excavation operation. They
shall always be installed perpendicular to the overhead wires. The heavy duty brace is for
three-phase lines and larger poles. The light duty brace is for single and two-phase lines and
smaller poles or poles being partially exposed. The use of these braces is not an exact
science. There are many factors to be considered when evaluating a construction site and
making a determination as to what method of pole support to use. NEVER GUESS!!!.
Always know that the method chosen will accomplish the task required.
K. BUTT GUYS
These guys have very little application and should be only used if you are well experienced in
their use. The heavy duty butt guy is mainly used for soft earth areas where pole settlement
is a possibility. The light duty butt guy is for use where very little of the pole is to be exposed
and where at least three (3) feet of the pole butt is in solid ground not to be disturbed. As
with pole braces, always know that the method chosen will accomplish the task.
L. PUSH POLES
The basic use of this type installation is where a downguy has to be temporarily removed.
This should not be considered a permanent installation. Push poles do have limitations. If
you have any questions at all about their ability to accomplish the task, consult your
supervisor.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 3 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

IV. PLACEMENT
Guys are required on many different types of structures and installations. They are basically used to
offset an unbalanced force exerted on the pole by the conductors. The tables in this section cover
most all the installations you will encounter on the JEA distribution system. However, there are some
that will not fall into a description found in the tables. If you have any question about the structure
type or guy requirements, please consult your supervisor.

V. STRAIN POLES
Strain poles are not practical for all situations. Wood poles are not strain poles, and class 3 concrete
poles should also not be considered as strain poles. Please consult with your supervisor about the
use of strain poles and the limitations that may apply to your situation.

VI. DOWNGUY ANCHOR PLACEMENT


TABLE 2: ANCHOR PLACEMENT
TOP GUY LEAD ANCHOR PLACEMENT
POLE SIZE
FROM BASE OF POLE (FT) *
30 15
35 20
40 20
SHIELD
45 25
50 25
55 30
60 30
A PHASE
65 35
70 35
75 40 B PHASE
80 40
GA C PHASE
* This is based on a normal setting depth.
** 3 feet is the minimum anchor separation.
5 feet is desired.

GA (Guy Angle) - A guy angle of 30 degrees is


required. If an angle of less than 30 degrees is
to be installed, please review with your supervisor.

The eye of the anchor (or extension) should be at


one foot above grade to prevent the guy grip from
being damaged at the eye by landscaping and from
being covered by plant growth.

**
TOP GUY LEAD
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 4 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

TABLE 3: GUYS AND SUPPORT PLATES


PLATE DESCRIPTION
GY3 3/8” DOWNGUY WITH 8 FOOT SCREW ANCHOR
GY3-A 3/8” DOWNGUY WITHOUT ANCHOR
GY3SPN 3/8” SPANGUY
GY3BK BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 3/8” SPANGUY AT POLE
GY3MBK BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 3/8” SPANGUY MIDSPAN
GY3SW 3/8” SIDEWALK DOWNGUY

GY7 7/16” DOWNGUY WITH MULTI-HELIX ANCHOR


GY7-A 7/16” DOWNGUY WITHOUT ANCHOR
GY7SPN 7/16” SPANGUY
GY7BK BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 7/16” SPANGUY AT POLE
GY7MBK BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 7/16” SPANGUY MIDSPAN
GY7SPL 7/16” SPECIAL DOWNGUY FOR HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
GY7MR 7/16” DOWNGUY WITH MANTA-RAY ANCHOR

GYX3.5 MULTI-HELIX ANCHOR EXTENSION 3’-6”


GYX5 MULTI-HELIX ANCHOR EXTENSION 5’-0”
GYX3.5MR MANTA-RAY ANCHOR EXTENSION 3’-6”
GYX7MR MANTA-RAY ANCHOR EXTENSION 7’-0”

GYBOG-C BOGSHOE FOR CONCRETE POLE


GYBOG-W BOGSHOE FOR WOOD POLE
GYBRACE-LD POLE BRACE, LIGHT DUTY
GYBRACE-HD POLE BRACE, HEAVY DUTY
GYBUTT-LD BUTTGUY, LIGHT DUTY
GYBUTT-HD BUTTGUY, HEAVY DUTY
GYKEY-LD POLE KEY, LIGHT DUTY
GYKEY-HD POLE KEY, HEAVY DUTY
GYPUSH PUSH POLE

OPTIONS
*5 – 60” Strain Insulator
*12 – 144” Strain Insulator

PLATE EXAMPLES
GY7*5 7/16” Downguy with 60” strain insulator and a multi-helix anchor
GY3-A*5 3/8” Downguy with 60” strain insulator and no anchor
GY3SPN*12 3/8” Spanguy with a 144” strain insulator
GY3 3/8” Downguy with 8 foot screw anchor

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 5 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VII. DOWNGUY REQUIREMENTS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION


TABLE 4 : SINGLE PHASE
GUY PLATE FOR GUY PLATE FOR
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE BOLT HOLE
1/0 OR SMALLER 2/0 TO 636 KCM
DA1 GY3 B5 N/A N/A
DA1-5 GY3 B30 N/A N/A
DA2 GY3 B5 N/A N/A
DA2-5 GY3 B30 N/A N/A
DA3 GY3 B5 N/A N/A
DA3-5 GY3 B30 N/A N/A
DA4 GY3(2) B5, 7 N/A N/A
DA4-5 GY3(2) B30, 35 N/A N/A
DA5 GY3 7 N/A N/A
DA5-5 GY3 35 N/A N/A
DA18(A) GY3 B5 N/A N/A
DA18(B) GY3 B5 N/A N/A
GY3-A B68
DA18(C) GY3 B5 N/A N/A
GY3-A B106
DA18-5(A) GY3 B30 N/A N/A
DA18-5(B) GY3 B68 N/A N/A
DA18-5(C) GY3 B106 N/A N/A
DA20(A) GY3 B5 N/A N/A
DA20(B) GY3 B5 N/A N/A
GY3-A B68
DA20(C) GY3 B5 N/A N/A
GY3-A B106
DA20-5(A) GY3 B30 N/A N/A
DA20-5(B) GY3 B68 N/A N/A
DA20-5(C) GY3 B106 N/A N/A
DA22(A) GY3 7 N/A N/A
DA22(B) GY3 7 N/A N/A
GY3-A 73
DA22(C) GY3 7 N/A N/A
GY3-A 111
DA22-5(A) GY3 35 N/A N/A
DA22-5(B) GY3 73 N/A N/A
DA22-5(C) GY3 111 N/A N/A

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 6 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VII. DOWNGUY REQUIREMENTS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION (CONTINUED)


TABLE 5 : TWO PHASE
GUY PLATE FOR 1/0 GUY PLATE FOR 2/0
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE BOLT HOLE
OR SMALLER TO 636 KCM
DB1 GY3 B5 N/A N/A
DB1-5 GY3 B30 N/A N/A
DB2 GY3 B5 N/A N/A
GY3-A B68
DB2-5 GY3 B30 N/A N/A
GY3-A B68
DB3 GY3(2) B5, B68 N/A N/A
DB3-5 GY3(2) B30, B68 N/A N/A
DB4 GY3(4) B5, 7, B68, 73 N/A N/A
DB4-5 GY3(4) B30, 35, B68, 73 N/A N/A
DB5 GY3(2) 7, 73 N/A N/A
DB5-5 GY3(2) 35, 73 N/A N/A
DB18(A&B) GY3(2) B5, B68 N/A N/A
DB18(A&C) GY3(2) B5, B106 N/A N/A
DB18(B&C) GY3(2) B5, B68 N/A N/A
DB18-5(A&B) GY3(2) B30, B68 N/A N/A
DB18-5(A&C) GY3(2) B30, B106 N/A N/A
DB18-5(B&C) GY3(2) B68, B106 N/A N/A
DB20(A&C) GY3(2) B5, B68 N/A N/A
DB20(A&C) GY3(2) B5, B106 N/A N/A
DB20(B&C) GY3(2) B5, B68 N/A N/A
DB20-5(A&B) GY3(2) B30, B68 N/A N/A
DB20-5(A&C) GY3(2) B30, B106 N/A N/A
DB20-5(B&C) GY3(2) B68, B106 N/A N/A
DB22(A&B) GY3 7 N/A N/A
GY3-A 73
DB22(A&C) GY3 7 N/A N/A
GY3-A 111
DB22(B&C) GY3 7 N/A N/A
GY3-A 73
DB22-5(A&B) GY3 35 N/A N/A
GY3-A 73
DB22-5(A&C) GY3 35 N/A N/A
GY3-A 111
DB22-5(B&C) GY3 73 N/A N/A
GY3-A 111

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 7 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VII. DOWNGUY REQUIREMENTS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION (CONTINUED)


TABLE 6: THREE PHASE
GUY PLATE FOR 1/0 GUY PLATE FOR 2/0
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE BOLT HOLE
OR SMALLER TO 636 KCM
DC1 GY3 B5 GY3(2) B5, B68
GY3-A B106 GY3-A B106
DC1-5 GY3 B30 GY3(2) B30, B68
GY3-A B106 GY3-A B106
DC2 GY3(2) B5, B68 GY3(3) B5, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY3-A B192
DC2-5 GY3(2) B30, B68 GY3(3) B30, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY3-A B192
DC3(30-45) GY3(2) B5, B68 GY7(2) B5, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A(2) B68, B192
DC3(45-60) GY3(2) B5, B68 GY7(3) B5, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A B192
DC3-5(30-45) GY3(2) B30, B68 GY7(2) B30, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A(2) B68, B192
DC3-5(45-60) GY3(2) B30, B68 GY7(3) B30, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A B192
DC4 GY3(4) B5, 7, B68, 73 GY7(6) B5, 7, B73, B106,
GY3-A(2) B106, 111 GY7-A(2) 111, B192, 198
DC4-5 GY3(4) B30, 35, B68, 73 GY7(6) B30, 35, B68, 73,
GY3-A(2) B106, 111 GY7-A(2) B106, 111
B192, 198
DC5 GY3(2) 7,73 GY7(3) 7, 73, 111
GY3-A 111 GY7-A 198
DC5-5 GY3(2) 35, 73 GY7(3) 35, 73, 111
GY3-A 111 GY7-A 198
DC7SL GY3(2) 7,73 GY7(3) 7, 73, 111
GY3-A 111 GY7-A 198
DC18 GY3(2) B5, B68 GY7(3) B5, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A B192
DC18-5 GY3(2) B30, B68 GY7(3) B30, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A B192
DC20 GY3(2) B5, B68 GY7(3) B5, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A B192
DC20-5 GY3(2) B30, B68 GY7(3) B30, B68, B106
GY3-A B106 GY7-A B192
DC22 GY3(2) 7, 73 GY3(3) 7, 73, 111
GY3-A 111 GY3-A 198
DC22-5 GY3(2) 35, 73 GY3(3) 35, 73, 111
GY3-A 111 GY3-A 198

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 8 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VIII. SPANGUY & STUBGUY REQUIREMENTS – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION


TABLE 7: ONE & TWO PHASE - 1/0 OR SMALLER
GUY PLATE FOR STUB POLE
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE
1/0 OR SMALLER *DOWNGUY
DA1 GY3SPN B5 GY3
DA1-5 GY3SPN B30 GY3
DA2 GY3SPN B5 GY3
DA2-5 GY3SPN B30 GY3
DA3 GY3SPN B5 GY3
DA3-5 GY3SPN B30 GY3
DA4 GY3SPN(2) B5, 7 GY3
DA4-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, 35 GY3
DA5 GY3SPN 7 GY3
DA5-5 GY3SPN 35 GY3
DA18(A) GY3SPN B5 GY3
DA18(B) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DA18(C) GY3SPN(2) B5, B106 GY3
DA18-5(A) GY3SPN B30 GY3
DA18-5(B) GY3SPN B68 GY3
DA18-5(C) GY3SPN B106 GY3
DA20(A) GY3SPN B5 GY3
DA20(B) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DA20(C) GY3SPN(2) B5, B106 GY3
DA20-5(A) GY3SPN B30 GY3
DA20-5(B) GY3SPN B68 GY3
DA20-5(C) GY3SPN B106 GY3
DB1 GY3SPN B5 GY3
DB1-5 GY3SPN B30 GY3
DB2 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DB2-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B68 GY3
DB3 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DB3-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B68 GY3
DB4 GY3SPN(4) B5, 7, B68, 73 GY3(2)
DB4-5 GY3SPN(4) B30, 35, B68, 73 GY3
DB5 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DB5-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B68 GY3
DB18(A&B) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DB18(A&C) GY3SPN(2) B5. B106 GY3(2)
DB18(B&C) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DB18-5(A&B) GY3SPN(2) B30, B68 GY3
DB18-5(A&C) GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DB18-5(B&C) GY3SPN(2) B68, B106 GY3
DB20(A&B) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DB20(A&C) GY3SPN(2) B5, B106 GY3(2)
DB20(B&C) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DB20-5(A&B) GY3SPN(2) B30, B68 GY3
DB20-5(A&C) GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DB20-5(B&C) GY3SPN(2) B68, B106 GY3
* Where more than one stub pole is required, use size and number of downguys shown at each stub
pole location.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 9 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VIII. SPANGUY & STUBGUY – VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION (CONTINUED)


TABLE 8: THREE PHASE - 1/0 OR SMALLER
GUY PLATE FOR STUB POLE
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE
1/0 OR SMALLER *DOWNGUY
DC1 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DC1-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DC2 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DC2-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DC3(30-45) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DC3(45-60) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DC3-5(30-45) GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DC3-5(45-60) GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DC4 GY3SPN(4) B5, 7, B68, 73 GY3(2)
DC4-5 GY3SPN(4) B30, 35, B106, 111 GY3
DC5 GY3SPN(2) 7, 73 GY3(2)
DC5-5 GY3SPN(2) 35, 111 GY3
DC7SL GY3SPN(2) 7, 73 GY3(2)
DC18 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DC18-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DC20 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
DC20-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
* Where more than one stub pole is required, use size and number of downguys shown at each stub
pole location.
TABLE 9: THREE-PHASE - 2/0 TO 636 KCM
GUY PLATE FOR STUB POLE
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE
2/0 to 636 KCM *DOWNGUY
DC1 GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3
DC1-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3
DC2 GY3SPN(3) B5, B68, B106 GY3(2)
DC2-5 GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3(2)
DC3(30-45) GY3SPN(3) B5, B68, B106 GY3(3)
DC3(45-60) GY3SPN(4) B5, B30, B68, B106 GY7
DC3-5(30-45) GY3SPN(2) B30, B106 GY3(2)
DC3-5(45-60) GY3SPN(3) B30, B68, B106 GY7(2)
DC4 GY3SPN(8) B5, 7, B68, 73, B106, 111, B192, 198 GY7(2)
DC4-5 GY3SPN(8) B30, 35, B68, 73, B106, 111, B192, 198 GY7(2)
DC5 GY3SPN(4) 7, 73, 111, 198 GY7(2)
DC5-5 GY3SPN(4) 35, 73, 111, 198 GY7(2)
DC7SL GY3SPN(4) 7, 73, 111, 198 GY7(2)
DC18 GY3SPN(4) B5, B68, B106, B192 GY7(2)
DC18-5 GY3SPN(4) B30, B68, B106, B192 GY7(2)
DC20 GY3SPN(4) B5, B68, B106, B192 GY7(2)
DC20-5 GY3SPN(4) B30, B68, B106, B192 GY7(2)
* Where more than one stub pole is required, use size and number of downguys shown at each stub
pole location.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 10 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VIII. SPANGUY & STUBGUY (CONTINUED)


TABLE 10: HORIZONTAL - 1/0 OR SMALLER
GUY PLATE FOR STUB POLE
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE
1/0 OR SMALLER *DOWNGUY
T1 GY3SPN B68 GY3
T1-5 GY3SPN B20 GY3
T2(5-30) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
T2-5(5-30) GY3SPN B20 GY3
T5 GY3SPN(2) 7,73 GY3(2)
T5-5 GY3SPN 25 GY3
T8(30-60) GY3SPN(2) B5, B68 GY3(2)
T8-5(30-60) GY3SPN B20 GY3
T20 GY3SPN(2) B5, B106 GY3(2)
T20-5 GY3SPN B68 GY3
T22 GY3SPN 111 GY3
T22-5 GY3SPN 73 GY3
VB1-5 GY3SPN B20 GY3
VB2-5(5-30) GY3SPN B20 GY3
VB7-5 GY3SPN 25 GY3
VB8-5(30-60) GY3SPN B20 GY3
VB20-5 GY3SPN B68 GY3
VB22-5 GY3SPN 73 GY3

IX. DOWNGUY REQUIREMENTS – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION


TABLE 11: HORIZONTAL - 2/0 TO 636 KCM
GUY PLATE FOR STUB POLE
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE
1/0 OR SMALLER *DOWNGUY
T1 GY3SPN B68 GY3
T1-5 GY3SPN B20 GY3
T2(5-30) GY3SPN B5, B68 GY3(2)
T2-5(5-30) GY3SPN(2) B20 GY3(2)
T5 GY7SPN(3) 7, 73, 198 GY7(2)
T5-5 GY7SPN(2) 25, 198 GY7(2)
T8(30-60) GY7SPN(3) B5, B68, B192 GY7(2)
T8-5(30-60) GY7SPN(2) B20, B192 GY7(2)
T20 GY7SPN(3) B5, B105, B192 GY7(2)
T20-5 GY7SPN(2) B68, B192 GY7(2)
T22 GY3SPN 111 GY3
T22-5 GY3SPN 73 GY3

* Where more than one stub pole is required, use size and number of downguys shown at each stub
pole location.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 11 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

IX. DOWNGUY REQUIREMENTS – HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION


TABLE 12: 1/0 OR SMALLER & 2/0 TO 636 KCM
GUY PLATE FOR GUY PLATE FOR
STRUCTURE TYPE BOLT HOLE BOLT HOLE
1/0 OR SMALLER 2/0 TO 636 KCM
T1 GY3 B68 GY3 B68
T1-5 GY3 B20 GY3 B20
T2(5-30) GY3(2) B5, B68 GY3(2) B5, B68
T2-5(5-30) GY3 B20 GY7 B20
T5 GY3(2) 7, 73 GY7 7, 73
GY7SPL 73
GY7-A 198
T5-5 GY3 25 GY7 25
GY7SPL 25
GY7-A 198
T8(30-60) GY3(2) B5, B68 GY7(2) B5, B68
GY7SPL B68
T8-5(30-60) GY3 B20 GY7(2) B20, B192
GY7SPL B20
T20 GY3(2) B5, B106 GY7(2) B5, B106
GY7SPL B106
GY7-A B192
T20-5 GY3 B68 GY7 B68
GY7SPL B68
GY7-A B192
T22 GY3 111 GY3 111
T22-5 GY3 73 GY3 73
VB1-5 GY3 B20 N/A N/A
VB2-5(5-30) GY3 B20 N/A N/A
VB7-5 GY3 25 N/A N/A
VB8-5(30-60) GY3 B20 N/A N/A
VB20-5 GY3 B68 N/A N/A
VB22-5 GY3 73 N/A N/A

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 12 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY3
3/8” DOWNGUY WITH 8 FOOT SCREW ANCHOR
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
CONNECTOR, #2, 6-2 MAIN, 2-1/0 TAP, ALUMINUM COMPRESSION,
2 CNN CP 002 1
PARALLEL TAP,
3 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
5 GUA GW 002 1 GUARD, GUY WIRE (YELLOW)
6 GUY AT 008 1 GUY ATTACHMENT (COMBINATION) 20,000 POUNDS
7 GUY GR 001 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 3/8” GUY STRAND
8 GUY ST 005 50 GUY STRAND, 3/8”
9 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
13 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
14 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 13 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY3-A
3/8” DOWNGUY WITHOUT ANCHOR
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


CONNECTOR, #2, 6-2 MAIN, 2-1/0 TAP, ALUMINUM COMPRESSION,
1 CNN CP 002 1
PARALLEL TAP,
2 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
3 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
4 GUA GW 002 1 GUARD, GUY WIRE (YELLOW)
5 GUY AT 008 1 GUY ATTACHMENT (COMBINATION) 20,000 POUNDS
6 GUY GR 001 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 3/8” GUY STRAND
7 GUY ST 005 50 GUY STRAND, 3/8”
8 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
12 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
13 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 14 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY3SPN
3/8” SPANGUY
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


CONNECTOR, #2, 6-2 MAIN, 2-1/0 TAP, ALUMINUM COMPRESSION,
1 CNN CP 002 2
PARALLEL TAP,
2 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
3 COB CO 028 5 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
4 GUY GR 001 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 3/8” GUY STRAND
5 GUY ST 005 80 GUY STRAND, 3/8”
6 NUT TE 002 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 3/4, SINGLE
7 NUT TE 003 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 3/4, TWIN
8 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
12 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR
13 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE, 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 15 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY3BK
BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 3/8” SPANGUY AT POLE
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR
2 GUY GR 001 1 GUY GRIP, FOR 3/8” GUY STRAND
3 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE, 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 16 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY3MBK
BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 3/8” SPANGUY AT MIDSPAN
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR
2 GUY GR 001 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 3/8” GUY STRAND
3 GUY RO 001 1 GUY ROLLER, 13/16” HOLE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 17 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY3SW
3/8” SIDEWALK DOWNGUY
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 BOL MS 020 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
4 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, #2, 6-2 MAIN, 2-1/0 TAP, ALUMINUM COMPRESSION,
5 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
6 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
7 GUA GW 002 1 GUARD, GUY WIRE (YELLOW)
8 GUY GR 001 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 3/8” GUY STRAND
9 GUY AT 008 1 GUY ATTACHMENT (COMBINATION) 20,000 POUNDS
10 GUY FI 001 1 GUY FITTING, SIDEWALK, POLE PLATE
11 GUY FI 002 1 GUY FITTING, SIDEWALK, SINGLE GUY CLAMP
12 GUY ST 005 50 GUY STRAND, 3/8”
13 1 PIPE, GALVANIZED, 2 IN. DIA., 6 FOOT LONG
14 SCW LA 002 1 SCREW, LAG, 1/2 IN. DIA., 4 IN. LONG
15 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
16 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
17 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 18 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY7
7/16” DOWNGUY WITH MULTI-HELIX ANCHOR
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC EX 002 1 ANCHOR EXTENSION, 3-1/2 FOOT
2 ANC EX 003 3 ANCHOR EXTENSION, 5 FOOT
3 ANC MS 002 1 ANCHOR, MULTI-HELIX, 5 FOOT LONG, 10/11.3 IN. DIA. HELIX
4 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, #3, 6-2 MAIN, 2/0-3/0 TAP, COMPRESSION, PARALLEL
5 CLE TH 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 20,000 POUNDS
6 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
8 GUA GW 002 1 GUARD, GUY WIRE (YELLOW)
9 GUY AT 004 1 GUY ATTACHMENT, 20,000 POUNDS MIN. ULTIMATE
10 GUY GR 002 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 7/16” GUY STRAND
11 GUY ST 006 50 GUY STRAND, 7/16”
12 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
15 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
16 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
17 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 19 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY7-A
7/16” DOWNGUY WITHOUT ANCHOR
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


CONNECTOR, #3, 6-2 MAIN, 2/0-3/0 TAP, COMPRESSION, PARALLEL
1 CNN CP 005 1
TAP, ALUMINUM,
2 CLE TH 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 20,000 POUNDS
3 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
5 GUA GW 002 1 GUARD, GUY WIRE (YELLOW)
6 GUY AT 004 1 GUY ATTACHMENT, 20,000 POUNDS MIN. ULTIMATE
7 GUY GR 002 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 7/16” GUY STRAND
8 GUY ST 006 50 GUY STRAND, 7/16”
9 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
13 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
14 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 20 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY7SPN
7/16” SPANGUY
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


CONNECTOR, #3, 6-2 MAIN, 2/0-3/0 TAP, COMPRESSION, PARALLEL
1 CNN CP 005 2
TAP, ALUMINUM,
2 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
3 COB CO 028 5 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
4 GUY GR 002 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 7/16” GUY STRAND
5 GUY ST 006 80 GUY STRAND, 7/16”
6 NUT TE 002 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 3/4, SINGLE
7 NUT TE 003 1 NUT, THIMBLE EYE, 3/4, TWIN
8 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
9 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
12 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR
13 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE, 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 21 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY7BK
BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 7/16” SPANGUY AT POLE
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR
2 GUY GR 002 1 GUY GRIP, FOR 7/16” GUY STRAND
3 NUT EY 003 1 NUT, EYE, 3/4

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 22 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY7MBK
BREAKER ADDITION FOR EXISTING 7/16” SPANGUY AT MIDSPAN
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR
2 GUY GR 002 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 7/16” GUY STRAND
3 GUY RO 001 1 GUY ROLLER, 13/16” HOLE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 23 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY7SPL
7/16” SPECIAL DOWNGUY FOR HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC AE 001 1 ANCHOR, EYEBOLT ASSEMBLY, TRIPLE EYE
2 ANC EX *** * GENERAL CODE FOR EXTENSION (PLATED SEPARATE)
3 ANC MS 002 1 ANCHOR, MULTI-HELIX, 5 FOOT LONG, 10/11.3 IN. DIA. HELIX
4 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, #3, 6-2 MAIN, 2/0-3/0 TAP, COMPRESSION, PARALLEL
5 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
6 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
7 GUA GW 002 1 GUARD, GUY WIRE (YELLOW)
8 GUY AT 008 1 GUY ATTACHMENT (COMBINATION) 20,000 POUNDS
9 GUY GR 002 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 7/16” GUY STRAND
10 GUY ST 006 50 GUY STRAND, 7/16”
11 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS RD 005 1 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 002 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 2-1/4 IN., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
15 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
16 BOL MS 020 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 5/8X14
17 BOL MS 036 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
18 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
19 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 24 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GY7MR
7/16” DOWNGUY WITH MANTA-RAY ANCHOR
OPTIONS: *5, *12
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC MR 001 1 ANCHOR, MANTA-RAY
2 CNN CP 005 1 CONNECTOR, #3, 6-2 MAIN, 2/0-3/0 TAP, COMPRESSION, PARALLEL
3 CLE TH 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE, 20,000 POUNDS
4 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
5 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
6 GUA GW 002 1 GUARD, GUY WIRE (YELLOW)
7 GUY AT 004 1 GUY ATTACHMENT, 20,000 POUNDS MIN. ULTIMATE
8 GUY GR 002 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 7/16” GUY STRAND
9 GUY ST 006 50 GUY STRAND, 7/16”
10 ROD ** *** * GENERAL CODE FOR EXTENSION (PLATED SEPERATE)
11 THI EY 002 1 THIMBLE EYE, TWIN, FOR MANTA-RAY ANCHOR
12 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
15 BOL MS 036 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X14
16 COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
17 INS GB *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN INSULATOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 25 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYBOG-C
BOGSHOE FOR CONCRETE POLE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC BS 001 2 ANCHOR, BOGSHOE, CONCRETE
2 ROD HA 007 1 ROD, HANGER, 1-1/2 IN. DIA., 60 IN. LONG
3 WAS SF 008 2 WASHER, 6 IN. SQUARE, FLAT, FOR 1-1/2 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 26 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYBOG-W
BOGSHOE FOR WOOD POLE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 043 4 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD 3/4X28
2 POL WO 003 1 POLE, WOOD, 35 FOOT, CLASS 4, CCA TREATED
3 ROD HA 004 2 ROD, HANGER, 1 IN. DIA., 40 IN. LONG
4 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
5 WAS SC 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, CURVED, 4 IN., FOR 1 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 8 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 27 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYBRACE-LD
POLE BRACE – LIGHT DUTY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 BOL DA 016 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X16
3 BOL DA 017 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X17
4 CXA WO 008 1 CROSSARM, WOOD, 6” X 8” X 11’
5 CXA WO 009 1 CROSSARM, WOOD, 6” X 8” X 15”
6 WAS RD 005 5 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 7 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 28 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYBRACE-HD
POLE BRACE – HEAVY DUTY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 BOL DA 021 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X26
3 BOL DA 022 2 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X28
4 POL WO 001 2 POLE, WOOD, CLASS 4, CCA TREATED
5 WAS SF 003 6 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 29 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYBUTT-LD
BUTTGUY – LIGHT DUTY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 CLA CS 001 1 CLAMP, SUSPENSION, 3-BOLT TYPE
3 CXA WO 004 1 CROSSARM, WOOD, 5-3/4” X 4-3/4” X 10’
4 GUY ST 005 30 GUY STRAND, 3/8 IN.
5 SCW LA 002 3 SCREW, LAG, 1/2 IN. DIA., 4 IN. LENGTH

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 30 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYBUTT-HD
BUTTGUY – HEAVY DUTY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 BOL DA 014 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X12
3 BOL DA 020 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X24
4 CXA WO 005 1 CROSSARM, WOOD, 5-3/4” X 5-3/4” X 10’
5 WAS RD 005 4 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 4 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 31 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYKEY-LD
POLE KEY – LIGHT DUTY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC KY 001 1 ANCHOR KEY, 6 FOOT LENGTH
2 ROD HA 008 1 ROD, HANGER, 1-1/2 IN. DIA., 40 IN. LENGTH
3 WAS SF 008 2 WASHER, 6 IN. SQUARE, FLAT, FOR 1-1/2 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 32 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYKEY-HD
POLE KEY – HEAVY DUTY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC KY 002 1 ANCHOR KEY, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 ROD HA 008 1 ROD, HANGER, 1-1/2 IN. DIA., 40 IN. LENGTH
3 WAS SF 008 2 WASHER, 6 IN. SQUARE, FLAT, FOR 1-1/2 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS & ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 33 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GYPUSH
PUSH POLE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 BOL DA 018 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X20
3 BOL DA 019 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING 3/4X22
4 POL WO 003 1 POLE, WOOD, 35 FOOT, CLASS 4
5 WAS RD 005 2 WASHER, ROUND, 2 IN. DIA., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

GUYS AND ANCHORS


V. 2. - Page 34 of 34
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES:


1. MERCURY VAPOR
Mercury vapor luminaire plates are shown for the purpose of removal only. Any work will
constitute replacement with the appropriate High Pressure Sodium (HPS) or Light Emitting
Diode (LED) fixture.
2. HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS)
HPS fixtures are available in three wattages – 70, 200, and 250. The 70W HPS fixture is used
almost exclusively for residential roadway lighting. The 200W HPS fixture is used primarily for
light to moderately traveled roadways and the 250W HPS fixture for moderate to heavily
traveled roadways.
3. METAL HALIDE (MH)
MH roadway lighting and floodlight fixtures are available in 320W (previously 400W).
Decorative acorn lighting fixtures are available in 150W (previously 175W). The 400W and
175W fixtures can still be maintained with the appropriate lamp and/or ballast replacement. If
the ballast or fixture is upgraded to the new wattage, then the lamp must be upgraded as well.
4. LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED)
LED lighting fixtures are available in multiple options. Cobra-head fixtures are available in 40W
(70W HPS Equivalent), 115W (200/250W HPS Equivalent), and 275W (400W HPS
Equivalent). The 115W LED cobra-head will replace both the 200W HPS and the 250W HPS.
A LED post-top fixture is available in 40W (70W HPS Equivalent) as a direct replacement, as
well as a retrofit. Decorative acorn lighting fixtures are also available in 100W (150W/175W
MH). Currently, LED is the most efficient roadway lighting system.
5. PLATE SUFFIXES:
Add a "U" suffix to indicate underground lighting for L1, L2, and L3 (Example: L1U). The "U"
suffix will include all the material on the plate, plus 30' of cable, the concrete pole, the fuse,
fuse holder, and cover.
Add an "R" suffix to indicate a high pressure sodium replacement for L1, L2, L3 and L4
(Example: L1R). The "R" suffix will include a fixture, lamp, and photocontrol.
6. POLES
All non-decorative concrete street light poles should be plated with a G3C non-equipment
ground, which will provide the necessary ground rod, clamps, and connectors. All metal poles
should include a CLATG001 installed in the pole and connected to the ground wire.
All decorative aluminum street light poles with provisions for banner arms should be placed at
a minimum of thirty-inches (30”) from face of curb to face of pole to avoid banner arm overhang
into the active roadway. JEA maintains the banner arm assembly, but is not responsible for
hanging banners.
7. CONDUCTOR
12-2 UF without ground is the conductor used to supply voltage to the fixture. All fixtures,
besides Series Type, have ballasts that require a 120V supply. Every streetlight bracket shall
be grounded for personnel safety.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 1 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

8. MAINTENANCE PLATES
STREET LIGHT MAINTENANCE PLATES
PLATE DESCRIPTION UNIT
LUMIN INSTALL LUMINAIRE EA
ULAMP INSTALL LAMP EA
UPHOTO INSTALL PHOTO CONTROL EA
BKTARM INSTALL BRACKET ARM EA
SLPOLE INSTALL STREET LIGHT POLE EA
PAINT-SLP PAINT STREET LIGHT POLE EA
PAINT-SLP1 PAINT L4 STREET LIGHT POLE EA

UNDERGROUND FED LIGHTING NOTES:


1. If possible, the fuse shall be installed in the pole. All fiberglass and aluminum pole plates thus
include the fuse, fuse holder, and cover. The cover is the smaller COVSP003. If the fuse must
be installed in the pullbox, the USTSL plate should be used. The USTSL plate makes use of
the larger COVSP002 which is waterproof.
2. The anchor base shall extend 1 inch maximum above final grade and must be set parallel to
established reference line (back of curb, back of walk, survey base line, etc.) with a maximum
deviation of ½ inch every 18 inches.
3. The pole opening at the base shall be in the direction of the feed. Three feet of slack shall be
coiled at the bottom of the pole.
4. Secondary conductor for underground lighting systems shall be at least 2/0 aluminum triplex
(CAIUS002) installed in 3” schedule 40 conduit (CODPC020) with elevations and warning tape
as shown in the Direct Buried Conduit section of Underground Distribution Construction
Standards.
5. Conduit should enter pullbox as shown in the Secondary Systems section of Underground
Distribution Construction Standards.
6. Secondary connections should meet the standard as shown in the Secondary Systems section
of Underground Distribution Construction Standards.

OVERHEAD FED LIGHTING NOTES:


7. LIGHT SHIELDS
Light shields are available, but only for the General Electric fixtures. These shields will reduce
the amount of side light projected from the fixture, which may be a nuisance. Light shields
must be itemized. The 70W shield is item STLLS001 and the 200/250W shield is item
STLLS002.
8. FLOODLIGHTS
a) Floodlights are available in 200W HPS (STLFL001), 400W HPS (STLFL002), and 320W
MH (STLFL004). They can be mounted as a single fixture on one bracket or two fixtures on a
single bracket with the use of an adapter bracket. They all require a 120V supply and are
individually controlled by a photocontrol. They are to be installed on the back-side of the pole
in the streetlight mounting holes. Plates FL1 and FL2 are to be used when there are NO
secondary obstructions. This is the preferred installation because the “L” bracket is the least
expensive. Plates FL3 and FL4 are to be used if there are secondary obstructions on the back-

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 2 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

side of the pole such as service drops. The NEMA labels on the front of the fixtures designate
the lamp wattage and type. A yellow label designates High Pressure Sodium (HPS), and a red
label designates Metal Halide (MH). All floodlight brackets shall be grounded.
b) Floodlights are directional fixtures and must be aimed to satisfy the specific lighting
requirements. Each fixture has an angle adjustment guide on the side. For most installations,
the fixture will be aimed downwards at a 30 to 45 degree angle from the vertical plane. The
easiest way to aim the floodlight is to visualize a line extending perpendicular from the front of
the fixture. Where this line strikes the ground, or the side of a building, is where the light will
be the most intense. Floodlights produce a wedge-shaped light distribution pattern on the
ground, as opposed to an elliptical pattern for a roadway fixture.
9. CUTOFF
The L9R standard is a HPS cut-off fixture that can be converted to work as a 250W or a 400W
fixture. They are for special applications where “light pollution” is an issue. The plate option
issues the correct lamp. The fixture is converted from one wattage to the other by
disconnecting the “quick-disconnect” lead across the fixture capacitor. They come pre-wired
as standard for 120V operation, but they can be converted to work at 208, 240, or 277V by
changing the tap on the ballast.
10. Overhead-fed streetlighting shall be feed by a minimum #6 aluminum duplex, Vizsla
(CAIOS001).

SPECIAL AREAS:
11. STEEL SQUARE POLES AROUND EVERBANK STADIUM
JEA is not responsible for the maintenance of the steel square poles around Everbank
Stadium. COJ is responsible for these poles. JEA is still responsible for maintaining the
shoebox fixture which includes the ballast, lamp, photocontrol, etc.
12. CYLINDRICAL ALUMINUM POLES AT CECIL COMMERCE CENTER
JEA is not responsible for the maintenance of the cylindrical aluminum poles at Cecil
Commerce Center. JEDC is responsible for these poles. JEA is still responsible for
maintaining the shoebox fixture which includes the ballast, lamp, photocontrol, etc.

ADDITIONAL NOTES:
13. STANDARD MATERIAL
Any material installed by JEA personnel or contractors on the JEA system, where the intention
is for JEA to ultimately maintain the installed product, must be JEA approved standard material.
This is accomplished by strictly adhering to the item ID’s shown in this section.
14. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS AND PART NUMBERS
The approved manufacturers and part numbers for the various item ID’s are shown in the
Electric Master Material Catalog. For an up-to-date listing of these items, please visit the online
catalog at:
HTTPS://APPS.JEA.COM/MATERIALSCATALOG/EMMC.PDF

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 3 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

15. AS-BUILTS REQUIREMENTS


The construction As-Built record drawings for all street light projects shall be provided to JEA
prior to scheduled installation of conductors. All street light installations shall be constructed
per applicable standards. New street light installations will not be energized until the JEA
Project Engineer has approved final As-Built drawings of the lighting system.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 4 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L101 - 40W LED COBRAHEAD (70W HPS EQUIVALENT)

NOTE: 24’ AGL = 24’ ABOVE GROUND LEVEL

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


BKT SL 002 1 BRACKET 8FT. 3FT. RISE JEA #DMD-31
CAI UF 001 13 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR ALUM. COMP. SIDE BY 6-2 2-1/0
CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR ALUM. COMP SIDE BY 6-2 3/0-4/0
CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR VISE TYPE 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR BARE COPPER #4 SOL. SOFT DRAWN
COV IC 002 1 COVER COMP. CONNECTORS INSULATING
STL LE 001 1 LUMINAIRE LED 120 V 40 WATT HORIZONTAL
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK

PLATE OPTIONS: (INCLUDES WIRE IF NECESSARY)


L101 (Mount to existing pole), L101R (LED Luminaire & Photocell Only), L101U (Includes 30/1C Pole – Pg.
8)

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 5 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L201 - 115W LED COBRAHEAD (200/250W HPS EQUIVALENT)

NOTE: 28’ AGL = 28’ ABOVE GROUND LEVEL

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


BKT SL 007 1 BRACKET, TRUSSARM 12FT. 4FT. RISE JEA #DMD-67
CAI UF 001 18 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, ALUM. COMP. SIDE BY 6-2 2-1/0
CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, ALUM. COMP SIDE BY 6-2 3/0-4/0
CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER #4 SOL. SOFT DRAWN
COV IC 002 1 COVER COMP. CONNECTORS INSULATING
STL LE 002 1 LUMINARE, LED. IES TYPE M.N. III
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK

PLATE OPTIONS: (INCLUDES WIRE IF NECESSARY)


L201 (Mount to existing pole), L201R (LED Luminaire & Photocell Only), L201U (Includes 35/1C Pole – Pg.
8)

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 6 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L301 - 275W LED COBRAHEAD (400W HPS EQUIVALENT)

NOTE: 28’ AGL = 28’ ABOVE GROUND LEVEL

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


BKT SL 007 1 BRACKET, TRUSSARM 12FT. 4FT. RISE JEA #DMD-67
CAI UF 001 18 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, ALUM. COMP. SIDE BY 6-2 2-1/0
CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, ALUM. COMP SIDE BY 6-2 3/0-4/0
CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER #4 SOL. SOFT DRAWN
COV IC 002 1 COVER COMP. CONNECTORS INSULATING
STL LE 003 1 LUMINARE, LED IES TYPE M.N. III
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK

PLATE OPTIONS: (INCLUDES WIRE IF NECESSARY)


L301 (Mount to existing pole), L301R (LED Luminaire & Photocell Only), L301U (Includes 35/1C Pole – Pg.
8)

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 7 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L40_ – 40W / 72W LED POST TOP (70W HPS / 150W MH


EQUIVALENT)
NOTE: RETROFIT PLATE OPTION AVAILABLE

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


CAI UF 001 22 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
POL FG 001 1 POLE, 18FT. FIBERGLASS
STL LE ___ 1 LUMINAIRE, POLE TOP, SEE PLATE OPTIONS, 120 VOLTS
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK

PLATE OPTIONS:
L401 (includes FG pole) L401R (Post Top LED Luminaire & Photocell only) STL LE 004 (40W LED – 70W HPS equiv.)
L402 (Retrofit LED Luminaire & Photocell only) STL LE 006 (40W LED – 70W HPS equiv.)
L403 (includes FG pole) L403R (Post Top LED Luminaire & Photocell only) STL LE 010 (72W LED – 150W MH equiv.)

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 8 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L601_ - 40W LED COBRAHEAD


(on a 27’ ALUMINUM POLE)

PLATE ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


BKT SL ___ 1 BRACKET, STREET LIGHT, TRUSS (8’ – 004, 12’ – 005, 15’ – 006)
CAI UF 001 50 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
L601T
POL AL 002 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT 27 FT SINGLE TRUSS
STL LE 001 1 LUMINAIRE LED 120 V 40 WATT HORIZONTAL
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, ELECTRONIC, TWIST-LOCK
PLATE OPTIONS: *8, *12, *15
EXAMPLE: L601T*12
BKT SL ___ 2 BRACKET, STREET LIGHT, TRUSS (8’ – 004, 12’ – 005, 15’ – 006)
CAI UF 001 50 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
L601DT
POL AL 003 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT 27 FT DOUBLE TRUSS
STL LE 001 2 LUMINAIRE LED 120 V 40 WATT HORIZONTAL
STL PC 010 2 PHOTOCONTROL, ELECTRONIC, TWIST-LOCK
PLATE OPTIONS: *8, *12, *15
EXAMPLE: L601DT*12

NOTE:
Locations that require a new base, Plate ANCBASE2. (See ANCBASE_). Height of fixture above ground
level is 28.75-ft with respect to anchor base.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 9 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L1501_ – 115W / 275W LED COBRAHEAD FIXTURE ON 37’


ALUMINUM POLE
(200/250W HPS EQUIVALENT) / (400W HPS OR 320W MH EQUIVALENT)

QT
PLATE ITEM DESCRIPTION
Y
BKT SL 005 1 BRACKET, STREET LIGHT 12 FT. ALUM. TRUSS STYLE, 3FT. RISE
CAI UF 001 55 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
L1501T CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
POL AL 004 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT ALUM-TRUSS ARM 37 FT.
STL LE ___ 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LED LUMINAIRE
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED FIXTURE
BKT SL 005 2 BRACKET, STREET LIGHT 12 FT. ALUM. TRUSS STYLE
CAI UF 001 75 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
L1501DT CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
POL AL 005 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT ALUM-TWIN TRUSS ARM 37 FT.
STL LE ___ 2 GENERAL CODE FOR LED LUMINAIRE
STL PC 010 2 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED FIXTURE

OPTIONS:
L1501T*115 L1501DT*115
L1501T*275 L1501DT*275

NOTE:
Locations that require a new base, Plate ANCBASE4. (See ANCBASE_ ). Height of fixture above ground
level is 39.5-ft with respect to anchor base.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 10 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L1601_ - 115W LED COBRAHEAD FIXTURE ON 27’ ALUMINUM POLE


(200/250W HPS EQUIVALENT)

PLATE ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


BKT SL ___ 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STREET LIGHT BRACKET
CAI UF 001 65 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
L1601T CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
POL AL 002 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT ALUM-TRUSS ARM 27 FT.
STL LE 002 1 LUMINARE, LED. IES TYPE M.N. III
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED FIXTURE
BKT SL ___ 2 GENERAL CODE FOR STREET LIGHT BRACKET
CAI UF 001 85 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
L1601DT CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
POL AL 003 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT ALUM-TWIN TRUSS ARM 27 FT.
STL LE 002 2 LUMINARE, LED. IES TYPE M.N. III
STL PC 010 2 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED FIXTURE

OPTIONS:
L1601T*8 L1601DT*8
L1601T*12 L1601DT*12

NOTE:
Locations that require a new base, Plate ANCBASE2. (See ANCBASE_) Height of fixture above ground
level is 28.75-ft with respect to anchor base.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 11 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LDDA01 – 100W LED (150W MH EQUIVALENT) DOUBLE


DECORATIVE ACORN PEDESTRIAN LIGHT

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


CAI UF 001 30 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
POL AL 006 1 AL. POLE, 14FT., 6 IN. DIA., BANNER ARM
STL DE 004 1 SUNFLOWER ARM
STL LE 008 2 100W LED DECORATIVE UTILITY ACORN FIXTURE W/ GOLD BANDS
STL PC 010 2 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK
Options: LDDA01R – 100W LED DECORATIVE ACORN REPLACEMENT
NOTES:
1. This pole requires a concrete base, NOT INCLUDED (Plate ANCBASE6).
2. Contractors are required to install JEA’s standard concrete base with the conduit system.
3. See Note 6 in the GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES section about pole placement & banner arms.
4. 12/2 cable will be brought up to each head from the splay opening at the bottom of the pole. At this
opening, there should be one wire nut with the three neutrals and one with the three hot legs.
Each hot leg feed from the wire nut to the fixture shall be protected by a fuse.
5. Use plate ID, LDA01*RETRO, for retro-fit kit option with a quantity of two (2) for the double acorn.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 12 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LPA01*DC OR LDA01*DC – 100WLED PLAIN ACORN OR


DECORATIVE ACORN ON DECORATIVE CONCRETE POLE
OPTIONS: LPA01*DC, LDA01*DC

OPTION ITEM
LPA01*DC
STLLE009
(PLAIN ACORN)
LDA01*DC
STLLE008
(DECORATIVE ACORN)

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


STLLE00 _ 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FIXTURE (SEE OPTIONS ABOVE)
*STLRF070 1 REFRACTOR FOR PLAIN ACORN-STYLE FIXTURE
STLPC010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK
CAIUF001 22 CABLE; STREET LIGHT UF 12 CU 2/C
CODCO025 1 COUPLING; PLASTIC IC CONDUIT 1 IN. SCH40
CODPC017 5 CONDUIT; FLEXIBLE PVC; 1 INCH DIAMETER
POLCO040 1 13 FT. DECORATIVE CONC. POLE
*Note: Refractor is included with STLLE008 fixture.
Options: LPA01R, LDA01R

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 13 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LDA01*14 - 14FT AL POLE W/DECORATIVE ACORN 100W LED (150W


MH EQUIVALENT) FIXTURE

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


CAI UF 001 22 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
POL AL 006 1 AL. POLE, 14FT., 6 IN. DIA., BANNER ARM
STL LE 008 1 100W LED DECORATIVE UTILITY ACORN FIXTURE W/ GOLD BANDS
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK
Options: LDA01R (fixture only for LED replacement), LDA01*RETRO (retro-fit kit)

NOTES:
This pole requires a concrete base, NOT INCLUDED (Plate ANCBASE6).
The developer’s contractors are required to install a concrete base with the conduit system.
For 14-ft AL pole without banner rod provisions, use POLAL008 instead of POLAL006.
See Note 6 in the GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES section about pole placement & banner arms.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 14 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LPA01*14 - 14FT AL POLE W/PLAIN ACORN 100W LED (150W MH


EQUIVALENT) FIXTURE

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION


CAI UF 001 22 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
POL AL 006 1 AL. POLE, 14FT., 6 IN. DIA., BANNER ARM
STL LE 009 1 100W LED PLAIN ACORN-STYLE FIXTURE
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK
STL RF 070 1 REFRACTOR FOR PLAIN ACORN-STYLE FIXTURE
Options: LPA01*DC(w/ 13-ft decorative concrete pole), LPA01R (fixture only for LED replacement),
LPA01*RETRO (retro-fit kit)

NOTES:
This pole requires a concrete base, NOT INCLUDED (Plate ANCBASE6).
The developer’s contractors are required to install a concrete base with the conduit system.
For 14-ft AL pole without banner rod provisions, use POLAL008 instead of POLAL006.
See Note 6 in the GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES section about pole placement & banner arms.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 15 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LTDT01 & LTDS01 - 35 FT OCTAGONAL CONCRETE POLE W/ 150W /


LED TEAR DROP FIXTURES
OPTIONS: LTDT01*150, LTDS01*150

GRADE GRADE
5'
5'

TWIN ARM (T) SINGLE ARM (S)


PLATE ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION
BKT SL 015 1 TWIN 72” AL. CROSSARM FOR TEAR DROP
CAI UF 001 100 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
LTDT01
POL CO 041 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT 35 FT. OCTAGONAL POLE
STL LE 011 2 LUMINAIRE, 150W LED (250W HPS EQUIVALENT), TEAR DROP
STL PC 010 2 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED FIXTURE
BKT SL 014 1 SINGLE 72” AL. CROSSARM FOR TEAR DROP
CAI UF 001 50 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
CLA TG 001 1 CLAMP, TRANSFORMER TANK GROUND, "BRONZE" 6 SOL - 1 STR.
LTDS01
POL CO 041 1 POLE, STREET LIGHT 35 FT. OCTAGONAL POLE
STL LE 011 1 LUMINAIRE, 150W LED (250W HPS EQUIVALENT), TEAR DROP
STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED FIXTURE
NOTE:
1. Install G3C
2. 12/2 and a green #10 ground shall be brought up to each head from the splay opening at the
bottom of the pole. At this opening, there should be one wire nut with the three neutrals, one with
the three grounds, and one with the three hot legs. Each hot leg feed from the wire nut to the
fixture shall be protected by a fuse. The #10 ground feed shall be grounded at the handhole and at
the base of the pole.
3. For LED replacement of fixtures only use: LTDT01R*150, LTDS01R*150

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 16 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L101 – 40W LED (70W HPS EQUIVALENT) ROADWAY FIXTURE


OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT SL 002 1 BRACKET, STREETLIGHT, 8 FT. LENGTH, 3 FT. RISE, UNIVERSAL BASE
3 CAI UF 001 13 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
5 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
6 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
8 COV IC 002 1 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
10 STL LE 001 1 LUMINAIRE, 40W, LED, ROADWAY
11 STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK
12 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 17 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L101R - 40 WATT LED (70W HPS EQUIVALENT) ROADWAY FIXTURE


– WITHOUT BRACKET
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 STL LE 001 1 LUMINAIRE, 40W, LED, ROADWAY
2 STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 18 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L201 - 115 WATT LED (200W/250W HPS EQUIVALENT) ROADWAY


FIXTURE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT SL 007 1 BRACKET, STREETLIGHT, 12 FT. LENGTH, 4 FT. RISE, UNIVERSAL BASE
3 CAI UF 001 18 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
5 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
6 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
8 COV IC 002 1 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
10 STL LE 002 1 LUMINAIRE, 115W, LED, ROADWAY
11 STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK
12 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 3 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 19 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L201R - 115 WATT LED (200W/250W HPS EQUIVALENT) ROADWAY


FIXTURE – WITHOUT BRACKET
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 STL LE 002 1 LUMINAIRE, 115W, LED, ROADWAY
2 STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 20 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L301R – 275W LED (320W MH/400W HPS EQUIVALENT) CUT-OFF


ROADWAY FIXTURE
WITHOUT BRACKET

OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 STL LE 003 1 LUMINAIRE, 275W, LED, ROADWAY, CUT-OFF
2 STL PC 010 1 PHOTOCONTROL, LONG LIFE FOR LED, TWIST-LOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 21 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LB1- 8 FOOT BRACKET


WITHOUT FIXTURE

OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT SL 002 1 BRACKET, STREETLIGHT, 8 FT. LENGTH, 3 FT. RISE, UNIVERSAL BASE
3 CAI UF 001 13 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
5 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
6 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
8 COV IC 002 1 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
9 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 22 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LB2 - 12 FOOT BRACKET


WITHOUT FIXTURE

OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT SL 007 1 BRACKET, STREETLIGHT, 12 FT. LENGTH, 4 FT. RISE, UNIVERSAL BASE
3 CAI UF 001 18 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
5 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
6 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
8 COV IC 002 1 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
9 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 3 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 23 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

LB3 - 15 FOOT BRACKET


WITHOUT FIXTURE

OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

Note: This bracket shall only be installed on stand-alone poles, not


distribution
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL MS 020 3 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 BKT SL 008 1 BRACKET, STREETLIGHT, 15 FT. LENGTH, 8 FT. RISE, UNIVERSAL BASE
3 CAI UF 001 18 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
5 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
6 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
7 CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
8 COV IC 002 1 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
9 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 003 3 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 3 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 24 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

L13 - OBSTRUCTION LIGHT


OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 XXX ZZ 075 8 NIPPLE, 1/2” X 1-1/2”
2 XXX ZZ 076 1 T CONNECTOR, 1/2”
3 XXX ZZ 077 2 ELBOW, 1/2”
4 CAI UF 001 30 CABLE, STREET LIGHT 12/2 UF CU W/O GROUND
5 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
6 COD ST 001 30 CONDUIT, STEEL, 1/2”
7 LAM IN 001 2 LAMP, INCANDESCENT, 69 WATT, 120V
8 LIG OB 001 1 LIGHT, OBSTRUCTION
9 STL PC 001 1 PHOTOCONTROL, ELECTRONIC
10 STL PC 004 1 PHOTOCONTROL BRACKET W/ RECEPTACLE
11 STP ST 002 8 STRAP, CONDUIT, 3/4”

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 25 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FL1 - SINGLE MOUNT FLOODLIGHT


NO SECONDARY OBSTRUCTIONS
200W HPS, 400W HPS, 320W MH

OPTIONS: 2H, 4H, 32M


BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT SL 013 1 BRACKET, SINGLE MOUNT, FOR FLOODLIGHT
2 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
4 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
5 CNN VG 002 2 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 8-4 SOL. 12-4 SOL.
6 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
7 COV IC 002 1 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
8 STL FL *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FLOODLIGHT FIXTURE
9 STL LA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LAMP
10 STL PC 001 1 PHOTOCONTROL, ELECTRONIC, TWIST-LOCK
11 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 26 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FL2 - DOUBLE MOUNT FLOODLIGHT


NO SECONDARY OBSTRUCTIONS
200W HPS, 400W HPS, 320W MH

OPTIONS: 2H, 4H, 32M


BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT SL 012 1 BRACKET, FLOODLIGHT ADAPTER
2 BKT SL 013 1 BRACKET, SINGLE MOUNT, FOR FLOODLIGHT
3 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CNN CP 008 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
6 CNN VG 002 3 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 8-4 SOL. 12-4 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
8 COV IC 002 2 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
9 STL FL *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FLOODLIGHT FIXTURE
10 STL LA *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR LAMP
11 STL PC 001 2 PHOTOCONTROL, ELECTRONIC, TWIST-LOCK
12 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 27 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FL3 - SINGLE MOUNT FLOODLIGHT


WITH SECONDARY OBSTRUCTIONS
200W HPS, 400W HPS, 320W MH

OPTIONS: 2H, 4H, 32M


BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT SL 011 1 BRACKET, SINGLE MOUNT, FOR FLOODLIGHT, 4 FOOT LENGTH
2 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
3 CNN CP 002 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
4 CNN CP 008 1 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
5 CNN VG 002 2 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 8-4 SOL. 12-4 SOL.
6 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
7 COV IC 002 1 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
8 STL FL *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FLOODLIGHT FIXTURE
9 STL LA *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR LAMP
10 STL PC 001 1 PHOTOCONTROL, ELECTRONIC, TWIST-LOCK
11 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 28 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FL4 - DOUBLE MOUNT FLOODLIGHT


WITH SECONDARY OBSTRUCTIONS
200W HPS, 400W HPS, 320W MH

OPTIONS: 2H, 4H, 4M


BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BKT SL 011 1 BRACKET, SINGLE MOUNT, FOR FLOODLIGHT, 4 FOOT LENGTH
2 BKT SL 012 1 BRACKET, FLOODLIGHT ADAPTER
3 BOL MS 020 2 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
4 CNN CP 002 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 2-1/0
5 CNN CP 008 2 CONNECTOR, AL. COMP., SIDE-BY, 6-2 3/0-4/0
6 CNN VG 002 3 CONNECTOR, VISE GRIP, 8-4 SOL. 12-4 SOL.
7 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, COPPER, BARE, #4
8 COV IC 002 2 COVER, INSULATED, “D” SIZE CONNECTORS/SLEEVES
9 STL FL *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR FLOODLIGHT FIXTURE
10 STL LA *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR LAMP
11 STL PC 001 2 PHOTOCONTROL, ELECTRONIC, TWIST-LOCK
12 WAS RD 004 4 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
14 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

LIGHTING
V. 3. - Page 29 of 29
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SECONDARY
INTRODUCTION
1. All Secondary willl attach at the location shown in the box. If no location is shown, special
provisions may be necessary, such as drilling an additional hole, and must be called for by
the engineer.
2. Open-wire secondary shall be maintained only and should be removed if possible and
replaced with multiplex cable. In some situations, such as supplying overhead power to
streetlighting poles with long spans, open-wire secondary may be more practical from a
design standpoint. However, consult your supervisor before plating any open-wire
secondary.
3. Plate options are listed under the brief description for each construction standard and the bolt
plates if available.
4. The S8 plate is to be used on angle main-line structures only. Do not use this plate on
clearance poles. Instead, use the S6 plate and itemize two wedge clamps to attach the cut-
in to the clearance pole.
5. When working with quadraplex, the plates S20 and S21 can be modified to include an
additional connector and cover by adding a “Q” to the plate name. Example: S20Q*2/0-1/0
6. Plate options for the S20 and S21 plates are explained as follows: The first number after the
asterisk is the secondary buss size, and the second number is the service drop size.
7. The S20 plate has been copied into the S20ES (Existing Service) and is used for all existing
(and new) services that require side-by connectors. The S20NS (New Service) is for all new
services fed from multi-tap transformer connectors. For S20NS, only the service drop size is
required because only the wedge clamp is needed. These two new designations will force
the plating engineer to choose existing or new service so that the appropriate connectors will
be included with the job. Examples of the new plates are listed below.
S20ES*1/0-1/0 for existing services that require connectors
item # description
I.CLASR003 1 CLAMP, STRAIN RELIEF WEDGE MESSENGER, SIZE: #6 - 2/0
I.CNNCP002 1 CONNECTOR, #2, 6-2 MAIN, 2-1/0 TAP, COMPRESSION PARALLEL TAP, ALUMINUM
CONNECTOR, #4, 1/0-2/0 MAIN, 1/0-3/0 TAP COMPRESSION PARALLEL TAP,
I.CNNCP004 2 ALUMINUM
I.COVIC002 2 COVER, "D" DIE, INSULATING, 2-1/2"

S20NS*1/0 for all new services fed from multi-taps


item # description
I.CLASR003 1 CLAMP, STRAIN RELIEF WEDGE MESSENGER, SIZE: #6 - 2/0

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 1 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S1
OPEN WIRE SPOOL – NEUTRAL
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL MS 020 1 BOLT, MACHINE, SQUARE HEAD, 5/8X14
2 CLE IN 001 1 CLEVIS, SECONDARY FORK
3 COB TW 006 1 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE #2AAC
4 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, 6-2 SOL. 10-2 SOL.
5 INS ST 002 1 INSULATOR, SPOOL, WHITE
6 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 003 1 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 OR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 2 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S4
SECONDARY DEADEND
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
2 INS SU 002 1 INSULATOR, SUSPENSION, 4 IN., 10,000 LB

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 3 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S5
NEUTRAL DEADEND
OPTIONS: 6CU, 4CU, 2CU, 1/0CU, 2/0CU, 4/0CU, 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 636
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SS *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIGHT STRAIN CLAMP
2 CNN ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 4 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S6
DOUBLE EYEBOLT
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL EY 003 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8X12
2 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8
3 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 OR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
5 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 5 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S7
TANGENT ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 004 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8X18
2 COB TW 006 1 CONDUCTOR, EC GRADE #2AAC
3 INS ST 002 1 INSULATOR, SPOOL, WHITE
4 NUT EY 002 2 NUT, EYE, 5/8
5 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 IN. DIA., FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 OR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 6 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S8
FLYING ANGLE ASSEMBLY
OPTIONS: 2, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SUSPENSION OR ANGLE CLAMP
2 SHA AN 002 1 SHACKLE, ANCHOR, 20,000 LBS.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 7 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S9
SECONDARY SPLICE
OPTIONS: 6, 4, 2, 1/0, 2/0, 4/0, 2/0Q, 4/0Q
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CNN CP *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
2 COV IC *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR COVER
3 SLE ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SLEEVE
OR
1 CNN CP *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
2 COV IC *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR COVER
3 SLE ** *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR SLEEVE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 8 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S10
SECONDARY BREAK
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BRE SE 002 1 BREAKER, SECONDARY, #2-336 KCM

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 9 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S20
SECONDARY DEADEND CONNECTION AT POLE
AND TRANSFORMER CONNECTION
OPTIONS: 6 – 6, 4 – 4, 4 – 6, 2 – 6, 2 – 4, 2 – 2, 1/0 – 6, 1/0 – 4, 1/0 – 2, 1/0 – 1/0, 2/0 – 6,
2/0 – 4, 2/0 – 2, 2/0 – 1/0, 2/0 – 2/0, 4/0 – 6, 4/0 – 4, 4/0 – 2, 4/0 – 1/0, 4/0 – 2/0,
4/0 – 4/0, 500 – 6, 500 – 2,500 – 1/0, 500 – 2 /0, 500 – 4/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN RELIEF WEDGE CLAMP
2 CNN CP *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR
3 COV IC *** 2 GENERAL CODE FOR CONNECTOR COVER
Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 10 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

S21
SECONDARY CONNECTION AT HOUSE
OPTIONS: 6 – 6, 4 – 4, 4 – 6, 2 – 6, 2 – 4, 2 – 2, 1/0 – 6, 1/0 – 4, 1/0 – 2, 1/0 – 1/0, 2/0 – 6,
2/0 – 4, 2/0 – 2, 2/0 – 1/0, 2/0 – 2/0, 4/0 – 6, 4/0 – 4, 4/0 – 2, 4/0 – 1/0, 4/0 – 2/0,
4/0 – 4/0
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLA SR *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR STRAIN RELIEF WEDGE CLAMP
2 CNN CP *** 3 GENERAL CODE FOR AL. COMP. SIDE-BY CONNECTOR

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 11 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

SECONDARY
V. 4. - Page 12 of 12
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

IDENTIFICATION
INTRODUCTION
1. All letter designations in this section are for wood pole application. If concrete poles are to be
used, then call for plate designations and add a “C” at the end of the plate name.
Example: VN – Wood
VNC – Concrete
The “C” option gives adhesive to hold the tag on the pole instead of nails.
2. Plates GN, SN, RN, and CN for numbering Switches, Sectionalizers, Reclosers, and
Capacitors will have the actual numbers assigned by the System Analysis Section of Technical
Support Engineering. These numbers shall be indicated on the construction drawing by the
responsible engineer.
3. Plate CRN shall only be used on the first riser pole or disconnect out of a sub-station. It should
not be used at all switches because circuit boundaries may change.
4. Tags shall be mounted a minimum of 6 feet above grade. If there are multiple tags on a pole,
the pole address tag shall be the left-most.
5. The plate GN should be used for hook disconnect switches. However, the prefix for a hook
disconnect switch will be an “H” instead of a “G” on the tag itself. The plate GNLB should be
used for group-operated switches to identify them as load-break. If a group-operated switch
is re-tagged and it cannot be determined if it is load-break or not, then the plate GN should be
used.
6. After tags are inserted into the tag holder, the ends of the tag holder shall be hammered flat to
insure the tags do not fall out of the holder.
7. Refer to Standards Bulletin SB-18 for proper selection of pole addresses and tag application.
8. Plates “WARN” and “WARNC” shall be used for locations where energized primary may be in
close proximity to facilities accessible by the general public. For example, an energized line
that is running parallel to a bridge crossing or overpass may be close to an individual walking
across the bridge near the top of the span. In this case, a sign or signs attached to the pole
directly beneath the primary would be appropriate.
9. Aluminum pole street light address shall be mounted at eye level.
10. A tag holder is issued with each pole plate for the purpose of identifying the pole address when
the pole is installed. Adhesive for these tag holders is also issued with concrete poles. Pole
address identification comes with the pole installation.

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 1 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

VN
VNC
POLE ADDRESS
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 001 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 2 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

FN
FNC
FUSE SIZE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG RU 017 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “T”
4 TAG RU 038 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “F”
5 TAG AR *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG RU 017 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “T”
4 TAG RU 038 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “F”
5 TAG AR *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 3 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CRN
CRNC
CIRCUIT NUMBER
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG YX 010 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “CIR”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG YX 010 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “CIR”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 4 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

GN
GNC
SWITCH NUMBER
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG RU 013 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “G”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG RU 013 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “G”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 5 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

SN
SNC
SECTIONALIZER NUMBER
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG RU 009 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “S”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG RU 009 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “S”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 6 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

RN
RNC
RECLOSER NUMBER
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG RU 016 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “R”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG RU 016 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “R”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 7 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CN
CNC
CAPACITOR NUMBER
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG RU 012 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “C”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 001 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG RU 012 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “C”
4 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 8 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DBSH
SIGN – DANGER BOTH SIDES HOT
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 SIG DA 002 1 SIGN “DANGER BOTH SIDES HOT”

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 9 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

DFS
SIGN – DANGER BACK FEED FROM OPEN DELTA BANK
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 SIG DA 001 1 SIGN “DANGER BACK FEED FROM OPEN DELTA BANK”

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 10 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

WARN
WARNC
SIGN – WARNING – HIGH VOLTAGE ABOVE – KEEP OFF
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 SIG DA 006 1 SIGN - WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE ABOVE - KEEP OFF
2 TAG NA 002 4 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 SIG DA 006 1 SIGN - WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE ABOVE - KEEP OFF

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 11 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

CAUT
CAUTC
SIGN – CAUTION – TWO DIFFERENT SECONDARY BUS ON POLE
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 SIG CA 001 1 SIGN – CAUTION – TWO DIFFERENT SECONDARY BUS ON POLE
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 SIG CA 001 1 SIGN – CAUTION – TWO DIFFERENT SECONDARY BUS ON POLE

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 12 of 13
Overhead Electric Distribution Standards

ASN
ASNC
AUTOMATIC SWITCH NUMBER
OPTIONS: NONE
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 TAG HO 007 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
2 TAG NA 002 2 ALUMINUM NAILS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
3 TAG RU 010 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “A”
4 TAG RU 009 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “S”
5 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK
OR
1 ADC MI 001 1 ADHESIVE FOR POLE TAG HOLDER
2 TAG HO 001 1 TAG HOLDER, 6 CHARACTER, VERTICAL, FOR 2 IN. TAGS
3 TAG RU 010 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “A”
4 TAG RU 009 1 TAG, POLYETHYLENE, LETTER “S”
5 TAG RU *** * TAGS SUPPLIED BY TRUCK STOCK

Revised: January 1, 2018 Revised By: HTH Approved By: BTM

IDENTIFICATION
V. 5. - Page 13 of 13
Overhead Transmission Standards

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


I. ENGINEERING
I.1. ENGINEERING DEFINITIONS
I.1.1. Fiber Optic Cable:
A cable that contains individual glass fibers, designed for the transmission of digital
information, using light pulses.
I.1.2. All Dielectric Self Support (ADSS) Cable:
A cable designed and constructed with non-metallic components, that is designed for
aerial applications and does not require a separate cable messenger.
OTDR:
I.1.3. Optical Time Domain Reflectometer.
A device used for characterizing a fiber, wherein an optical pulse is transmitted
through the fiber and the resulting backscatter and reflections are measured as a
function of time.
I.1.4. Single-mode Fiber:
An optical fiber with a small core diameter in which only a single mode of light is
capable of propagation.
I.1.5. Multi-mode Fiber:
An optical fiber whose core diameter is large compared with the optical wavelength
and which, consequently, a large number of light modes are capable of propagation.
I.1.6. Splicing:
A permanent junction between optical fibers. May be thermally fused or mechanically
applied.
Minimum Bend Radius: The minimum radius a fiber may be bent before optical losses
are induced.
I.2. FIBER OPTIONS:
I.2.1. The following plates are used to order/issue the fiber optic cable itself.
C.FIBER24 (24 Count Single-Mode Fiber, ADSS)
C.FIBER36 (36 Count, 30 Single-Mode/6Mulit-Mode, ADSS)
*For Special DOT Projects.
C.FIBER48 (48 Count Single-Mode Fiber, ADSS)
C.FIBER72 (72 Count Single-Mode Fiber, ADSS)

C.FIBERTR24 (ADSS, Track resistant, 24 count)


C.FIBERTR48 (ADSS, Track resistant, 48 count)
C.FIBERTR72 (ADSS, Track resistant, 24 count)

I.2.2. The plate RC.FIBER is used for relocating any fiber optic cable from one location to
another. It should be plated for each cable once per station, not per foot.

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 1 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

I.3. JEA fiber optic cable should be located at least 40 inches from any other utility. Field conditions
will vary, so the actual location of the FO cable on the pole must be considered by the person
designing the project. Typically, the FO cable is installed on or near the neutral location, on
the birthmark face of the pole.
I.4. Included at the end of this Section are the cable specifications and some installation guidelines
from the manufacturer.

II. JEA FIBER OPTIC CABLE STANDARDS


JEA has standardized on two types of fiber optic cable designs. One type is for aerial installations and
the other for underground. JEA has standardized on All Dielectric Self Support (ADSS) fiber cables for
aerial installations and Cable-in-Conduit type for underground applications.
II.1. REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND FIBER CABLE:
The cable-in-conduit cable shall be a fiber optic cable with a one-inch diameter polyethylene
conduit extruded around it. The cable shall be a telecommunications grade, all dielectric
optical cable designed for the high speed transmission of voice and data communications. The
cable shall combine a loose tube fiber cable with a UV rated outer jacket and be designed for
underground installations. The optical cable shall be furnished with twelve (12) single-mode,
glass fibers. The glass fibers in the cable shall be distributed such that there are six (6) fibers
per buffer tube. The glass fibers shall be manufactured by Corning Glass Company, SMF-28
CPC3. The annealed polyethylene conduit shall be formed by continually extruding it as a pipe
over the fiber optic cable. There shall be no adhesion between the fiber cable jacket and the
conduit’s inner surface. The installed cable in the conduit shall be lubricated for easy pulling,
if required in the future.
II.2. REQUIREMENTS FOR AERIAL FIBER CABLE:
JEA has standardized on four fiber cables for aerial applications. All the cables are
Telecommunications grade fiber optic, all dielectric, self-supporting cables, designed for aerial
installation on electric transmission structures. The cables are round and constructed
according to the loose tube concept. The cables utilize standard utility hardware for
installation. The cables shall combine a loose tube fiber cable with a UV rated outer jacket
that reduces corona and tracking problems. The cables shall have sufficient jacket dielectric
strength and resistance to tracking such that it can be located in a radial and axial electric field
of 12 kV per meter. The cable designs provided shall be shown to exhibit zero fiber strain at
maximum load. The optical cables shall be furnished with 16 single-mode glass fibers. The
glass fibers in the cable shall be distributed such that there are four (4) fibers per buffer tube.
The glass fibers shall be manufactured by Corning Glass Company, SMF-28 CPC3. The
different cables are classified by the installation requirements:
II.2.1. Short Span Cable (CAI-FO-S24):
This cable is primarily for installation on distribution poles or short transmission lines.
The cable is designed for a pole line span of 350 feet with a 3.5 foot nominal sag.
The cable is a 24 fiber single-mode ADSS fiber cable, with a nominal cable diameter
of .52 inches. Alcoa # FE924211C8.
II.2.2. Medium Span Cable (CAI-FO-001):
This cable is primarily for installation on transmission lines. The cable is designed for
a pole line span of 600 feet with a 4 foot nominal sag. The cable is a 16 fiber, single
mode, ADSS fiber cable with a nominal cable diameter of .52 inches. Alcoa #
FE816211K3.
Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 2 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

II.2.3. Long Span Cable (CAI-FO-003):


This cable is primarily for installation on long span transmission lines. The cable is
designed for a pole line span of 1200 feet with a 10 foot nominal sag. The cable is a
16-fiber, single-mode, ADSS fiber cable with a nominal cable diameter of .54 inches.
Alcoa # FE816211L5.
II.2.4. Long Span Cable (CAI-FO-L46):
This cable is primarily for installation on long span transmission lines. The cable is
designed for a pole line span of 1000 feet with a 8 foot nominal sag. The cable is a
46 fiber, single-mode, ADSS fiber cable with a nominal cable diameter of .594 inches.
This cable is used for AAV contracts. Alcoa # FE946211L4.
II.2.5. Track Resistant ADSS (CAI FOT 24)

II.2.6. Track Resistant ADSS (CAI FOT 48)

II.2.7. Track Resistant ADSS (CAI FOT 72)

III. JEA FIBER OPTIC AERIAL HARDWARE STANDARDS


III.1. FIB-SU-001:
All dielectric tangent attachment for distribution or transmission line spans up to 400’. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-001 & CAI-FO-S24 (.52” diameter), may be used for
angles up to 15 degrees.
III.2. FIB-SU-002:
All dielectric tangent attachment for distribution or transmission line spans up to 400’. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-003 (.54” diameter), may be used for angles up to 15
degrees.
III.3. FIB-SU-003:
Armor Grip Suspension tangent attachment for transmission line spans over 400’. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-001 (.52” diameter), may be used for angles up to 30
degrees.
III.4. FIB-SU-004:
Armor Grip Suspension tangent attachment for transmission line spans over 400’. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-003 (.54” diameter), may be used for angles up to 30
degrees.
III.5. FIB-SU-005:
Armor Grip Suspension tangent attachment for transmission line spans over 400’. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-L46, CAI-FI-T24, CAI-FO-T48 (.594” diameter), may be
used for angles up to 30 degrees.
III.6. FIB-SU-006:
All dielectric tangent attachment for distribution or transmission line spans over 400’. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-L72, CAI-FO-T72 (0.701” diameter), may be used for
angles up to 15 degrees.
I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 3 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

III.7. FIB-DE-001:
Armor Grip Suspension dead-end attachment, for distribution or transmission lines. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-001 & CAI-FO-S24 (.52” diameter).
III.8. FIB-DE-002:
Armor Grip Suspension dead-end attachment for distribution or transmission lines. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-003 (.54” diameter).

III.9. FIB-DE-003:
Armor Grip Suspension dead-end attachment for distribution or transmission lines. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-L46, CAI-FO-T24, CAI-FO-T48 (0.594” diameter).

III.10. FIB-DE-007:
Armor Grip Suspension dead-end attachment for distribution or transmission lines. For use
with JEA standard fiber cable CAI-FO-L72, CAI-FO-T72 (0.701” diameter).

III.11. FIB-CR-001:
Corona Ring for use when engineering analysis indicates it is required on 25kV track resistant
ADSS cable. CAI-FO-T24, CAI-FO-T48 ( 0.549” diameter).

III.12. FIB-CR-002
Corona Ring for use when engineering analysis indicates it is required on 25kV track
resistant ADSS cable. CAI-FO-T72 ( 0.701” diameter).

IV. INSTALLATION
IV.1. PLANNING
IV.1.1. General planning guidelines to be considered prior to the installation of the cable
IV.1.1.1. Number of 90 Degree Turns:
The number of 90 degree turns on a pull shall not exceed 6 for aerial cables
and 4 for underground cable-in-conduit.
IV.1.1.2. Attachment Point:
The attachment location and method, drill, band, etc., shall be selected
based on the type of structure to which the cable is to be attached. The
attachment point will be established based on electric field predictions (<
12 kV/meter), blow out characteristics of the fiber cable in relation to
energized lines, sag, tension and congestion on the Transmission and/or
Distribution structures.
IV.2. AERIAL FIBER OPTIC CABLE PULLING GUIDELINES
IV.2.1. Bend Radius:
The main risk of damage to the fiber optic cable is by overlooking the minimum
bending radius. It is important to know that the damage occurs more easily when the
cable is bent under tension, so when the installation is in the process be sure to allow
for a 13 inch bending radius. This is a problem when the cable drapes over the pulling
blocks because of improper back tensioning, or during pulls around corners.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 4 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

IV.2.2. Turns and Tangents:


Twenty-three inch diameters stringing blocks or the special fiber optic blocks, should
be used on all turns or angles, however, seven inch stringing blocks may be used on
tangent pulls if the pull remains taut at all times and the spans are less than 600’.
Smaller stringing blocks are not be used. Pulling block assemblies from Sherman &
Reilly (constructed of three seven inch dollies) must be used at all turns in the route
that exceed 20 degrees and for spans that are greater than 700’.
IV.2.3. Reel Placement:
Have the reel set back from the first pole by 70 or more feet or use a pulling block
assembly from Sherman & Reilly (constructed of three seven inch dollies) at the first
structure. Use the breaking system on the drum feeder at all times, damage will occur
if the cable sags severely off any of the dollies.
IV.2.4. Strength:
IV.2.4.1. The fibers in the cable will shatter under considerable impact, pressure or
if pulling tensions exceed 1900 lbs., although from the outside of the cable
this will not be apparent.
IV.2.4.2. With fiber optic cable, the jacket of the cable and the Kevlar layer directly
beneath give the cable its strength; so please be sure to note and repair
all nicks and cuts.
IV.2.5. Hardware:
Note that the cable strength is designed for each route’s requirements and that
hardware may change with each cable although some hardware appears identical.
The substitution of attachment hardware is not acceptable under any circumstances.
Contact the project engineer if there are any questions about the hardware. All dead-
ended assemblies should be grounded to the structure ground. Install a spiral
vibration unit at all spans that exceed 440 feet. One damper per span for spans 450
to 550 feet, two dampers per span for spans 560 to 1100 feet and four dampers per
span for spans above 1200 feet.
IV.2.6. Installation:
Use a swivel, the tightening tool provided for the all-dielectric small span tangent
units, the fiber optic dead-end fully wrapped and clipped in for tensioning the cable.
IV.2.7. Precautions:
Please review the manufacturer’s installation instructions prior to commencing with
the installation. If any questions arise during installation, please refer to the
manufacturer’s installation instructions, or notify the project engineer. Always ground
a cable that is installed prior to handling. If the fiber cable is to be installed closer
than 6’ away from an energized line of 138 kV or higher, a slip ground should be used
during pulling.
IV.2.8. Testing:
Perform OTDR test on each fiber in the installed cable, to verify that the parameters
of each fiber meet the system design criteria.
IV.3. JEA GUIDELINES FOR PULLING UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC CABLE
IV.3.1. Bend Radius:
The main risk of damage to the fiber optic cable is by overlooking the minimum
bending radius. It is important to know that the damage occurs more easily when the

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 5 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

cable is bent under tension, so when the installation is in process, be sure to allow for
a 13 inch bending radius.
IV.3.2. Turns and Tangents:
Special fiber optic blocks should be used on all turns or angles.
Reel Placement:
Have the reel set back from the manhole and use a fiber optic manhole pulling block
assembly from Sherman & Reilly.
IV.3.3. Strength:
The fibers in the cable will shatter under considerable impact, pressure or if pulling
tensions exceed 600 lbs., although from the outside of the cable this will not be
apparent. With fiber optic cable the jacket of the cable and the Kevlar layer directly
beneath give the cable its strength so please be sure to not and repair all nicks and
cuts.
IV.3.4. Installation:
When installing use a swivel eye for pulling the fiber optic cable and conduit system.
IV.3.5. Precautions:
Please review the manufacturer’s installation instructions prior to commencing with
the installation. If any questions arise during installation, please refer to the
manufacturer’s installation instructions, or notify the project engineer.
IV.3.6. Testing:
Perform OTDR test on each fiber in the installed cable to verify that the parameters
of each fiber meet the system design criteria.

V. SAFETY
V.1. The fiber optic cables used by JEA, being constructed entirely of non-conducting, all-dielectric
materials are designed for installation around high voltage lines. In this application the fiber
cable is classified as a fiber supply cable, and can only be installed, maintained and handled
by electric utility employees trained and equipped to work on an around electric supply lines.
V.2. Although the fiber cable is made entirely of non-conducting materials, under certain conditions
it is still capable of having induced or static charges on its surface. These fields can, however,
induce a static surface charge that can be dangerous if touched bare handed. To ensure the
safety of field operations personnel, it is recommended that all fiber cable installed near and
around JEA electric facilities, be treated as an energized conductor and that it be grounded
prior to handling. It should be made clear that fiber cable is more susceptible to crushing than
regular conductors, so proper grounding techniques should be observed. See cable
manufacturer’s literature in Section III.

VI. INSTALLATION LOCATIONS


VI.1. Distribution
The fiber optic cables may be attached to distribution poles at various elevations, as
determined by the appropriate process owner within Utility Service Capacity (USC). This
attachment location may be in the supply space of the pole, as determined by NESC rules.
Installation and maintenance of cable facilities in this location must be performed by qualified
electric utility personnel, or an approved electric utility contractor.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 6 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VI.2. JEA Transmission Poles


The fiber cables may be installed on JEA transmission line poles at locations as determined
by the appropriate process owner within USC. The attachment of communication cables to
transmission line poles is limited to JEA owned fiber optic cables only. The installation and
maintenance of cable facilities in this location must be performed by qualified transmission line
utility personnel, or approved transmission line contractors.
VI.3. JEA Conduits and Building Entrances
The installation of fiber cable in JEA’s downtown underground conduit system and building
entrances is determined by USC. As a general guideline, if 3 or more spare power conduits
are available between any two manholes in the downtown underground conduit system, one
of the spare conduits may be reserved for JEA fiber communications. USC is responsible for
determining what constitutes a spare conduit. The installation and maintenance of fiber cable
in JEA’s underground conduit system, must be performed by qualified electric utility personnel,
or approved electric utility contractors.
VI.4. Location of Fiber Optic Attachments for Joint Use Agreements:
All fiber optic facilities associated with Joint Use applications must be capable of being installed
in the JEA Communication Use Location as it is determined by USC. In addition, joint use
requests in the JEA underground conduit system, will be subject to the following additional
requirements:
VI.4.1. Joint Use Conduit Requirements:
If a joint use request is granted, the first joint use party, in addition to bearing all costs
for the installation of the fiber cable, shall bear all the costs of installing a 5-way inner-
duct system in the spare conduit reserved for JEA communications. The 5-way inner-
duct system shall be used for the JEA fiber cable, the first joint use party and any
other future joint use parties.
VI.4.2. Joint Use Building Entrances Requirements:
If a joint use request is granted, the first joint use party in addition to bearing all costs
for the installation of the fiber cable, shall bear all the costs of installing a 5-way inner-
duct system in the spare conduit reserved for JEA communications. The 5-way inner-
duct system shall be used for the JEA fiber cable, the first joint use party and any
other future joint use parties. In all cases, the joint use party must submit with their
joint use request written documentation from the Owner of the building or facility that
the joint use party is granted access to the building via the JEA power entrance

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 7 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-A (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


90 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS:24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL EY 005 2 BOLT, EYE, 5/8 X 16
2 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
3 FIB DE *** 2 DEAD-END, PREFORMED FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
4 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
5 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 INCH, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 002 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 2-1/4”, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 8 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-ABD (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


90 DEGREE ANGLE, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 FIB BD 001 12 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
2 FIB BK 002 4 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
3 FIB DE *** 2 DEAD-END, PREFORMED FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
4 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
5 FIB MT 001 2 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
6 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
7 NUT EY 002 2 NUT, EYE, 5/8 IN.

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 9 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-D (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


DEAD-END
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL EY 005 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8 X 16
2 FIB CL 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
3 FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
4 FIB DE *** 1 DEAD-END, PREFORMED FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
5 LIK EX 002 1 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
6 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 INCH, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 002 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 2-1/4”, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 10 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-DBD (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


DEAD-END, BANDED
OPTIONS: 4, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 FIB BD 001 6 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
2 FIB BK 002 2 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
3 FIB CL 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
4 FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
5 FIB DE *** 1 DEAD-END, PREFORMED FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
6 FIB MT 001 1 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
7 LIK EX 002 1 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
8 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8 IN.

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 11 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-T (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 003 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8 X 16
2 FIB SU *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SUPPORT
3 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 INCH, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
4 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
5 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 12 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TBD (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 FIB BD 001 6 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
2 FIB BK 002 2 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
3 FIB MT 001 1 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
4 FIB SU *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SUPPORT

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 13 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TL (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE – LONG SPAN
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 003 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8 X 16
2 CLE TE 004 1 CLEVIS, TOWER EYE, 90 DEGREE
3 FIB SU *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SUPPORT
4 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8 IN.
5 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 INCH, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 003 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 3 IN., FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 14 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TLBD (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE, LONG SPAN, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 CLE TE 004 1 CLEVIS, TOWER EYE, 90 DEGREE
2 FIB BD 001 6 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
3 FIB BK 002 2 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
4 FIB SU *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SUPPORT
5 FIB MT 001 1 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
6 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8 IN.

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 15 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TP (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE, PARALLEL
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 FIB SU *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SUPPORT

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 16 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TN (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE AT NEUTRAL
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 FIB SU *** 1 GENERAL CODE FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SUPPORT

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 17 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-SB (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


FIBER OPTIC SPLICE BOX
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONEFO-CS

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL EY 005 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8 X 16
2 BOL MS 006 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 1/2”x16”
3 FIB BX 001 1 FIBER OPTIC CABLE STORAGE CLOSURE
4 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
5 FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
6 FIB DE *** 2 DEAD-END, PREFORMED FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
7 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
8 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8 IN.
9 WAS RD 003 2 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/8 INCH, FOR 1/2 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 INCH, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 002 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 2-1/4”, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT
13 WAS SP 003 2 WASHER, SPRING, 1/2”

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 18 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-CS (MAINTENANCE ONLY)


CABLE STORAGE
OPTIONS: 24, 36, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 BOL DA 003 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8 X 16
2 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
3 FIB CS *** 1 FIBER OPTIC CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM
4 FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
5 FIB DE *** 2 DEAD-END, PREFORMED FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
6 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
7 NUT EY 002 2 NUT, EYE, 5/8 IN.
8 TIE CA 001 40 TIE, CABLE, HEAVY DUTY, 28”-33” LONG
9 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 1-3/4 INCH, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
10 WAS SF 002 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 2-1/4”, FOR 5/8 IN. DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4 IN. DIA. BOLT

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 19 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-A
90 DEGREE ANGLE
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-A Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL EY 015 2 BOLT, EYE, 5/8”X 36”
CNN VG 003 2 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 20 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
2 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
4 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 001 2 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
NUT EY 002 2 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
5 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4 “, FOR 5/8” DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 002 4 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 21/4 “ FOR 5/8” DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 2 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4" DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-A* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 20 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-ABD
90 DEGREE ANGLE, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-ABD Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
1 FIB BD 001 12 1.25” STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
2 FIB BK 002 4 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
4 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
5 FIB MT 001 2 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
6 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
7 NUT EY 002 2 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4 “, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-ABD* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 21 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-CR
CORONA RING
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72

FO-TX-CR* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB CR 001 1 CORONA RING, FIBER OPTIC, FOR 0.549 INCH DIAMETER CABLE.
48 FIB CR 001 1 CORONA RING, FIBER OPTIC, FOR 0.549 INCH DIAMETER CABLE.
72 FIB CR 002 1 CORONA RING, FIBER OPTIC, FOR 0.701 INCH DIAMETER CABLE.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 22 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-D
DEAD-END
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-D Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL EY 015 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8” X 36”
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
2 FIB CL 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
3 FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
5 LIK EX 002 1 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
NUT SQ 003 1 NUT, SQUARE, 5/8”
6 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4 “, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 002 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 21/4”, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4" DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-D* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 1 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 1 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 1 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 23 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-DBD
DEAD-END, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-DBD Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
1 FIB BD 001 6 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
2 FIB BK 002 2 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
3 FIB CL 001 1 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
4 FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
6 FIB MT 001 1 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
7 LIK EX 002 1 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
8 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4 “, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-DBD* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 1 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 1 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 1 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 24 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-DDE
DOUBLE DEAD-END
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-DDE Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL EY 015 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8” X 36”
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
2 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
5 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMPRESSI
NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
6 WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4 “, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SF 002 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 21/4”, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT
8 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4" DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-DDE* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 25 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-DDEBD
DOUBLE DEAD-END, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-DDEBD Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
1 FIB BD 001 6 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
2 FIB BK 002 2 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
3 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
6 FIB MT 001 2 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
7 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 002 1 LUG, 4 SOLID, ¾”
8 NUT EY 002 2 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4 “, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-DDEBD* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 26 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-GRD
REPLACEMENT GROUND

FO-TX-GRD
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 CLA GR 002 1 CLAMP, GROUND ROD, 5/8", 8 SOL - 1/0 STR. "WEDDING BAND"
2 COB CO 028 50 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
3 FIB BD 001 40 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
4 FIB BK 002 6 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
5 GUA GW 001 2 GUARD, GROUND WIRE, 1/2" X 1/2" X 96", GRAY PLASTIC

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 27 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-GUY
FIBER OPTIC GUY

NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION


1 ANC SS 002 1 ANCHOR, SINGLE HELIX, 8 FOOT LENGTH
2 CLA PJ 001 1 CLAMP, PARALLEL JUMPER
3 CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, VISE TYPE, #6- #2 SOL., #10- #2 SOL.
4 COB CO 028 3 CONDUCTOR, BARE COPPER, #4 SOL.
5 GUY AT 008 1 GUY ATTACHMENT (COMBINATION) 20,000 POUNDS
6 GUY GR 001 2 GUY GRIP, FOR 3/8” GUY STRAND
7 GUY ST 005 50 GUY STRAND, 3/8”
8 NUT SQ 003 1 NUT, SQUARE, 5/8”
9 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 5/8" BOLT SIZE X 13/4" DIAMETER, GALVANIZED
10 WAS SP 001 1 WASHER, SPRING, 5/8" BOLT SIZE, DOUBLE COIL HELICAL TYPE

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 28 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-SB
FIBER OPTIC SPLICE BOX
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-SB Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL EY 010 1 BOLT, EYE, 5/8” X 26”
2 BOL MS 028 2 BOLT, MACHINE, 5/8”x 30”
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
3 FIB BX 001 1 FIBER OPTIC CABLE STORAGE CLOSURE
4 FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
5 FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
7 LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
8 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
NUT SQ 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, 5/8”
10 WAS RD 004 3 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4“ FOR 5/8” DIA. BOLT
11 WAS SF 002 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 21/4”, FOR 5/8” DIA. BOLT
12 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4" DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-SB* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE "FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE "FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 29 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-SBBD
FIBER OPTIC SPLICE BOX, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

NOTE:
SPLICE CLOSURE IS MOUNTED INSIDE THE SPLICE BOX.
UP TO 100 FEET OF CABLE MAY BE STORED INSIDE THE
BOX. SPLICE CLOSURE IS SUPPLIED BY THE SPLICING
CONTRACTOR FOR JEA. BOTTOM OF SPLICE BOX SHOULD
BE 12 FEET ABOVE THE GROUNDLINE.

FO-TX-SBDB Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
FIB BD 001 12 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
FIB BK 002 6 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
FIB BX 001 1 FIBER OPTIC CABLE STORAGE CLOSURE
FIB CL 001 2 CLEVIS, THIMBLE (FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE)
FIB CU 001 3 CUSHION, FIBER OPTIC CABLE DOWNLEAD
FIB MT 001 4 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
LIK EX 002 2 LINK, EXTENSION, CLEVIS EYE
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
NUT EY 002 2 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
NUT SQ 003 2 NUT, SQUARE, 5/8”
WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4“, FOR 5/8” DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-SBBD* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE "FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
48 FIB DE 003 2 DEADEND, FIBER OPTIC CABLE "FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER CABLE
72 FIB DE 007 2 DEADEND, PREFORMED, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 30 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-TL
0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE – LONG SPAN
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-TL Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 BOL DA 013 1 BOLT, DOUBLE ARMING, 5/8” X 36’
2 CLE TE 004 1 CLEVIS, TOWER EYE, 90 DEGREE
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
4 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
NUT SQ 003 1 NUT, LOCK, SQUARE, 5/8”
5 WAS RD 004 1 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4“, FOR 5/8” DIA. BOLT
6 WAS SF 002 2 WASHER, SQUARE, FLAT, 21/4”, FOR 5/8” DIA. BOLT
7 WAS SP 002 1 WASHER, SPRING, DOUBLE HELIX, FOR 3/4“, DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-TL* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB SU 005 1 SUPPORT, LONG SPAN TANGENT, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
48 FIB SU 005 1 SUPPORT, LONG SPAN TANGENT, FOR .594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
72 FIB SU 006 1 SUPPORT, LONG SPAN TANGENT, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 31 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-TLBD
0 TO 15 DEGREE ANGLE, LONG SPAN, BANDED
OPTIONS: 24, 48, 72
BOLT PLATE: NONE

FO-TX-TLBD Base
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
1 CLE TE 004 1 CLEVIS, TOWER EYE, 90 DEGREE
CNN VG 003 1 CONNECTOR, 6-2 SOL/10-2 SOL, VISE GRIP PARALLEL
COB CO 028 10 CONDUCTOR, #4 SOLID
2 FIB BD 001 6 1.25 IN. STAINLESS STEEL BANDING
3 FIB BK 002 2 BOLTED RETAINER FOR S.S. BANDING
5 FIB MT 001 1 FIBER OPTIC MOUNTING PLATE
LUG GR 001 1 LUG, 4 SOLID WIRE SIZE, 3/4" BOLT SIZE, TIN PLATED COPPER COMP
6 NUT EY 002 1 NUT, EYE, 5/8”
WAS RD 004 2 WASHER, ROUND, 13/4 “, FOR 5/8”DIA. BOLT

FO-TX-TLBD* 24, 48, 72


OPTION. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
24 FIB SU 005 1 SUPPORT, LONG SPAN TANGENT, FOR 0.594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
48 FIB SU 005 1 SUPPORT, LONG SPAN TANGENT, FOR 0.594" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE
72 FIB SU 006 1 SUPPORT, LONG SPAN TANGENT, FOR 0.701" DIAMETER FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 32 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

FO-TX-VIB
FIBER OPTIC VIBRATION DAMPER

FO-TX-VIB
NO. ITEM ID QTY DESCRIPTION
FIB VD 002 1 DAMPER, SPIRAL VIBRATION, FOR .564" - .760" FIBER OPTIC CABLE

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 33 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

The table below is a general guideline for the application of spiral-shaped dielectric
dampers on AFL ADSS cable. To use this matrix, take the initial sagging tension and
divide by the cable’s rated breaking strength (RBS) to determine the percentage ratio of
the initial sagging tension to rated breaking strength. Then look in the column for the
appropriate span range of the application, then move across the row to the appropriate
tension percentage to find the recommended total number of dampers per span. Follow
the guidelines after the table for the proper installation of the dampers.

Initial Tension as % of Cable RBS

Span Length(ft) 0-10% 11-15% 16-20% 21-25% 25+%

< 350 0 1/s 1/s 2/s 2/s


351-600 1/s 1/s 2/s 2/s 4/s
601-1000 1/s 2/s 2/s 4/s 4/s
1001-1500 2/s 2/s 4/s 4/s 6/s
1501-2000 2/s 4/s 4/s 6/s 6/s
2001-2500 4/s 4/s 6/s 6/s 8/s

1/s = 1 damper per span (either end)


2/s = 2 dampers per span, one on each end of the span
4/s = 2 dampers in tandem on each end of the span
6/s = 3 dampers in tandem on each end of the span
8/s = 2 dampers in tandem + 2 dampers in tandem on each end of the span

The term “in tandem” means that the dampers are “nested” or “stacked” together in a
bundle. To achieve this orientation, the first damper is wrapped onto the cable. The
second damper is then wrapped inside the first damper. So essentially the two dampers
are “side-by-side” as opposed to “end-to-end”. This can be repeated for up to three
dampers being mounted in tandem.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 34 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII. FREE-SPAN AERIAL ALL DIELECTRIC


SELF-SUPPORTING FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION
VII.1. GENERAL
VII.1.1. This practice provides general information for design engineers and construction
forces on the methods for placement of aerial, all-dielectric, self-supporting, FREE-
SPAN fiber optic cable. These methods and instructions are intended as guidelines,
as each installation will be influenced by local conditions, customer’s existing
procedures and requirements.
VII.1.2. Information such as minimum separation and clearance, sag tables, and specific
cable data are found in other documents. This information is generally provided to
customers based on specific application of FREE-SPAN fiber optic cable.
VII.1.3. Installation equipment not mentioned in this practice is not approved for use with
FREE-SPAN and its use without specific approval by Superior Optics, Inc. shall be at
the risk of the customer.
VII.1.4. Methods used for placement of aerial, all-dielectric, self-supporting, FREE-SPAN
fiber optic cable are essentially the same as those used for placing power utility phase
conductors. Refer to ANSI/IEEE Std. 524-1980, IEEE Guide to the Installation of
Overhead Transmission Line Conductors, for additional detail on installation
techniques.
VII.2. PRECAUTIONS
VII.2.1. Upon receipt of the cable reels, remove all reel lagging and packing material from the
reel and inspect the reel and outer coils of cable carefully. Check the inside edges of
the reel for any sharp edges or obstructions that may have occurred during shipment
and could potentially damage the cable sheath, or interfere with turning the reel and
the cable deployment.
VII.2.2. Prior to starting construction, use an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) to
verify that the cable has not been damaged during shipment. Readings obtained may
be useful later for comparison with test acceptance data and as part of a records
package that will assist in emergency restoration.
VII.2.3. FREE-SPAN fiber optic cable is very strong and robust. However, care must be taken
to assure that the cable is not mishandled or installed improperly causing subsequent
damage. Ensure that the cable is not kinked or that the minimum bend radius
(typically 20 times the cable diameter) is not exceeded. Take all precautions that the
cable is never crushed or twisted. Any such damage will alter the transmission
characteristic of the fiber and may require replacement of that cable section.
VII.2.4. Prior to starting construction, survey the proposed cable route to assure that he right-
of-way is clear of obstructions that may interfere with the installation. During
installation, be sure that the cable jacket is not damaged due to abrasion. Do not
drag the cable over obstructions in the span or on the ground. It is recommended
that if obstructions are observed, they should be removed, or a series of hold-down
blocks be used to prevent contact with the obstruction. Before installing the cable, be
sure all installation personnel understand the cable parameters such as handling
requirements, minimum bend diameters and maximum pull tensions.
VII.2.5. When placing FREE-SPAN, all precautions and safety requirements of the respective
company shall be followed. When required, use of warning signs and traffic warning

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 35 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

cones shall clearly define the work area to safely channel the traffic. On streets or
highways, always place the cable in the same direction as the traffic flow and use
flagmen to control traffic.
VII.2.6. Do not allow the cable to twist as it is pulled through travelers or sheaves. Observe
the cable markings of the cable as it is first pulled through the traveler or sheave. If
continuous twist in a constant direction is observed, stop the installation immediately,
ease off the tension, and readjust the traveler. Due to the light weight of FREE-SPAN
and relative low stringing tensions, the traveler may require support at the base to
help prevent the cable from riding out of the traveler or excessive twisting during
installation. Proper feed of the cable through travelers or sheaves is diagrammed in
Figure 1.

Figure 1. Proper Traveler Adjustment.

VII.2.7. Control the rotation of the pay off reel to prevent over running. Apply only a minimal
amount of braking. Braking should be applied to the reel through the support shaft,
and not by methods such as wedging a 2 x 4 under the reel flange. As the reel
empties, the tension will have to be periodically adjusted.
VII.2.8. Do not cut the cable under any circumstances without prior approval of the engineer
responsible for the transmission of the project. Changes to the total number of spice
points can potentially degrade quality of transmission of the system. The number and
location of splices are usually determined in the initial design.
VII.2.9. Do not allow vehicles to pass over the cable. At road crossings, the cable should be
suspended above roads, driveways, etc. during installation. Travelers or blocks
placed on a temporary slack span of rope, or steel strand, may be used to suspend
the cable above such road crossings.
VII.2.10. When placing FREE-SPAN on active structures, or structures involving power
crossings, observe the safety precautions outlined in your company’s applicable
procedures. When pulling up and tensioning self-supporting cable, observe the same
precautions used when pulling up and tensioning metallic phase conductors. When
aerial lift equipment is used for placing self-support cable, all precautions outlined for
placing phase conductors, as well as the instructions covering the equipment must
be observed.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 36 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.2.11. Permanent or temporary guys must be used when needed at any location where self-
supporting cable is tensioned to avoid placing any unbalanced load on those support
structures.
VII.2.12. Use only approved gripping and pulling devises when tensioning, or temporarily
holding fully tensioned self-support cable. Wire mesh grips are intended only for
pulling the cable through the system. Do not use wire mesh grips to tension or to hold
cable under tension.
VII.2.13. Adequate electrical protection must be established at all work sites. The method
required, and the equipment used, will be determined by the degree of exposure to
electrical hazards and the soil conditions at the site. All metallic equipment, hardware,
anchors and structures within such work sites must be common bonded together, and
then grounded to assure worker safety.
VII.3. SAFETY ISSUES
VII.3.1. Although FREE-SPAN is an all-dielectric cable, some conductivity can result from
moisture on the cable and in the surrounding air. As a precaution, it is recommended
that the installed cable is grounded prior to touching it. The precautions in the
following paragraphs must be observed to assure safety during and after the cable
installation.
VII.3.2. Choosing Cable Location:

Figure 2. Equipotential Contours Surrounding Power Lines.

VII.3.2.1. It is recommended that Superior Optics suggest the desired mounting


location of FREE-SPAN in relation to the phase conductors at the
structure. Superior Optics has developed a computer program to
determine the optimum position for FREE-SPAN cable. The program
investigates the physical relationship of the structure and the electrical
phenomena of the phase conductors and provides a profile with plotted
equipotential contours, as shown in Figure 2.
VII.3.2.2. Careful selection of the suspension position of the FREE-SPAN cable
prevents dangerous scintillation. Scintillation is a surface arc that may
pose a cable and personnel hazard. These scintillations occur mainly at
the suspension position of the cable; therefore, minimum clearance
between the cable and phase conductors should be determined at this
joint. This is determined by considering the FREE-SPAN cable a grounded
metallic conductor, and using currently acceptable methods for
determining its placement.

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 37 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.3.2.3. The recommended position must be such that there will be no contact
between the FREE-SPAN cable and the phase conductors or static wires,
either during installation or under maximum environmental load conditions.
If during a rare case of galloping conductors contact should occur, there
may be a potential for scintillation. However, the potential for subsequent
cable damage is minimal.
VII.3.3. During Installation:
VII.3.3.1. Leakage current can be induced onto FREE-SPAN even when the cable
is a relatively long distance from the phase conductors. Superior Optics
can calculate the leakage current based upon the cable position relative to
the phase conductors and to the ground, the transmission voltage and the
surface resistivity of the cable jacket. The cable surface resistivity is
dependent on the moisture and contaminants on the cable. Since a clean,
dry cable has a surface resistance of 1014 Ω/ft and a dirty, wet cable has
a surface resistance of 106 Ω/ft., do not install cables on active towers
during wet environmental conditions.
VII.3.3.2. When the cable is too close to the phase conductors, scintillation can occur
through the air from phase conductors to the cable. This scintillation from
a phase conductor to FREE-SPAN cable can occur only when the
resistance of the cable sheath to the grounding location is low enough to
lower the induced voltage. In the worse case condition, the cable
resistance is zero, at which time it will be similar to a grounded metal rod.
A grounded rod configured in air has a flashover voltage of 15kV/in. for
large gaps. Hence, the distance to keep the phase conductors away from
the FREE-SPAN cable can be calculated by:

SD = E/15
Where: SD = distance (inches)
E = phase to ground (kilovolts)
Note: The work rules of the NESC Section 43 and 44 should be used
to determine safe approach to live systems.
VII.3.3.3. Specific safe approach distance to active phase conductors are defined in
the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Work Rules Sections. The
safe approach distance is different for electrical personnel and
telecommunications personnel. These should be the minimum safe
approach distances to active phase conductors.
VII.3.4. During Splicing:
When splicing FREE-SPAN cable during rain conditions near active phase
conductors, it is advised to ground the cable between the work area and the spans.
This will prevent dangerous leakage currents and transients from flowing through
personnel. In dry weather, there is little induced charge on the cable; however, as a
personnel safety practice, the cable should be grounded between the work area and
the spans.
VII.3.5. During Routine Maintenance:
Dry Weather Conditions: When the cable is suspended by insulators or on wooden
poles, a voltage potential may be induced in the metal suspension grips and support
hardware. To avoid dangerous electrical shock, ground the metal grips before

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 38 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

touching. The cable can be touched anywhere when it is dry, because there is little
charge induced on the small area that is touched.
VII.3.6. Wet Weather Conditions
When the cable is wet, the resistance to ground is low near the tower or grounded
structure, so there is little voltage potential on the metal grips or cable at these points.
However, at distances of 10 to 15 feet or further from the metal grips, a voltage
potential may exist. To avoid dangerous electrical hazards, ground the cable within
3 to 5 feet on both sides of the area to be touched.
VII.4. INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT
VII.4.1. FREE-SPAN fiber optic cable is normally supplied on non-returnable wooden reels.
The cable is covered with protective covering and the cable reels are lagged with 2 x
4 lagging to provide additional protection during transportation. The following Table
1 provides dimensions and un-cabled weight of the standard reel sizes:

Table 1. Dimensions of Standard Reels


Flange Drum Width Width Shaft Hole Uncabled
Diameter Diameter Inside Outside Diameter Weight
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.)
72 36 36 41 2¾ 480
60 36 36 41 2¾ 320
48 24 30 35 2¾ 160
36 18 18 23 2¾ 75
Note: Custom reel sizes can be provided per customer request.
VII.4.1.1. Reel Handling:
The type and construction of the reel stand determines the method and
tools for handling. Reels are constructed so that they must be supported
either on an axle, supported from above, or by the reel flange. When the
reels are lifted by an axle supported from above, a spreader bar must be
employed to maintain smooth payoff and to prevent damage to the cable
or reel, or both, by inward pressure on the reel flange. Proper equipment
rated for the maximum load must be available to lift the reel. If the reel
stand is not self-loading, a crane, forklift or other suitable equipment should
be used to load the cable reel into the stand.
VII.4.1.2. Reel Stands:
Reel stands are designed to be used with tensioners to supply the
necessary hold-back tension to the cable. The stand(s) should be selected
to accommodate the cable reel dimensions and gross weight. Superior
Optics standard reels are not designed to withstand the forces developed
by braking during high tension stringing operations. Direct tension
stringing from the reel at cable installationstringing tensions should not be
attempted. The cable may be pulled directly from the reel stand only when
employing slack stringing methods that allow minimal tension to be applied
directly to the reel of cable.
VII.4.2. Pulling Machines:
Both bullwheel and reel type pulling machines may be used to install FREE-SPAN
fiber optic cable. Availability and previous experience with a particular type of pulling
I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 39 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

machine should be a factor when determining the type of pulling machine to be


utilized.
VII.4.2.1. Bullwheel Characteristics:
he depth and flare of grooves in the bullwheels are not critical; however,
there are some recommended guidelines. Semicircular grooves with
depths of 50% or more than the cable diameter, and with a flare angle of
5 degrees to 15 degrees from the vertical center line reference, generally
have been found to be satisfactory. The minimum diameter at the bottom
of the groove should be at least 35 times the diameter of the cable.
Tandem bullwheels should be aligned with the offset approximately one-
half the groove spacing. The material and finish of the grooves should not
mar the surface of the cable. Elastomer lined grooves are recommended.
VII.4.2.2. Puller and Tensioner Operating Characteristics:
The pulling and braking system should be operated smoothly to prevent
any sudden jerking or bouncing of the cable during deployment. Each
system should be readily controllable and capable of maintaining a
constant and even tension. Pullers and tensioners should be equipped
with tension indicating tension and the actual cable weight and length to
be installed. Tensioner bullwheels should be retarded so that the cable
maintains a constant hold-back tension at various pulling speeds. Positive
braking systems are required for pullers and tensioners to maintain cable
tension when pulling is stopped. Fail safe type braking systems are
recommended.
VII.4.3. Travelers/Stringing Blocks:
VII.4.3.1. Sheave Diameter:
The diameter of the sheave should not be less than 20 inches at mid-span
suspension points, see Figure 3. Where the cable line makes an angle of
45 degrees or greater, and at the first position after the pay-off reel and
the final position before the take-up reel, the minimum diameter of the
sheave should not be less than 24 inches. Sheave diameters that are
larger than those specified are acceptable, and offer some advantages by
reducing the load applied to the cable.

Figure 3. Sheave Diameter

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 40 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.4.4. Travelers/Stringing Blocks:


VII.4.4.1. Sheave Groove Configuration:
The minimum radius of the sheave groove is recommended to be 55%
greater than the diameter of the cable. The minimum depth of the groove
should be 25% greater than the diameter of the cable. The sides of the
groove should flare between 15 degrees to 20 degrees from the vertical,
to facilitate passage of grips, swivels, etc. and to contain the cable within
the groove, see Figure 4.

Figure 4. Sheave Groove

VII.4.4.2. Traveler Construction and Material:


Travelers may be made of any suitable material, such as heat treated
aluminum, with consideration for the weight. It is recommended that the
safe working load and suitable margin be matched with the maximum
installation load of the fiber cable. The traveler should be in good working
order and properly lubricated. The cable release should work smoothly
with minimal pressure. It is recommended that the traveler be lined with
an elastomeric liner that will provide cushioning and minimizes abrasion to
the cable jacket. Elastomers of neoprene or urethane are acceptable. The
liner should not be torn or loose.
VII.4.4.3. Traveler Grounds:
Grounding attachments are recommended when stringing fiber optic cable
under active phase conductors. As a minimum, the first and last traveler
of a pull should be equipped with a traveler ground attached to the
structure grounding system.
VII.4.5. Uplift and Hold Down Blocks:
At positions where uplift may occur, it is recommended that uplift rollers or hold down
blocks be used. This will minimize any potential for scintillation during installation on
active systems and protect the cable jacket from abrasion on non-active systems. A
series of travelers 12 inches to 14 inches in diameter will maintain minimum bend
radius. These devises should have a cable breakaway feature to easily remove the
blocks.
VII.4.6. Running Grounds:
When installing FREE-SPAN fiber optic cable under active power systems, a running
ground should be used to protect personnel from electrical hazards. The running
ground shall provide constant contact with the moving cable without excessive
tension. It should be located prior to first support structure. The spring tension on
the running ground should be adjustable, and the rollers should be sized for the
diameter of the cable.

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 41 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.4.7. Chain Hoist:


Chain hoists are used to tension and sag each cable span. The hoist should be rated
for the maximum installation load of the FREE-SPAN cable, plus a desired safety
factor. It shall be in good working order and properly maintained. Assure the chain
is not deformed, twisted, or corroded. Inspect release levers and cam action for
proper operation. Any suspect unit should not be used.
VII.4.8. Dynamometers:
Dynamometers are used to measure the tension at each cable span. The
dynamometer should be rated above the maximum installation load of the FREE-
SPAN cable. Typically, the accuracy of the dynamometer is .5% of the full scale
rating. If the full scale rating is too high above the installation load, the degree of
accuracy is questionable. To assure a high degree of accuracy, two comparable
dynamometers can be attached in tandem, and the two readings averaged.
VII.4.9. Grips:
Wire mesh grips are utilized to pull the fiber optic cable through the travelers. The
grip should be a double or triple weave design and be rated to match the cable
diameter. The load rating shall match the maximum anticipated load on the cable
during cable pull-in. This is typically well under the sagging tension, but is dependent
on cable design. The grip should have a swivel link that will minimize cable twisting
and is rated to separate prior to the wire mesh grip breaking, see Figure 5. Grips can
be banded or un-banded and shall be applied per the manufacturer’s instructions. Do
not use the wire mesh grip to tension or to hold cable under tension.

Figure 5. Wire Mesh Grip With Swivel Link


VII.5. INSTALLATION METHODS
VII.5.1. Methods used for placement of aerial, all-dielectric, self-supporting, FREE-SPAN
fiber optic cable are essentially the same as those utilized to place power utility phase
conductors. However, there are handling and bend radius requirements that are more
restrictive for FREE-SPAN. The two basic methods for the placement of FREE-SPAN
fiber optic cable are: the stationary reel, sometimes called the “Back-pull Method,”
and the moving reel, sometimes called the “Drive-off Method”. The drive-off method
is acceptable but is rarely used.
VII.5.1.1. Drive-off Method:
As stated in previous paragraphs, this method is not utilized very
frequently. Its primary application is in construction of new lines with clear
right-of-way and no obstacles. This method is not very economical in
urban areas where traffic hazards and obstacles would slow cable
deployment.
VII.5.1.1.1. Place cable reel in a reel trailer or line truck equipped with reel
carrier, supported by the arbor holes. The cable should pay
off the top of reel from the back for reel trailers and off the
bottom of the reel to the front quadrant for the line trucks. A
braking device, set on minimum, is utilized to brake the reel
rotation by friction to the arbor shaft. This is used to prevent
overrun of the reel when stopping at the support structures.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 42 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.5.1.1.2. Holes are drilled and machine bolts, or comparable hardware,


are placed on the structures at the appropriate mounting
height. At dead-end and tensioning locations, down-guys of
an appropriate loading factor are placed.
VII.5.1.1.3. Travelers are placed above or below the desired framing
location of each support structure and the cable is dead-
ended at the starting location.
VII.5.1.1.4. With minimal tension applied to the reel brake, the reel of
cable is transported along the construction route and the
cable is played out. As the reel empties, the back tension will
have to be periodically adjusted to account for the difference
in reel mass.
VII.5.1.1.5. As the moving reel passes a support structure, the pulling is
stopped and the cable is placed into the traveler attached to
the structure at the desired framing height.
VII.5.1.1.6. The reel proceeds on to the next support structure where the
process is continued until the cable is completely deployed.
VII.5.1.1.7. With the cable deployed, starting at the end location, each
span can be sagged and tensioned and support hardware
applied according to the installation requirements. An
alternative procedure would sag and tension each span and
install permanent hardware as the cable is being deployed.
VII.5.1.2. Back-pull Method:VIII.5.1.2
This method of cable installation is most frequently used for FREE-SPAN
fiber optic cable. Its primary application is for long spans on EHV power
facilities. It also is most effective for application on distribution facilities,
where there are many obstacles such as lateral branches or taps. This
method is very economical in urban areas and offers the fastest
deployment of cable.
VII.5.1.2.1. The cable reel is placed on a reel stand or reel trailer,
supported by the arbor holes at a stationary location. A
braking device applies minimal tension to the reel to prevent
overrun.
VII.5.1.2.2. At the same location as the cable reel, the tensioner is placed
in-line between the cable reel and the first two structures. The
FREE-SPAN cable is then fed through the tensioner.
VII.5.1.2.3. Holes are drilled, and machine bolts or comparable hardware
are mounted to the structure at the appropriate mounting
height. At dead-end and tangent locations, down-guys are
placed at the desired framing location of each support
structure.
VII.5.1.2.4. Travelers are placed just above or below the desired cable
framing location of each support structure.
VII.5.1.2.5. Small pilot lines are run through the travelers at each support
structure. The pulling line is pulled from the pulling location
back through each traveler using the small pilot lines. After
the pulling line is fed through the entire section to be pulled, it
I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 43 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

is attached to the FREE-SPAN cable with a swivel link and a


wire mesh grip as seen in Figure 4.
VII.5.1.2.6. The FREE-SPAN cable is then pulled through the entire
section with the puller and tensioner. Care must be exercised
to keep the cable under minimal load.
VII.5.1.2.7. Several pulling stages may be required to place the cable
through the entire system.
VII.5.1.2.8. With the cable deployed, starting at an end location, each
span can be sagged and tensioned and support hardware
applied according to the installation requirements.
VII.5.1.3. Communications:
Proper communications during fiber cable deployment are critical to
assure safe and efficient installations.
VII.5.1.3.1. The Drive-off Method requires minimal communication
between different personnel on the installation crew. It is
recommended to have good communications between the
operator of the vehicle used to deploy the cable, and the
individual at the cable reel. If traffic control is necessary, the
flagman shall also have communication with the vehicle
operator to assure safe traffic routing.
VII.5.1.3.2. The Back-pull Method requires good communications
between the operator of the tensioner and the operator of the
puller. In addition, intermediate check points such as road
crossing and obstacles, i.e.; power conflicts, should have
spotters to inform the puller and tensioner of potential
problems. The types of communication devices are
dependent on local availability. Maintenance radio, cellular
telephone and dedicated talk circuits over copper pair
facilities with temporary station wire, are all viable
alternatives. Systems such as civilian band radio or power
line carrier systems are not recommended.
VII.6. INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS
VII.6.1. Pull, Tension, Anchor, and Splicing Sites:
The selection of pull, tension, anchor and splicing sites must consider many factors
from system design issues to logistics and capability of equipment. In the Back-pull
method, the reel is stationary, thus the cable for the system is pulled in several
segments. These segment lengths are dependent on allowable splices, accessibility
of the sites for vehicles, capability of the installation equipment, obstacles in the right-
of-way, and cable reel length. Other factors that will affect the site selection are the
maximum load the cable can handle, maximum structure load and availability of
adequate grounding systems when necessary.
VII.6.2. Equipment Locations:
The location of the tensioner and puller relative to the structure must be selected so
that the structure is not overloaded. Where possible, a pulling slope of four or five
horizontal to one vertical is considered good practice. This ratio will minimize the load
on the cable, traveler, and structure. Refer to ANSI/IEEE 524 for calculations of

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 44 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

structure loads. It may also be necessary to place temporary guys to prevent


overloading the structures. The tensioner and reel stand must be placed in-line with
the first two structures to prevent twisting of the cable or any abrasion to the cable by
rubbing on the sides of the traveler groove.
VII.6.3. Anchors and Hardware:
Anchors and support structure hardware shall be rated above the anticipated
environmental load of the cable, plus a safety factor. The amount of the safety factor
is dependent on the utilities’ existing procedures. In applications where aeolian
vibration becomes an issue, the safety factor shall be increased due to the potential
for degradation of the hardware. At locations where the cable is tensioned to achieve
proper cable sag, the structure may require a temporary down-guy and anchor to
prevent unbalance of the structure. At these locations a minimum ration of two
horizontal to one vertical for the slope of the guy is considered good practice. Anchor
types shall match the soil conditions and loading considerations. All down-guys shall
be properly tensioned or re-tensioned prior to starting the cable installation.
VII.6.4. Crossing Structures:
When crossing roads, highways, railroads, energized lines, etc., some supplemental
support is necessary to prevent the minimum clearance from not being met, and
posing a safety hazard. One method is to erect “H” frame structures on both sides of
the crossing point. With these guard posts, the cable can be maintained above the
minimum height. In some cases rope nets can be strung between the two structures
to provide more positive protection. Another method is to string travelers on
temporary ropes or guys at the crossing point, that will maintain clearance if tension
should be lost. It is recommended that a spotter with communications to the puller
and tensioner be at the crossing location, while the cable is being pulled into place.
VII.6.5. Terrain Considerations:
The terrain of each pull section must be analyzed to assure there are no potential
conflict areas that would impair installation. In areas where ground clearance or
minimum clearance under power facilities becomes a concern, a spotter with
communications to the puller and tensioner should be utilized to assure no abrasion
to the cable.
VII.6.6. Travelers Installation:
Travelers are typically attached directly to the structure. On pole structures, a
standoff pole bracket may be considered to allow free movement of the traveler. The
socket eyes, used to support the traveler, shall be consistent with ultimate working
load and rating of the traveler. Shackles used on towers to support the traveler shall
be rated above the ultimate working load, to assure a safety factor. The need for
traveler grounds and required grounding locations must be based on the degree of
exposure to electrical hazards. When hazards exist, observe local practices for the
placement of traveler grounds. As a minimum, traveler grounds should be installed
at the first and last tower between the tensioner and puller.
VII.6.7. Grip Installation:
The pulling grip, as described in the apparatus section, shall be rated above the
maximum pulling tension anticipated. Use the manufacturer’s instructions for the
proper application. When installed properly, no special preparation of the cable end,
or aramid yams, are required. It may be recommended by the grip manufacturer to

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 45 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

band the end of the grip to prevent slippage. Apply vinyl tape over the banding to
minimize damage to the traveler coatings.
A matched clevis type swivel is recommended to help prevent twisting of the cable
during pulling. The swivel shall be at the rating of the grip, to assure breakaway prior
to the grip failing. It is not recommended to pull the swivel through bullwheels under
any significant tension. When removing the grip after the cable has been pulled in,
cut off a minimum of twenty (20) feet past the end of the grip to assure no stressed
cable is used.
VII.6.8. Cable Pulling:
Pulling rates of 2 to 5 miles per hour usually provide safe, smooth, efficient passage
of cable. Once the cable movement has started, it should be maintained at a constant
rate until the cable segment has been pulled into place. At all times during the pull,
the tensioner operator should monitor the tensionometer to assure that the maximum
pulling tension is not exceeded. The maximum tension during the pulling operation
should not exceed that which is necessary to clear obstacles. In general, pulling
tension should not exceed more than one-half the maximum initial sagging tension.
If greater tensions are required, consideration must be given to the fact that when
long lengths of cable are pulled, the tension at the pulling end may exceed the tension
at the tensioner by significant amounts. This difference is due to the length of cable
to be strung, changes in the line angle, number of travelers and differences in
elevation of the route and structures. Light and steady back tension is required at the
cable pay-off reel to prevent overrunning of the reel. It may be necessary to
periodically loosen the brake on the pay-off reel as it empties. As the reel empties,
the moment arm available to overcome the brake drag is reduced, and the tension
rises.
VII.6.9. Aeolian Vibration:
Aeolian vibration is a resonant vibration caused by low velocity wind blowing across
a cylindrical conductor under tension, see Figure 5. Although the vibration will not
typically affect the optical or mechanical performance of the FREE-SPAN fiber optic
cable, it can cause severe degradation to the cable support hardware. Vibration
dampers can be very effective in controlling aeolian vibration when used on FREE-
SPAN fiber optic cable. Both resonant and interference type vibration control systems
will work when properly applied.

Figure 6. Aeolian Vibration Effect

Superior Optics recommends that vibration dampers be utilized to protect attachment


hardware when the cable spans exceed 350 feet and/or the cable tension exceeds
15% of the calculated cable breaking strength, and there is a prevailing laminar wind
between 2 and 20 mph.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 46 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.6.10. Splicing:
At the locations where a splice is required, additional cable must be provided to
provide extra fiber and cable to physically accommodate the splicing process. In the
outdoor environment, Superior Optics recommends that splicing be accomplished on
the ground and not in an aerial bucket. Consideration must be made to the type of
splicing, mechanical or fusion, and the respective environmental requirements of
each. If fusion is the method, a splice vehicle may be required and subsequently
enough cable will be required to reach the vehicle. In general, enough cable should
be provided to reach the base of the structure and reach the intended splicing site.
Do not forget to remove 20 feet of cable from the grip to remove any stressed cable.
Superior Optics also recommends that the spare cable at splice points be stored in
an enclosure, either mounted to the pole or in an underground housing, see Figure 7.
Superior Optics also recommends cable guards along the entire height of the
structure.

Figure 7. Underground and Pole Mounted Housing

After the excess cable length is determined, coil the cable and store at the structure
until the splice housing has been installed. Be sure to place end caps on the exposed
cable ends or seal with vinyl tape to prevent water penetration.
VII.7. CABLE SUPPORT HARDWARE
VII.7.1. Hardware Types:
The hardware used to support the cable at the structure is very similar in appearance
and application to the type used for power utility metal conductors. This hardware is
available from several different manufacturers that Superior Optics has coordinated
the design requirements with. Dependent on the applications, Superior Optics can
provide recommendations and, if required, procure the hardware for customers. In
general, there are three basic types of supports: dead-ends, suspension and tangent
assemblies.
VII.7.2. Dead-end Assemblies:
Dead-end assemblies are used at points of cable termination, or on structures where
the line angle is greater than 25 degrees. The basic elements that are included in a
dead-end assembly, refer to Figure 8, are the Structural Reinforcement Layer (SRL),
the dead-end grip, the thimble clevis and an extension link.

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 47 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

Figure 8. Dead-End Assembly


VII.7.3. Structural Reinforcement:
VII.7.3.1. Structural Reinforcement Layer (SRL):
The SRL is a straight subset of armor rod that is the first layer applied to
the FREE-SPAN cable. They are spiraled in a precise twist lay to address
the diameter and maximum anticipated load of a specific cable. Typically,
they are grouped together in a sub-set of four to five individual rods, with
grit applied to the inside for better slip resistance.
VII.7.3.2. Dead-end Grip:
The dead-end grip is a set of armor rods that have been formed with a loop
in the center. It, too, has a precise twist lay that matches the diameter of
the SRL and cable. Its length is dependent on the maximum anticipated
load. It has grit applied to the inside and also has a color band 18 inches
from the loop.
VII.7.3.3. Thimble Clevis:
The thimble clevis, sometimes called the clevis shackle, is a cast aluminum
or steel piece of hardware used to maintain the seat diameter of the dead-
end loop and attach the dead-end loop to the extension link, and ultimately
the structure.
VII.7.3.4. Assembly:
The dead-end hardware is assembled by the following steps:
VII.7.3.4.1. There is a color band that is closer to one end of SRL. The
rods should be installed with that made (at the attachment end
of the span).
VII.7.3.4.2. Wind one subset of rods on the cable. Wind on subsequent
sets of SRL by utilizing the color marker as a guide to proper
alignment. The rods should be placed close together to
assure room for all sets.
VII.7.3.4.3. At the end of the SRL, the rod tips should align. Do not use
tools to snap the rod tips in place, as this may damage the
cable jacket.
VII.7.3.4.4. Align the color band of the dead-end grip with the color band
on the SRL, and wind one leg on approximately two feet.
VII.7.3.4.5. Insert the thimble clevis into the loop, by removing the pin and
sliding the clevis arms into the loop.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 48 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.7.3.4.6. Align the color band of the second dead-end leg with the first
that is already partially wound on the SRL. Wind the second
leg over the SRL for approximately two feet.
VII.7.3.4.7. Continue winding on the legs of the dead-end, either one at a
time or together. Snap the ends of the rods in place. Do not
use a tool to snap them in.
VII.7.3.4.8. Apply a band of vinyl tape on both ends of the SRL to assure
all SRL ends are seated properly.
VII.7.3.4.9. Secure the thimble clevis to the extension link and then
secure the extension link to the structure.
VII.7.4. Suspension Assembly:
Suspension assemblies, sometimes called Armor Grip Suspensions (AGS) units, are
used where the line angle is from 0 degrees to 25 degrees. The basic elements that
are included in the suspension assembly, refer to Figure 9, are the Structural
Reinforcement Layer (SRL), the AGS rods, the neoprene insert, the housing strap,
and nuts/bolts. The suspension assembly is typically supported with an appropriately
rated shackle.

Figure 9. Suspension Assembly


VII.7.4.1. Structural Reinforcement Layer (SRL):
The SRL for the suspension assembly is very similar in function as the
SRL for the dead-end. However, the color band is at the center of the rods.
VII.7.4.2. Armor Grip Suspension (AGS) Rods:
The AGS rods are individual rods that are typically larger in diameter than
the SRL rods. They too have a color code band at the center of each rod.
VII.7.4.3. Insert, Housing, Strap and Nuts/Bolts:
The neoprene insert cushions the load transfer from the SRL to the AGS
rods. The housing is a cast steel clamp that acts as the main support
element with the strap, nuts and bolts completing the assembly.
VII.7.4.4. Assembly:
The AGS suspension unit is assembled by the following steps:
VII.7.4.4.1. There is a color band in the center of the SLR rods. Apply the
SRL subunit from the center point, winding in both directions.
Add each individual subunit by using the color marker as a
guide to line the SRL subunits properly.
VII.7.4.4.2. Apply the neoprene insert at the center color band of the
installed SLR rods. Ensure that the seam of the two halves is
horizontal and not vertical. A band of vinyl tape at the center
of insert will hold it in place.
VII.7.4.4.3. Center the AGS rod in the insert. Apply two wraps of rod on
each side of the insert. The curvature of the rod should follow

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 49 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

the curvature of the insert. The AGS rod should be parallel


with the insert, not wrapped around the insert.
VII.7.4.4.4. Apply the remainder of the AGS rods on the insert. Make sure
that no rods are crossed. They should all be parallel to the
insert. Complete the application of the rods and assure the
ends are snapped into place. Do not use tools, such as
screwdrivers, to snap in place.
VII.7.4.4.5. Place the two halves of the AGS housing on either side of the
center of the assembly and slide the AGS strap into place.
Insert the bolt through the ears, and tighten. Do not over
tighten the ears of the AGS housing against the suspension
shackle or fitting.
VII.7.4.4.6. Attach suspension shackle or fitting to structure.
VII.7.4.5. Tangent Support Assemblies:
Tangent support assemblies come in several varieties, some as dielectric
blocks and others as metal housing with an insert that pad and protect the
cable. These units are in distribution applications where the span is less
than 400 feet and the line angle is from 0 degrees to 15 degrees.
VII.8. SAGGING AND TENSIONING
VII.8.1. General:
After the cable has been placed throughout the entire length of the system, sagging
and tensioning can now be started. Sagging and tensioning of a system is worked
progressively from one end of the system towards the opposite end. Typically, the
cable slack is worked back toward the payoff reel in order to recover as much cable
as possible.
VII.8.2. Termination Point:
Pull enough cable into the building to assure that the termination location is reached
and enough fiber optic cable is spared to facilitate cable splicing. The spare fiber
required in the splice tray is dependent on type of fiber organizer and splicing method.
Typically, four to six feet of fiber is required to facilitate splicing. Assure that 20 feet
of cable is cut off at the wire mesh grip to assure that no damaged fiber is used. Some
excess cable may also be required to provide sufficient cable to splice it on the
ground, and not in the cable rack.
VII.8.3. Termination Structure:
At the last structure establish a dead-end assembly per the instruction paragraph 7.
Assure that the bend radius requirements are maintained where the cable is run down
the structure. If the FREE-SPAN fiber cable is run down the structure, it is
recommended that cable riser guards are used to protect the cable as it makes the
transition of aerial cable to the building entrance conduit.
VII.8.4. Remove all excess cable sack out of the span; or if in the case of several in-line
structures, series of spans. This is not prestressing or even tensioning. This removal
of excess cable slack is necessary to properly position the temporary dead-end
pulling grip. To remove the slack, reverse the tensioner and pull the cable back
toward the reel, being careful not to exceed the pulling criteria of one-half the
maximum installation tension.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 50 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.8.5. With the cable slack removed, apply a temporary dead-end assembly 1.5 to 2 dead-
end assembly lengths (approximately six to ten feet) from the structure. This will be
utilized as a tensioning grip to achieve the proper span sag and tension, prior to
installing the permanent dead-end assembly. Attach the tensioning rig, comprised of
a sufficiently rated chain hoist, dynamometer and bull chain, to the structure and the
temporary dead-end. Take up the load and begin to tension the span per the provided
sag and tension charts.
VII.8.6. Typically, the cable is worked span by span back to the payoff reel. If several
structures are in-line, then a series of spans may be tensioned at one time. After the
spans are close to proper tension, the suspension or tangent hardware is installed
and attached to the structures by working back to the temporary dead-end, a span at
a time. The tension will have to be adjusted at the temporary dead-end to assure
proper sag of each span. Superior Optics recommends that no more than 4 spans
be attempted in this manner. If more spans are attempted at once, the temporary
tensioning rig will have to be moved several times, costing time.
VII.8.7. The permanent dead-end can now be applied. Measure the length of the extension
link, thimble clevis, and dead-end loop up to the color band. Keep this measurement
as a reference to determine where to install the permanent dead-end. Once the span
has been tensioned, measure the reference length from the structure and start
applying the structural reinforcing layer at that point, with the color band at the
measured location on the cable. Once the permanent dead-end is installed, and the
hardware is attached to the structure, the tension can be released on the tensioning
rig and the temporary dead-end removed. As the next permanent dead-end is
installed on the adjacent span, make sure that the expansion loop under the dead-
ends is properly formed, maintaining minimum bend radius. This means the cable is
typically 14 inches lower than the cable framing location. This process is repeated
until all spans are sagged and tensioned for the complete system.
VII.9. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION
VII.9.1. General:
Identification of the fiber optic cable and the cable route with warning signs helps
prevent inadvertent cable damage caused by company personnel or the general
public. This is most important on joint-use distribution pole lines where more than
one company may have facilities on the structure. The proper warning signs should
use industry accepted wording and visual indicators stating warnings.
VII.9.2. Fiber Optic Cable Warning Signs:
At each structure the cable should be tagged with a cable warning sign. These signs
can be a snap around plastic tag in high visibility orange, sating “WARNING – FIBER
OPTIC CABLE” or similar wording. The tags are typically applied to the expansion
loop under the double dead-ends. Other types of cable warning signs are small
plastic or painted metal signs with the same type of wording, but are affixed to the
structure at the cable framing locations.
VII.9.3. Fiber Optic Cable Route Warning Signs:
At locations where the cable may go underground or change to adherent structure
type, it is recommended to identify the cable route direction with a fiber optic cable
route warning sign. This helps to identify the route during an emergency restoration
and during preventative maintenance programs, when the cable route is periodically
inspected. Again, the use of industry accepted wording and colors are recommended.
I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 51 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

VII.10. RECORDS
VII.10.1. General:
Records are an integral part of the equipment required to maintain and restore a fiber
optic system. During outage conditions, having a records package readily available
eliminates unnecessary delays locating and accumulating information required for the
restoration process.
VII.10.2. Coordination:
Due to the number of departments involved in the design, construction, turn-up, and
maintenance of fiber optic systems, records can be lost or misplaced after the initial
installation of the fiber optic system. This can be a catastrophe during a system
outage, because this information is necessary for comparison against trouble-
shooting information.

VII.10.3. Documentation
For each fiber optic system the following information should be included in the
documentation package.

VII.10.3.1. Engineering Design Package


The Engineering Design Package typically includes some or all of the
items below depending on the magnitude of the project. These include a
Cover sheet & Key Map, Composite Schematic, Route Map Construction
sheets, Construction Detail Sheets, Fiber Splice Plans, Circuit Diagrams
and Manufacturer Provided Documentation.

VII.10.3.1.1. Cover Sheet & Key Map:


The Cover sheet & key map shows the project title along with
a geographical map showing the system route in relation to
roads and highways. Its purpose is to provide general
bearings to quickly access key areas of the system, such as
field splice points and major road crossings. Sheath meter
marks should be indicated on the map for splice points, road
crossings, river crossings, etc.

VII.10.3.1.2. Composite Schematic:


The composite schematic is a straight line schematic
identifying the construction sequence of cable reels by reel
number, meter markings to major construction points such as
splice points, and major road crossings. The cable reel
section length and a cumulative cable length should be
marked at each of these points. In addition, the cable and fiber
type and count shall be identified for each reel section.

VII.10.3.1.3. Route Map Construction Sheets:


The Route Map construction sheets identify the actual
apparatus units at each structure. Other information such as

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 52 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

the structure type and dimensions, cumulative distance to


each termination point from the structure, any grounding or
bonding detail, etc. Overhead route maps should typically be
prepare at a scale of 1 inch to 100 feet. Underground route
maps should typically be prepare at a scale of 1 inch to 50
feet or less when applicable.

VII.10.3.1.4. Construction Detail Sheets:


These sheets show details of JEA Fiber optic Standards as
well as specific details for a particular location on the route
map that may require greater clarity.

VII.10.3.1.5. Fiber Splice Plans:


These plans detail how individual fiber optic strands shall be
Spliced (at field splices) or Terminated (at a Fiber Patch
Panel). For Field splices, typically the buffer tubes and
strands are shown in an assigned splice tray. For
terminations, typically a preterm pigtail is shown with the
applicable buffer tubes/strands/ splice tray on one side and
the applicable Connector Panel Bulkhead position on the
other side.

VII.10.3.1.6. Circuit Diagram:


The circuit diagram is a schematic that identifies the actual
fiber circuits, system number, working and protect fibers,
fiber/buffer colors, priority sequence during restoration and
other pertinent information such as transposed fibers.

VII.10.3.1.7. Manufacturer Provided Documentation:


The manufacturer provided documentation would include
cable data sheets of each cable reel, documentation provided
on the fiber, equipotential plots of the field strength levels
relative to different structure types, and sag and tension
charts provided for construction.

VII.10.3.2. Contractor & JEA Crew Redline Mark-ups:


The Redline Mark-ups are produced during and finalized at the completion
of construction. A copy of the Engineering Design Package is updated and
corrected to reflect any changes during construction. Examples may
include Overhead additions, deletions, revisions of attachment locations,
Underground additions, deletions, revisions of conduit and vaults, slack
loop and splice location changes. Specific cable jacket data should be
added at this time. This shall include cable Manufacturer, Build

I Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 53 of 54
Overhead Transmission Standards

Year/Month, Cable designator, Footage/Meter markings at splice cases,


patch panels, and slack loops.

A Contractor Stamp with the Forman’s signature and Date of completion


shall be include on the cover page in case follow-up is needed to produce
the As built. Redline mark-ups are required documents for acceptance of
work and receipt of payment.

VII.10.3.2.1. Splice Plan Redline Markup and Test Acceptance Sheets:


A different group than cable installation normally completes
Fiber optic splicing work. However, Splice Plans should be
Relined and stamped as described in the previous paragraph.
. Splice plan Redline mark-ups are required documents for
acceptance of work and receipt of payment.

The test acceptance sheets are the recorded values of the


transmitter output power, receiver input power, and measured
attenuation levels at the receiver. Other information to be
included in the test acceptance package are the Optical Time
Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) plots or photographs of each
fiber and its terminated pigtail, shot in both directions at both
1300nm and 1550nm. Other recommended documentation
includes the bi-directional average of the loss of each splice,
including pigtail spices with connector insertion loss.

VII.10.3.3. Records Documentation Package “As-Built”:


These sheets are typically the Engineering Design Package: that have
been corrected to reflect any changes during construction. The As built
should be prepared by the engineering group as part of the closing
package.

VII.10.4. The original copy should be maintained by the engineering group and a copy (Both
PDF and CAD Drawing) distributed to the maintenance group. One copy of the
records package should be placed at each end of the termination points of the fiber
optic system. When changes in the system are required due to supplemental
construction or emergency restoration, the records package should be revised and
redistributed.

VII.10.5. Annual System Check:


Periodically, the system attenuation level shall be verified against the turn-up
attenuation measurement. If this attenuation level has changed more than 3db, it is
recommended that the cause be investigated and corrective action taken.

Revised: AUG 2017 Revised By: HTH Approved By: RC

FIBER OPTIC STANDARDS


VI. 1. - Page 54 of 54

You might also like